Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D98-0291 - XEROX - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
D98 -0291 6400 Southcenter Blvd. Xerox City of Tukwila �. (206) 431 -3670 ANti Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES, APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. Parcel No: 000320 -0003 Permit No: 098 -0291 Address: 6400 SOUTHCENTER BL Status: ISSUED Suite No: Issued: 02/11/1999 Location: Expires: 08/10/1999 Category: AOFF Type: DEVPERM Zoning: 0 Const Type: Occupancy: OFFICE Gas /Elec.: UBC: 1997 Units: 001 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERED Setbacks: North: .0 South: .0 East: .0 West: .0 Water: N/A Sewer: N/A Wetlands: Slopes: Y Streams: Contractor License No: TURNECC237D2 OCCUPANT XEROX • 6400 SOUTHCENTER BL, TUKWILA WA 98188 OWNER XEROX CORPORATION Phone: (714)565 -1435 1851 E FIRST ST STE 460, SANTA ANA CA 92705 CONTACT JEFFREY STEWART Phone: 214 349 -3032 9696 SKILLMAN SUITE #255, DALLAS TX 75243 ARCHITECT ARCHINTERIORS, PLLC Phone: 214.349 -3032 9696 SKILLMAN SUITE #255, DALLAS TX 75243 CONTRACTOR TURNER CONSTRUCTION CO Phone:. 206 623 -1986 375 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10014 ********************************* k*************.****•*• ****** * *** ***• **k*** *** * **** *) Permit Description: REMOVAL OF EXISTING PARTITIONS ON THE FIRST & SECOND FLOORS. PUBLIC WORKS ACTIVITIES INCLUDE UPGRADING OF THE EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE CATCH BASIN AND NEW DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE ASSEM- BLY & VAULT INSTALLATION IN LIEU OF THE OLD'ONE. * * * * * * * * ** *********. k*****************• k.************* * * * * * * * **• ** * ** ** * * *** * * * * *** *� Construction Valuation: $ 676,881.85 •. . PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS: *(Water Meter Permits Listed Separate) :Eng. Appr: JJS Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Y No: Size(in): .00 Flood Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time:• End•Time: Land Altering: N Cut: Fill: Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversized Load: N Start Tinie: •End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: N No: Sewer Main Extension: N Private: N. Public: N Storm Drainage:.Y Street Use: 41 Water Main Extension: N Private: N Public: • N kkk************************************k************ ** * **** * ** * * ** * *** * *** *** * * * * *k TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 10,851.93 kA* k****************************** k****************** * ** *** * * * * * * * *** **. * ** * * ** * * * ** Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: 1 I hereby certify that I have read and examined'' is permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this development permit. Signature: .-i Date: .2 -M/ ', Print Name:__ --�-1� _ cf �, 41- This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. CIT OF TUKWILA f. Addve..s: 6400 SOUTHCE11ER OL W.,: D98-0291 Fenant: Status: ISSUED Type: DEVPERM Applied: 03127/1998 Parcel #: 000320-0003 Issued: 02:11/1999 k********h**Ak,44*4** Permit Conditions: 1. The applicant must notify the Cit y. utility inspector at 206-433-L0179 upon commencement and_completion of work at least 24 hours in advance:. All inspection requests for utility work must •lso be made 24 hours in.advance. 2. Temporary erosion Control measures shall be implemented as the first order of business .to prevent sedimentation off- site or into: e:y.isting storm drainage icil it.ies. 3. Double DeteCtor Check Valves must be'installed bv STATE OF WASHINGTON LICENSED FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR',' 4. **41,..1**A4:4,**RUILDING DIVIUON4o(A.kkA4A*kk4,-*k***pA . No changeS will be made to the •plans unless approved..byt,he Architect or Enqinaer and the TuLW'ila Building Di-vlSion. 6, Plumbjrig perMits shall :be obtained through the Seattle--King, CoOntyYDePartment of Public Health. Plumbing will be:.A. inspeCted by that agency, including all gas piping (296.4722).= EleCtrical 'permits shall ta:obtainadrthrough the WaShington\HA State Division of Labor and Indust riesand all electrioal'' workwillbelnspectedby that. agency.:(243-6630). C All mechanical work shall he separ:ate permit issueeL,by:,: the City of Tukwila.. 9. All :permtts, inspectiOn reCords, and approved plans:shall he available at the job..s4te prior to the start of any, con- trUction These documents are to tle maintained and avail able:until final inspection approval Is .granted. 10. Any new ceiling grid and light fixtdre installatiOnAs„.: required to meet lateral bracing requirementS for SeisMic.,-, Zone 3. 21. Partition walls.,attached to ceiling gridAiOst be laterally; biaced it over eight C8) feet in length. 12, All construction to be done inconforman6e wittl'aPwoYed; plans and 'requireMents of the Uniform 13uilding-Code.(1997 Edition) as amended, UniforM Mechanical Code (1997 Edition), and Washington StateEnergy. Code,(1991 13. Validity of Permit: The issuance Of a perpitlorapproval of plans, specifications., and computations.shalifnOt be con7 strued to be a permit for:oran.'epprOval'Of, any violation of any of the provisions of the-bUildiiig code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. *********44: 4 4**44 A x-k*kk*Ak*Pk***44<-0,* A*A kkkk*A*1..Akk CITY OF MP °VILA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 ommercia F °1SE ONLY Project Number: (� Permit Number: ti) "I E3 ~ Q2J 7 Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. Project Name/Tenant: ` ,x Value of Construction: Site Address: cozito algaTu it o /41 js8 Tax P� um a_ , .3 Property Owner: Phone: e2(54 241 J414: Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: 02066 ,24l )aCC.' Contractor: Tb i 'F Y ---re 11 t Phone: Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: Architect: X _, _ , , I.1.5g'ORS t Phone: laif- 2 Street Address: it State /Zip: _ et Il.[.M &o►-tE �S5' .L t 2 __�4� , Fax #: 214 "3 4 305' Phone: q.7- 188 15-08 Engineer: Aciutt`t"� ,�„r.tO� S I 7Aodod eSF Gw11 &- DF.. 65T'E . t , 8 rw Sr/1)A: 5.1Fax #: 9 ?3., 788 15 Contact Person: j ey .1- 4nT MA- t Phone: Street Address :6ei OF keciti _VT: State /Zip: Fax #: Fax Description of work to be done: �. t /, to /7' VR,4 L„ Existing use: ❑ Retail Cl Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel In Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Proposed use: ❑ Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motet /Hotel is Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes a no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) I Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes ►: no Existing fire protection features: 121 sprinklers ❑ automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Building Square Feet: 3afft 25' existing Area of Construction: (sq. ft.) , '± Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? ❑ yes a no Attach list of materials and storage location on se•arate 8 1/2 X 11 .a•erindicatin• • uantities & Material Safet Data Sheets APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE/C!VIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Additional reviews may be determined by the Public Works Department) ❑ Channelization /Striping ❑ Curb cut /Access /Sidewalk ❑ Flood Control Zone ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Landscape Irrigation ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ®Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑Water Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Water Meter /Exempt #: Size(s): 0 Deduct 0 Water Only ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Temp # Size(s): Est. quantity: gal Schedule: ❑ Miscellaneous ❑ Hauling Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shal be extended more than once. Date applic lion - ccepted: CTPERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 Date a pli ti n expires ASE Sj:GN BACKaDF:A:PPLICA.Tl0'N`FOR.M- App cca ion t (initials) L CC1V1MV1ERC1AL/MULTI -F' 1 J''ENAP.7'1MPl OVEMEN1 AL -;4"1�1OW PL M17'�AF PLICATIONS� '_.. -,- - `71VIUSTBE SU'BMITT ED�WITH .THE FOLLOWIf1Gr ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN r BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ Complete Legal Description ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing /grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H- 9). Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled n U Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. ❑ Vicinity Map showing location of site ❑ Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. ❑ Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished gri ❑ L, Construction details ❑ ❑ Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. ❑ ►� Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. ❑ SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. ❑ Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ❑ ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING o WN =R O • AU ORIZED AG NT: Signature 4 r. Date: ace A ., c12Q Print na - lam . Phone•l� 2a.c1 .�T .. City /State /Zip Fax tf 1� j4f 4 x. 79. Address gcoge .f1.4,1. ) t ee,T . a✓ CTPERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 x", +*+A+A+A+**+**+^+*++*++*++:6*��� �ITY OF TUKNILAI'WA r"7"71',' � � *a+ �+*++A*A**A� �+ + ** . | lRANSMIT \ �*+*��*+�*+�+�**�+�+�* ++A**+*A+^**+A+A*++*+*++x+7; *++?++Af**++*+�*+*���+�*+�+�*+�+++�* TRANSMIT Number: R9800019 Amount: 0„203.50 0�/11/99 13:12 ^ Payment Method: CHECK Notation: ARCHITEKIORS PLL Init: TLB Permit N D98 0291 Type: DEVP[HM DEVELOPMENT PERMIT e�m o: - yp : Parcel No: 000320-0003 Site Addreyx: 6400 SOUlHCrNTER DL Total Fees: ' 10,851.93 This Payment 8„2O3.50 Total ALL Pmts: 10,851.93-: Balance: , .00 ** + � ***** * a+ + * *** * ��+++*+*******++°+**�� *** ^�+** **+** * * * ��*�* *� * Account Code Description ` ANOunt 000/322.100 000/345.830 000/386.904 401/342.400 412/342.400 BUILDING — NONREG • PLAN CHECK- UTrLITY • STA?�E BUILDING SURCHARGE INSP FEE - FLK/LI/NME I.SP FEE - STORM DRAIN 81149.00 '2O.00 4.50 .15.00 15.00 i o�i� TOTAL' h5�l'0�/�u ''—' _ k•‘* *-i•kfrfln 4.J.;*it**•*•h A•1st•A t.six_ st*.A s ztAkital :•1:b:•A1c.A * *i *. ****•FA *'A .'. . IT 1 OF TU•3,3�1I._Ae WA ,.,,. : ,. r '' T12A i 3S.tT • A :t !r 1e :� .t 1. * .s. •k � fe st >~ t: �. sl• st it * st st :t b, st fc st• sue• st fe •k fr :�: •: •h A •k fr se ;t fe •1r st •h sk * s'r * •k fr ¢: •k st •k •k TRANSMIT Wumb' r : Rq7 0320 Amount.: 2648,;43 .08/27/9S 1 a0'2 Payment Method.: CHECK Notation: ARcFIi1ERTOPs ]:nit.: KO Permit i•1o: U.r-)0 029i :Torte: OD/PERM DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No: .00032070002 Site Address 6400. SoUTHCE:N1 ER pi_ This Payment Total Fees: 6 '27.43. 2,;648.43. ' Total ALL Pmts: 2.1:648.4:3 Balance: 4 O79,00 •k.1 A•• kA4sist•**• k• Afrfr.: drst?zsi• A:“stfrst.f rdrfcs tst• fl• Akst. 1, kstf efi•.f<sts1stfr,stsksF•AkstvtAr • **Vi* .i *A• 0 :count; Code De5cr i _pt.i on Amount 0,0/345,830 PLAN CHECK -• NONRE5 2,:648..43 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818; ,•11� (206)431 -3670 Project: Vk , Typ nvc/ A dr es• (0 o(4( D 1 : r- c.?- 10q _ GO Special instructions: Date wanted: r".11..m. Request • Phone: Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: nCorrections required prior to approval. 7,46D Date: j� :° n $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED.' Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. IReceipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila WA 98188 DC-02g 4'� 1 /* PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project: r /fie /v Z 0 • 5`O S —(a?Qf Type of Inspec ion: ` called ess: Address: p/Date Specciialinstructions: a /Q ) ' nf/ b•1r- ,, - -�-' • 96-}' l ::�1:. ss 0' < .o poxt ( Date wanted: / (0/ p ma.m) . f Requester: .�} 'A.. .8g--iota Phone: ZOO "61l — /1f,1 nApproved per applicable codes. • Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:' Z 0 • 5`O S —(a?Qf or2,Pi c/7oatis / l x.for /'7 ;oz4 ss 0' < .o poxt ( trp. / J /< / 'M. /'t s r 6cc /Arra A.5 /77oJ_ 7W. 7 mss' Cc-( X5. " 99--A 7 n n 2 n $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Receipt No: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter -Blvd, #100, Tukwila WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Xerox Project: Bld.. .: / sp c hype of Inoon: ¢'L.- r, ¢ 5- tureA rz : , m Address: (24100 So c-f -r. 1 Iii! called: 7- - q q 5 Qr Special instructions: Date wanted: 6 — 99 p.m. Requester. W /fro ay s eY-Yt er Phone / ,, 44-29.1 LiApproved per applicable codes:: orrections required prior to approval. i COMMENTS: .: / T- J 5 Qr d r /c /; >`�1 . j-r /I igg 1AJ r: c ' �) GPI /� ,, 44-29.1 //MI 4C i - f LeAdei 5AdiA.1 act t / / - .( (c1 rai- eft"- • . Inspector: Date: if�j $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must•be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECOic�S Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Project .. t 0 x CO tAA.� --iE.0 X f T 7G G v-,14 .kr.4724-g Typ�oi Insp t'bn vl t — Pz,,# Ae-6- - „,,_ . (841,Atoc.7 =i %Z ,(7/M /. [7 AddSsf�- 0 5 L f (,ICJ �.� 1 jvd Date called: -ry l /-4:1� Special instructions: Date wanted / .. a.m. Requester;, f �'� Phor� : nApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' F,/L646, CO tAA.� --iE.0 X f T 7G G v-,14 .kr.4724-g AVE) ,e)c. , r 5 /c-� / s� , 3 € — Pz,,# Ae-6- - „,,_ . (841,Atoc.7 =i %Z ,(7/M /. [7 6�7 ,'k..C67 m (eci 7- &i - 5l o o le Ae°t gyp& J ArG7., Da G4( L) LCS vP ' 0,14-7104 (��-ir b'. -46 9 (- r <4,6 w - ',, /V/i4. g,Q ,, .. $4 .00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: F. - t INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. •' CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 1° Project: y� A YO Ty. o Inspectio : / • - ` IS ' -' I%a Address :6i JDO Sock DI y Date called: 7 ' ci 9 Special instructions: Date wanted: am. 7'3"9q P.m. Requester At K . na Phone 20 /g2,3_39.zI EiApproved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: / rrections required priorfo approval. i/ eig l /" (,w( [.; (A/el/ Inspector: 6 n $47.00 §EINSPECTiON FIE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300/6)pthcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt N :: Date: M. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 Ord" 5 -02c1 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project: X r�X.. u�c. Type of Ins ection: b Address i / 5, C . i)/ Date c ed: 7/A,9 S pec ial ins tructions: Dat wanted : a.m. i ri p.m.! R quester: //// / /C.P� 1-4 . /// Phone: � ,3 _ 3 0 ' Approved per applicable codes. Cdrections required pr f to approval. COMMENTS: / /Of ((jj /f f� // / / / ! 1 . r' r` i / Inspector: /U Date: 749/7 $47.00`REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. • INSPECTION RECORD , Retain a copy with permi "0"; -14 1 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431-3670 Project: xe..40x. Type of inspecti : FL, i.f Address s .. t is Date called: , i I ippv77 Special instructions: Date wan . it a.m. / f p.m. Reque MOG64./Li SQ-V112` Pho e No.: / i Approved per applicable codes. Corrections require prior to approval. COMMENTS: ..4#'/ - 1-1:4A.6 .," / i deek DA, 7 be.) t2C1 I CI ..d ' it. 1..L ,,,,,....fr...!/ ' /_.- ,■._ a .A.—.... A i _ A,../A Ok 0 # 00 / . ..t., 4.7 Inspector: Date: folc,f. $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: EfLF INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Proje h-�1� J m `c„c/ -Ci'w,4c ( +i e ,e Type f Inspection: t(5 '60 k t I Ere/ ' Add : D /51A 791/c/ Date called: 70 /99, Special i structions: Date wanted: ' 60,7szhet, Requester: Ai Phone 611fo 30,:il nApproved per applicable codes. ..corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (-7!G i, /cf, c (cry 4 i jo J m `c„c/ -Ci'w,4c ( +i e ,e ,cec7Z,?,4C rb-vi e lgeGZ ; 1 r�►sMOMV- '? C rUrL e'67/ �,Z;7' 7S ,/ 7 f A--6( Co-r- 43€c El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. [Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 • PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 Project: A T pe of Inspection: Pram 1 ftrl - r)ral71 Sc A,mr es: P) .5- ell- lvd. Date called: I Special instructIons: y --r-e-Ics. 0 is rt.e9t544 Date wanted: r • .57P-," 1.,/A7 /90( 0;sh. P.m. Requester: • , ;'. •i Phone: -Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0 cegivw p 72e4i5 ,a_‘_,te, AL9-f---i /e"e-/-z_ /c.G,, /57 ( -. pr-A-F-7- y --r-e-Ics. 0 is rt.e9t544 0,--4-7- 49 .57P-," . . , v.. ./ n f Inspe $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspect n, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. Q,t„." (206)431 -3670 Project\ /� �� Type of Ins e. on: • Address: Date called: Spec/!'nstructions: ✓lam L f/G ,�- S41—" Date wanted: a.m. /x77 Requester: Phone: nApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: boo ''/> of •�.� -���. Inspector: Date: $47.00 REINSPECTION 'E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila WA 981 00:9. i PERMIT NO. 07 (206)431 -3670 Pr je • / T ofdn •ectton: /kg rek e_. � � t vot Date cplle • Special instructions: Date t:; 40, a:m: Rat pietk4,34_,(206, ElApproved per applicable codes. .Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Ortfc, A4_ cD6c (e•-c red67 kr= '?4,pct bL t ASSPcT»\.1( 0 /& (', voa crA Olt( /AG'.$/r. 4 fA.. (,t ki'L 7)0A1 .; �//�j /��//J� f' r.- ((6, ••r,% .Y x- '$ /15 n $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: • ,‘• • • , - - 7,7 • . . • . INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 Projey X ,7e ofilnspection;,/ _, 6 us q n 1 I 115 AdVs4400 (vd. Date called: / / 99 Special instructions: Date wanted: , I i 1,..,.,,,,,, ( a.c2:1..) CO // r'll P.m. Requester: A i Phone: T Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Q619,' /0V/ P7a.21.7"7 7‘.12 Cf) b AzA/ t5frc /•°i--(4 e--4.he: .-r,tfAx7 CkAl L-ffrsi 53 C.- c. 6 0,- /2154/I ■■ • ■•■• • • Date/q, $47.00 REINSPECTIO EEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project: Type of Inspectiorli " D rep -..P £x IT PA- " Address: 67 ;o —<.C'' 1 t i Date called: *4cie. -vP At.--)e 7 Special instructions: Date�� f � rq a.m. p.m. Reques r Phone: Approved per applicable codes. orrections required prior to approval. COMMENNyTS: ,) /4/4 ,^ cu, )— ,(,/�? " D rep -..P £x IT PA- " (LG0rte. f "....140-70k( S t �- -/AfAc56 -? f kcr ic.(vfcdt rAf,4r?o *4cie. -vP At.--)e 7 ,00 re) ,dg 9 vtete? C,6,c -17" -3 50 iCCyt f ( 1 (-1) /it -t°r-s , vim 7b.i &zth7 ( %V s Insp Dat47 f9g $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. IReceipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. rrn INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Pro Type afjn} a tion: Adjes 2 sc. Date called: Special instructions: Date wa d: 7 I G ' a.m. P.m. Reques Phone: pproved per applicable codes. CCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Fi 44-07`4� ..c c:724-6,11C., Inspector: Date: 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Receipt No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-3670 Priais%, A , vac, 17: _ rRe-of InspeCti/ on: ral/14 Aldre • 60 5 ephd Date called : ; 9 ,,, Special instructions: • 2677,2_41.g,/,..66 Da 7. wa ed• ' a.m. P.M. R..ueser,,q./ : 3 v nApproved per applicable codes. efazrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /r- ZA 1-4.0e1(2- (4 s`I'( 57.-*c_ ao 77-1 6,s E9-974 )e(C4( 4-,poi4e_as--E/A<„ I-/,9c -s 77) /4 ,/ inspzr• (.0 Dat • $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must bepaid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: ,e' Receipt No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECO( Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Pro 62,1(7 c — A G-Jf 7V/, ,, Type I pect n: 0 , e9 cJc -7,-/ r e_ / D,Pix` _• Addres : ;_ ' G 8GV.17.' . . Date called: 9 4evr'14) /6 ,E -/?- �',c/r I/ c,._ Spec' I i t ctions: Date nted 25�Jr' a.m. p.m. Rester: ,4 .6 t Phone: Approved per applicable codes. I irfiPit0-4,s/ -v Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 62,1(7 c — A G-Jf 7V/, ,, 0 c - 5.77 c o-kis 0 ..:27 72 5 0 , e9 cJc -7,-/ r e_ / D,Pix` _• GPs )0.9 'zOl/6 z..3 f,€66/x/77 s ,a2o-c_./ G am' co v.,, 1. 1 1/,',.e-- _ .'(2l.4 77 E24z 9 4evr'14) /6 ,E -/?- �',c/r I/ c,._ 09-47 ?L A.AIcb lain, 4 -/f ( (-. ,7L 72tC. `vie c,z(/ re.c7`. - Aso ,2,?o c4, �'ce, - ,ter cL-- _ ,4 .6 t Inspector: deeiti 47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORQf Retain a copy with permn CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION Zo 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Proje Type of Inspection: Address: Date called: .49.0.49--v47-e ‘92e.--- Special instructions: Date wanted: a.m. P.m.. R e q u e s t : , 1 eie 77 Phone: • nApproved per applicable codes. g.correAweitioc.41.49r to approval. COMM(EENTS: 5) 5,tete,e--A-f& .49.0.49--v47-e ‘92e.--- �C- R472?" OC — f‘ee,67) r'O"- �''•®0 1 eie 77 -X r 7 S/6 € (A7C-. P. 4 7 ,f UGC U, a " /.*4-J th / A ' ' Date $47.00 REINSPECTION ICE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. ( INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PLRMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Pr -fox Ty of Inspecti e (o A res : t Date called: Special instructions: Date w ted: 4 !('i� am. p.m. Requester: Phone: nApproved per applicable codes. rrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ,7:7-7_,-/#1-.4t" / 0G ,(-(t s 7 6 CO P,G c 2 r c7t7,<5. /V f t DI -rte- " i C-4 k - d0 —,u 4-)c.( kr w._. j €c 5 ,v,' j is 9Z9 9Qr- / ' O r 1] $47.00 KEINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prier to impel-lion, tee must be paid al 6300 Sot lhrenler Blvd., Suite 100. Call to sclwtlule reinslrw 10'n. Receipt No: I)Nr: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RL�ORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 '- oz9/ PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project: 2e Type of Inspection: f -4XI CI C 0146/2— Address: 60100 sr.■ 13(... VD Date called: Speci instructions: Date / /4 - /q9 m. Req y er: , Phone: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r 'r 7-'/2 0 /rL( 7r-tc TD/LA - 063-0- vsrr)6c.e. 0o &(& 7-g 70,144°L F°(4F; do fr-_-c C .-cC-,� ig.-2=7C.J(,/l�j% �it ,/, -rre0i 6-, (776 A . t D� %7 $4710 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Receipt No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Pro ect: e0)C Type'of Inspection: Eft —WC-7 c oy g. Address: t31..VT? Cola) Cc, Date called: Speci�i�ructiocn�s: / Date l���9 Req e : Phone: nApproved per applicable codes. sigiorrections required prior to approval. COMMEN�TS: p r+r TVs - (19-y &cs-TL) C715 7 9 10 S% � x f e!G7 "C‘..i-e.,,-s'e)r 9 L r//'11io/iC(- , (-7:,(4f f+0.1. r arfAr $47.(0 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION. RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project: / �-� / Type of Iltjsp /pFCn - f /t Addre et"..0 (4) Date called: ; y Specia instructions: /' �. C..jt (' } V� Date wiry d:.m. P.m. Requester: '( O .3 Pd ✓fl :! proved per applicable codes. C Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r• //0 47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project �, / Type o • .e i.� f✓, �4/3.. l;�.t .1f- ?9'' „E-49-0-71-1,s AddrestiO L'M �(..._ t1 V Date ca ed: 3/ J 7 9 Special instructions: Date wanted: 2j 1 1(C C 'a.m. ' p.m. 6_4 z S Requestec:r -, 1{J� 1 (� Phn�1` oR A ., .4 —\ 9—L_ Approved per applicable codes. sections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: .1f- ?9'' „E-49-0-71-1,s .' ` '' .70 s CJs 7 0 6_4 z S ec6' ecec772-{C C_ A ., .4 $4 .00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Receipt No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project:/ Type of In ection: Ad6 ` Q� ) A /,1c,.? to called: ��2 -�9 c7 Special instructions: te wanted 2-3--, 5 6515' Requester: Phone: *proved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. 5 /- F;7&.L-s s/�n ru //-- ce,-2-,7 C'e- Inspector: $47.00 REINSPECTIO ' E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY‘ OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Pr ie t: �(rJ " n: FYI Typ f InspeetiQl j11 A d r ` &' 5( i/d C, 1 v lle Date ca °' �.Z 41? Special instructions: A date ways . /_ . Request ( ki r 4_ _ Q U-. 'Y AA . n 40 Phon,�e,7 1 g 1,;—_ 1pproved per applicable codes. n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P /3-6 c2-4-,796- / sr- (e•--)e $ .00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: %11'"'"'"v , INSPECTION RECORD ILI Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Project: Typ inspec f� tl/ Address. to calle f f Special instructions: Date w d:. ~ �. a.m. Reque er: Phone No.: Ci;IApproved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector Inspector, Date: Fri $42.00 REINSPEC ON FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: STOP WORK # CITY OF TUKWILA Building Division 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 ALL PERSONS ARE HEREBY ORDERED TO I.MIVIEDIATEI T P WOR PERTAINING TO CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS` ` ON THESE PREMISES AT f THIS ORDER IS ISSUED BECAUSE POSTED 2 r ' SAM WARNING: Failure to comply with this Notice and Order shall subject the offender toga civi penalty of up to $100.00 for each of the first five days that the violation exists and up to $500.00 for each subsequent day that the violation exists. 7 19 ! BY. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTI N NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. ( F -' n (e 0 . I (206) 431 -3670 Project: 1 � pe of inspection: 1� �L l 01) d�lr� ` ll�t Special instructions: &' 1`1 0een 1_5ie0 -�')( i •1 � l4 fo� Date calletd:_ D _19 9-I f Date waned: a.m . :au) Requ `c('e ll (M8 -Oagii Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 4-if„) 1 efr?ef /°; �..c - -�/2 ..J4 7 --�- 2 —i ///'' $420 REINSPECTION;9FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: y� Receipt No.: Date: --- • • City of Tukwila Fire Department TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Project Name ."7(PrtrX Address Yo'3 -53---1A lth John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Permit No. r 1 ./ Retain -current inspection schedule - - Needs shift inspection Suite # Y Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre-Fire: Permits: o o Authorized Signatuia (1NALAPP.FRM Rev. 2/19/98 Date' T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 (.‘ Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax. (206) 575-4439 2-10-991 3:O4PM ;ARCHITERIORS ;214 349 3035 Y7. 2/ 3 r t oryq —OZ91 1 r7EMO ROOM 155 FIELD LOCATE 23' -2" (132) C ice) PROVIDE NEW ONE HOUR RATED DOOR. RE: NOTES 1 & 3 ON DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A15 CITY OF TUNWIIA APPROVED FEP AS f 3nno s. /.:.1 NOILD Archlteriors THE DOCUNENTCOMPANY DATE: 10 FEB. 1999 SHEET: 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 XEROX PROJ. NO. 2398.00 REV-4 Dallas, Tx 75243 TUKWILA CBU RENOVATION (214)349 -3032 FAX (214)349 -3035 MAMA 3,t.;.ro�t DRAWN BY: BLW OF 2 2!110 -9E "; 3:04PM;ARCHITERIORS ;214 349 3035 # 3/ 3 EXISTING STRUCTURAL. DECK ACCOUS7IC CEILING TILE AS SCHEDULED 0 8' -6' A.F.F. 5/8' TYPE X' GYP. BD. PAINTED AS SCHED. 5 /B' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. PAINTED AS SCHm. 2 -1/2' BUILDING STD. METAL STUDS 0 2' -0' 0.C. MAX. 4' RESILIENT BASE AS SCHED. 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. -\ 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.COUNG PAINTED AS SCHED. RA1ED EXISTING STRUCTURAL DECK ACCOUSTtc CEILING TILE AS SCHEDULED 0 8'-6' A.F.F. 5 /B' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. PAINTED AS SCHED. 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. PAINTED AS SCHED. 2-1/2° BUILDING STD. METAL STUDS 0 2'-0' O.C. MAX, .4' RESILIENT BASE AS SCHED. 02 WALL TYPE F NO FICALE 17qa• 0291 CITY OF TUINI 1 APPROVED FEB 1 0 1999 AS NO!L b AachIteriors 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 1 Dallas, Tx 75243 (214)349 -3032 FAX (214)349 -3035 THE DOCUMENT COMPANY XERCK TUKWILA c8U RENOVATION TLACWLA WA rON DATE: 10 FEB. 1999 SHEET: PROJ. NO. 2398.00 EV--4 DRAWN BY: BLW OF 2 . PROJECT MANUAL FOR TUKWILA CBU RENOVATION The Document XERO Archite 1 undcroti:nd t`;zt the Plan Chock ; !:rov. :-.'.3 ore oLl.; ;.:.1 13 crr r and omisslons and r.c; ~. , -..1 of p i„3 does not authorizo the violation of c y cf.7 pted code or ordittence. Receipt of contractor's copy of approved ' .. eatessiedged. Archlterii rs Date 9696 Skillman, uitEibg„ • No, Dallas, Texas (214)349 -3032 MEP Engineer Aguirre Corporation 12700 Park Central Drive, Suite 1508 Floor 15 Dallas, TX 75251 Al Project No. 950.2398.00 cm(ECEIVED oF TUKwuAA PEHMIT (. 1TEA 21 August 1998 Project Manual CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED FEB 1 0 11 A`i ri.:;._•.: i U'1' s' i1`•�la DiVir:11ON 7183 ` REGISTERED %7 ARCHITECT CBU Tukwila Washington f TABLE OF CONTENTS Document or Section Number and Title CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT No. of Pages • 00020 Invitation to Bid 2 • 00120 Instructions to Bidders 1 • 00300 Bid Form 4 • 00650 Insurance Certificates 2 • 00700 General Conditions 1 • 00800 Supplemental Conditions 3 • 00821 Equal Employment Opportunity 1 • 00822 Minority, Women Owned and Small Business Equal Opportunity 1 DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS • 01010 Summary of Work 2 • 01030 Alternates Section 3 • 01045 Cutting and Patching 2 • 01077 Reference Standards 1 • 01200 Project Meetings 2 • 01310 Progress Schedules 2 • 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 4 • 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls .. 5 • 01600 Materials and Equipment 3 • 01630 Substitutions and Product Options 5 • 01700 Contract Closeout 2 • 01710 Final Cleaning 2 • 01720 Project Record Documents 3 • 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 3 • 01740 Warranties 2 • 01900 Finish Schedule 4 • 01950 Project Schedule 3 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK • 02060 Minor Demolition for Remodeling 2 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE None Included Al Project No. 950.2398.00 TOC • 1 CBU Tukwila Washington DIVISION 4 - MASONRY None Included DIVISION 5 - METALS • 05500 Metal Fabrications 5 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS • 06100 Rough Carpentry 4 • 06200 Finish Carpentry 4 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION • 07211 Batt and Blanket Insulation 2 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS • 08211 Flush Wood Doors 3 • 08212 Plastic Faced Flush Wood Doors 3 • 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefront 4 • 08710 Finish Hardware 6 • 08800 Glazing 4 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES • 09260 Gypsum Board Systems 5 • 09310 Ceramic Tile 4 • 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 2 • 09660 Resilient Tile Flooring 2 • 09678 Resilient Base 2 • 09680 Carpet 3 • 09900 Painting 7 • 09950 Wall Covering 3 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES • 10100 Marker Boards and Tackboards 2 • 10400 Identifying Devices 2 • 10522 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets 1 • 10620 Operable Partitions 3 • 10810 Toilet Accessories 2 AI Project No. 950.2398.00 TOC - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT • 11132 Projection Screens 2 • 11400 Miscellaneous Equipment and Appliances 2 • 11500 Owner Furnished Equipment 1 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS • 12505 Blinds and Shades 2 DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION None Included DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS None Included DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL • 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 1 • 15100 Mechanical: General Requirements 4 • 15800 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 3 • 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 20 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL • 16100 Electrical 6 ASBESTOS SURVEY Al Project No. 950.2398.00 TOC - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 00020 - INVITATION TO BID 1.01 GENERAL: A. The Tenant of this Project is: The Xerox Corporation B. Archlteriors 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 Dallas, TX 75243 Fax No.: (214) 349 -3035 C. Selected General Contractors are invited to submit a Bid for the construction of Interior Renovation, located at: 6400 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, Washington 98188 D. The Work of this project is generally described as: General Interior Demolition and Construction E. Bids must be on a stipulated lump sum basis. F. The Owner will receive Bids until 4:00 PM central daylight time, Thursday, September 10, 1998 at the office of the Architect. G. Bids will be opened privately immediately after the time set for submittal. H. The Owner requires Substantial Completion per the project schedule attached as Section 01950. I. Bids are required to be submitted under a condition of irrevocability for a period of 60 days after submittal. J. Bids must be submitted on the Bid Form provided. K. Bids via facsimile transmission will be accepted but must be followed with hardcopy received at the office of the Architect no later than 24 hours after the bid date. L. Refer to Document 00120 - Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, for additional information. AI Project No. 950.2398.00 00020 - 2 CHU Tukwila Washington M. Additional critical bid dates: 1 Pre -bid Conference/Site To r: Thursday, 27 August 1998, 11:00 am Pacific daylight time. 2. Last day to submit question : 02 September 1998 3. Final Responses issued to B dders: 08 September 1998 4. Bids Due: 10 September 19 "8, 4:00 p.m. Central daylight time. N. All questions must be issued in writ ng to the office of the Architect, no verbal questions will be responded to, all r sponses will be in writing to all bidders 0. Asbestos is present in the facility, reference Asbestos survey attached to this Project Manual. Asbestos abateme t will be handled under separate contract to the tenant. Selected Bidder will eed to coordinate with Asbestos Abatement Contractor as required. P. A Pre -bid Conference/Site Tour h • been schedules as noted above. Attendance is mandatory. This will • e the only opportunity for the Bidders to visit the site. 1.02 BIDDING DOCUMENTS: A. Bidders are provided 1 set of repro ' uciples and 2 sets of bluelines, free of charge, attached. B. Bidders desiring more sets of Bid • ' g Documents, shall be responsible to have such printed at their own cost from he reproducibles provided to them. END OF SECTION AI Project No. 950.2398.00 00020 - 3 Ci3 Tukwi s Wubingtoo 1 SECTION 00120 - SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS: A. American Institute of Architects (AIA) Document A701, Instructions to Bidders, 1987 Edition forms a part of this Contract and the reference is incorporated have in as fully as if repeated at length. 1.02 GENERAL: r A. Portions of the documents contained in this manual modify, change, delete from or add to the Instructions to bidders referenced above. Where any Article of the Instructions to Bidders is modified or any Paragraph, Subparagraph, or Clause thereof is modified, supplemented or deleted by information contained herein, the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause, shall remain in effect. END OF SECTION Al Project No. 950.2398.00 001201 CHU Tukwila Washington SECTION 00300 - BID FORM (3 Pages Total) Date: , 19 Proposal of (hereinafter called "Bidder"), a corporation/partnership /sole proprietor doing business as (strike out inapplicable terms). To: Xerox (hereinafter called Tenant) The undersigned, in compliance with your invitation to Bid for construction improvements of Xerox Corporation's Facility at 6400 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188. 1. Representations: Bidder hereby represents that Bidder will: A. Accept the provisions of the Bidding Documents. B. Enter into and execute a Contract with the Tenant within ten days after Notification of Award C. Accomplish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared by ArchIteriors and its Consultants. 2. Time of Completion: Bidder will achieve Substantial Completion of the Work in compliance with the requirements identified in Document 00020 - Invitation to Bid. 3. Base Bid Amount: Bidder proposes to construct this project for the lump sum amount of: Dollars ($ ). 4. Addenda: Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda No. Dated , 19 No. Dated , 19 No. Dated , 19 Al Project No. 950.2398.00 003001 CBU Tukwila Washington 5. Alternates: A. Alternate No. 1 - Exterior Door No. 1084 @ Mail Room No. 108. $ (Add/Deduct) B. Alternate No. 2 - Glass Type @ Glass Walls $ (Add/Deduct) C. Alternate No. 3 - Resilient Flooring $ (Add/Deduct) D. Alternate No. 4 - Window Coverings $ (Add/Deduct) E. Alternate No. 5 - Builders Risk Insurance 1 $ (Add/Deduct) i F F. Alternate No. 6 - Monument $ (Add/Deduct) G. Alternate No. 7 - Building Sign $ (Add/Deduct) H. Alternate No. 8 - Restroom Finishes } I $ (Add/Deduct) I. Alternate No. 9 - Complete HVAC Renovation $ (Add/Deduct) Al Project No. 950.2398.00 00300 2 CBU Tukwila Washington I 1, 1 1 1 6. Bid Breakdown and list of Subcontractors: 7. Summary of MBE/WBE Participation A. Total MBE/WBE Cost B. % MBE/WBE of Total Base Bid Al Project No. 950.2398.00 00300 3 CBU Tukwila Washington Div. No. Description Cost Subcontractor MBE/WBE A. 00 General Conditions (Ins. Etc.) B. 00- Building Permit & Cert. of Occ. C. 02- Demolition D. 03- Concrete E. 04- Masonry F. 05 -Misc /Structural Metals G. 06- Millwork & Rough Carpentry H. 08 -Glass & Glazing I. 09- PaintingNWC /Fabric J. 09- Drywall/Acoustical K. 09- Carpet & Pad L. 09- BaseNC Tile/Resilient Flooring M. 10 -Misc. Specialties N. 11- Equipment/Appliances O. 12- Window Treatment ' P. 15 -Fire Protection Q. 15 -HVAC R. 15 -Air Balance (independent) S. 15- Plumbing • . T. 16- Electrical/Lighting U. 16- Electrical -Power _ V. Other: W. Other X. . Overhead (not included in (A) above - Attach list to define) • Y. General Contractor's Profit Subtotal: Sales Tax (Remodel): TOTAL GC BASE BID (Should equal base amt in item 3.) 7. Summary of MBE/WBE Participation A. Total MBE/WBE Cost B. % MBE/WBE of Total Base Bid Al Project No. 950.2398.00 00300 3 CBU Tukwila Washington 8. Cost of changes in the work: Bidder proposes the following mark -ups for changes in the work subsequent to execution of a contract for construction. a ': A. For work completed by Contractor's own forces: 1. Overhead 2. Profit B. For work not completed by Contractor's own forces: 1. General Contractor a) Overhead b) Profit 2. Sub Contractor(s) a) Overhead b) Profit 9. Attachments: Bidder has attached: A. Resume of Proposed Project Manager. B. Resume of Proposed Superintendent. C. Detailed Schedule indicating how work will be completed to meet Tenants Schedule in Section 01950. Respectfully submitted, Firm Name (Seal, if a corporation) Street Address City, State & Zip Code (State of incorporation) Name of Officer Signature of Officer Title of Officer Al Project No. 950.2398.00 00300 4 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 00650 - INSURANCE CERTIFICATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Purchase and maintain in force the following kinds of Insurance from companies acceptable to the Owner. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Worker's Compensation 1. State 2. Applicable Federal 3. Employer's Liability Statutory Statutory $500,000 Each Accident $500,000 Disease, Policy Limit $500,000 Disease, Each Employee B. Comprehensive General Liability: (Including Premises- Operations; Independent Contractor's Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage) 1. Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate • 2. Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate 3. Payments and Completed Operations to be maintained for two years after final payments. $2,000,000 Aggregate 4. Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide X, C, or U coverage as applicable. 5. Board Form Property Damage Coverage shall include Completed Operations. C. Contractual Liability: 1. Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate 2. Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate Al Project No. 950.2398.00 00650 -1 CBU 1ukwila Washington D. Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted: $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate E. Business Auto Liability: (including owned and hire vehicle): 1. Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Person $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2. Property Damage: $300,000.00 Each Occurrence F. In the General Liability Coverage's as Provided by Commercial Liability Policy, The: 1. General Aggregate shall be not less than $5,000.00 and it shall apply, in total, to this Project : iy. 2. Fire Damage Limit si-:::il be not less than $5,000 on any one Fire. 3. Medical Expense Limit shall be not less than $5,000 on any one person. G. Umbrella Excess Liability $2,000,000 over primary insurance $25,000 retention for self-insured hazards each occurrence. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 00650.2 CBU Tukwila Washington { 7 1 1 SECTION 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 1.01 DOCUMENT A. American Institute of Architects Document A201, "General Conditions" of the Contract for Construction, Fourteenth Edition, 1987, forms a part of this Contract and the reference is incorporated herein as fully as if repeated at length. 1 Printed copies of the general Conditions of the Contract may be examined in the Architect's office or may be obtained from the local chapter of the American Institute of Architects. Failure to examine the Contract conditions in no way relieves the Contractor of responsibilities incorporated in the Contract Conditions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions B. Division 1 - General Requirements I.. END OF SECTION I_ AI Project No: 950.2398.00 00700.1 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS: A. Document 00700 - General Conditions. 1.02 GENERAL: A. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions referenced in Document 00700. Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or any Paragraph, Subparagraph, or Clause thereof is modified, supplemented or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause, shall remain in effect. B. When reference is made to specific Specification Section of this Project Manual for provisions on a particular subject, all other references to that Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause shall read as referring also to that Section of the Specifications. 1.03 SUPPLEMENTS: A. Article 1 - General Provisions: 1 1. Add Subparagraph 1.1.8: "The term `product' as used herein includes materials, systems and equipment." 2. Add Subparagraph 1.1.9: "The term `owner' shall be read as `Tenant' wherever it occurs in the General Conditions." B. Article 2 - Owner: 1. Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 and substitute therefor the following: "The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, (1) set of Reproducibles and 2 sets of Drawings and Project Manuals for execution of the Work. Additional j sets of Drawings and Project Manuals required by Contractor will be furnished at Contractor's expense, based on cost of reproduction." C. Article 3 - Contractor: 1. Paragraph 3.4: Supplement as provided for in Section 01630. 2. Paragraph 3.10: Supplement as provided for in Section 01310. 3. Paragraph 3.11: Supplement as provided for in Section 01720. 4. Paragraph 3.12: Supplement as provided for in Section 01340. 5. Paragraph 3.13: Supplement as provided for in Section 01010. Al Project No: 930.2398.00 00800 -1 CHU Tukwila Washington 6. Paragraph 3.14: Supplement as provided for in Section 01045. 7. Paragraph 3.15: Supplement as provided for in Section 01710. D. Article 4 - Administration of the Contract: 1. Add the following to Clause 4.3.8.1: "Claims for extension of time shall be in whole or half days." E. Article 7 - Changes in the Work: 1. First sentence, delete the words "a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit" and substitute therefor "overhead and profit as defined by the Contractor on the Bid Dorm Document 00300." 2. Delete Clause 7.3.6.5. F. Article 9 - Payments and Completion: 1. Paragraph 9.2: Supplement as provided for in Section 01370. 2. Add the following to Subparagraph 9.3.1: "The form of Application for Payment shall be ALA Document G -702, Application and Certification for Payment, supported by AIA Document G -703, Continuation Sheet. 3. Add Clause 9.3.1.3: "Until final payment, the Tenant will pay 90% of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. G. Article 11 - Insurance and Bonds: 1. In Subparagraph 11.1.1, following the word "located" add "and against whor. e Tenant has no reaso .ole objection." 2. Add c...use 11.1.1.8: "Liability insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: a) Premises - Operations (including X, C and U coverage's as applicable). b) Independent Contractors' Protective. c) Products and Completed Operations. d) Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted. e) Contractual, including specified provision for Contractor's obligation under Paragraph 3.18. f) Owned, non -owned and hired motor vehicles. g) Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations." 3. Add Clause 11.1.1.9: "If the General Liability coverage's are provided by a Commercial General Liability Policy on a claims -made basis, the policy date or Retr active Date shall predate the Contract; the termination date of the policy Ipplicable extended reporting period shall be no earlier than the termina.. an date of coverage's required to be maintained after final payment, certified in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.2.: AI Project No: 950.2398.00 00800 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington 4. Delete the first sentence of Subparagraph 11.2.1, and add the following: "The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1. shall be written for not less than the limits defined in Section 00650 - Insurance Certificates or those required by law, whichever is greater. 5. Add the following to Subparagraph 11.1.3: "If this insurance is written on the Comprehensive General Liability policy form, the Certificates shall be AIA Document G -705, Certificate of Insurance. If this insurance is written on the Commercial General Liability form, ACORD form 25S will be acceptable." 6. Delete the last two sentences of Subparagraph 11.2.1 and substitute therefor the following: "The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance covering the Tenant's contingent liability for claims which may arise from operations under the Contract." H. Article 14 - Termination or Suspension of the Contract: 1. Add Paragraph 14.4: "14.4 Termination for Tenant's Convenience a) The Tenant may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Tenant's convenience and without cause. Upon receipt of written notice from the Tenant of such termination for the Tenant's convenience, the Contractor shall: b) Cease operations as directed by the Tenant in the notice: c) Take actions necessary, or that the Tenantmay direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and: d) Except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing Subcontractors and purchase orders and enter into no further Subcontractors and purchase order. 2) In case of such termination for the Tenant's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment from the Tenant on the same basis as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2." END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 00800.3 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 00821 - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 1.01 GENERAL: A. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin. Such actions shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, except that illegal aliens shall not be employed on this project. The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. B. The Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants shall receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin. C. The Contractor shall send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the said labor union or worker's representative of the Contractor's commitments under his provision, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. D. The Contractor, all subcontractors and sub- contractors shall comply with the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 ("Simpson - Rodino"). E. The Contractor shall include these provisions in all subcontracts pertaining to the work of this Contract. END OF SECTION Al Project No. 950.2398.00 00821 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 00822 - MINORITY, WOMEN OWNED AND SMALL BUSINESS EQUAL OPPORTUNITY 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Document 00100 - Instructions to Bidders B. Document 00120 - Supplementary Instructions to Bidders 1.02 GENERAL: A. The Contractor shall endeavor to obtain services and products supplied by qualified minority, women owned and small business concerns and shall take all necessary steps to seek out quality minority, women owned and small business concerns and advise them of this project. B. Target participation is a minimum of 25% of the cost of the work. C. The Contractor shall include this provision in all subcontracts pertaining to the work of this contract. D. The Contractor shall specifically indicate on his list of Subcontractors and list of Suppliers which are minority, women owned or small business concerns. E. If contractor fails to meet the minimum percentage of minority participation as defined in this section, Bidder shall define processes used to attempt to solicit such participation as an attachment to their Bid. END OF SECTION AI Project No. 950.2398.00 00822 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Conditions of the Contract. B. Owner /Contractor Agreement. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: A. Work of this project comprises minor demolition and the general construction of interior space on the first and second floors of 6400 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 B. Lower Floor shall be Phase 1; Upper Floor shall be Phase II 1.03 CONTRACTS: A. Perform Work under single Contract as designated in Owner- Contractor Agreement. 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS: A. Work on Project which may be executed concurrent with Work of this Contract, and which is excluded from this Contract, is as follows: 1. Asbestos Abatement 2. As determined by Tenant, and/or, Architect. B. Consult and cooperate with Owner /Tenant and separate contractors to the full extent provided for the Conditions of the Contract. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE: A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate Owner's/Tenant's use of premises during construction period; coordinate Progress Schedule and operations with Architect and Tenant. 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES: A. Contractor shall limit his use of premises for Work and for storage, to allow for: 1. Work by separate contractors or by Tenant. 2. Tenant occupancy if or as required. AI Project No. 930.2398.00 01010 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Tenant: 1. Store and stage materials in areas approved by Tenant. 2. Maintain access to existing buildings, facilities, streets, walks, fire hydrants, etc. unless specifically designated otherwise. 3. Do not perform operations that could interfere with Tenant's continued use of existing spaces to remain. 4. Do not interrupt utility service to existing areas without prior approval of Tenant. 5. Move any stored products, under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of Tenant or separate contractors. C. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract, stored on site. D. Obtain and pay for use of any additional storage or work areas needed for operations. 1.07 OWNER OCCUPANCY: A. Tenant may occupy portions of the premises during part of or for the entire period of construction for conduct of his normal operations. Cooperate with Tenant in all construction to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Tenant usage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION AI Project No. 950.2398.00 01010 - 2 CHU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED: A. Contract Documents contain pertinent requirements for materials and methods to accomplish work described herein. B. Provide alternate costs for inclusion in Contract Sum if accepted by Owner. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS: A. Owner - Contractor Agreement: Alternates accepted by Owner for incorporation into the Work. B. Sections of Specifications identified in, or related to, each Alternate. 1.03 PROCEDURES: A. Alternates will be exercised at the option of Owner. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the work, including changes under each Alternate, when acceptance is designated in Owner - Contractor Agreement. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES: A. Alternate No. 1 - Exterior Door 108A @ Mail Room No. 108 Base Bid - No work required Alternate - Provide Door No. 108A and all woz'k related to provide a complete installation including door, weather stripping, patch and repair, etc. and sidewalk per detail 11/D2 B. Alternate No. 2 - Glass type @ glass walls Base Bid - Glass type GL1 in Wall Type C and Wall Type D Alternate - Glass Type GL2 in Wall Type C and Wall Type D C. Alternate No. 3 - Resilient Flooring Base Bid - Provide RF -1 and RF -2 in Coffee Bar 112 and Break Room 210 Alternate - Provide VCT1 and VCT2 in Coffee Bar 112 and Break Room 210 Al Project No. 950.2398.00 01030 . 1 CBU Tukwila Washington D. Alternate No. 4 - Window Covering Base Bid - No work required Alternate - Demolish existing horizontal blinds and replace with BL1 E. Alternate No. 5 - Builders Risk Insurance Base Bid - Nor work required Alternate - Provide Builder's Risk Insurance to cover the project F. Alternate No. 6 - Monument Sign Base Bid - No Work Required Alternate - Provide new monument sign as per details in Addendum No. 1 and Demo Existing G. Alternate Ni). 7 - Building Sign Base Bid - No work required Alternate - Provide new building sign as per details in Addendum No. 1 and Demo Existing. H. Alternate No. 8 - Restroom Finishes Base Bid - No work required Alternate - Refinish restrooms as per details in Addendum No. 1 and all associated work. I. Alternate No. 9 - Complete HVAC Renovation Base Bid - Reuse existing VAV Boxes per mechanical drawings and specifications Alternate - Provide all new VAV Boxes and related work per mechanical drawings and specifications. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 01030 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Al Project No. 950.2398.00 01030 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington SEC ION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PAR 1 - GENERAL 1.01 ESCRIPTION Execute cutting to include excavating, fitting and patching of Work required to: 1. Make several parts fit properly. 2. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill -timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Description of proposed work: a) Scope of cutting and patching. b) Contractor and trades to execute work. c) Products proposed to be used. d) Extent of refinishing. 6. Alternate to/cutting and patching. 7. Cost proposal, if applicable. 8. Written permissions of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. If conditions of work or schedule necessitate a change of material from that originally installed, submit written request in accordance with Section 01630. . Submit written notice to Architect designating time work will be uncovered, to provide for observation. PAR 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS For replacement of work removed, comply with specifications for type of work to be done. PAR 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SPECTION: Inspect existing conditions of work, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting and patching. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products or performance of work AI Proj No: 950.2398.00 01043.1 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Prior to cutting: 1. Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to maintain structural integrity of project. 2. Provide protection for other portions of project. 3. Provide protection from elements. 3.03 PERFORMANCE: A. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with specified tolerances, and finishes. B. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and new work. C. Employ original installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for: 1. Weather- exposed or moisture - resistant elements. 2. Sight - exposed finished surfaces. D. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish: 1. Continuous surfaces: To nearest intersections. 2. Assembly: Refinish entirely. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01045 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01077 - REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Various sections of specifications contain references to association, trade or Federal standards. Applicable portions of standards listed that are not in conflict with specification requirements are hereby made a part of Contract Documents. B. Modifications and exceptions to standards shall be considered as amendments and unmodified portions shall remain in effect. C. In case of conflict between standards, or between specifications and standards, most stringent requirements shall govern. D. Editions of standards shall be latest edition at time of Bid opening including any supplements on amendments thereto. E. Reference standards are listed at the beginning of each section and are thereafter referred to using abbreviations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01077 -1 CHU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED: A. Schedule and administer Pre - Construction Conference and Progress Meetings: 1. Make physical arrangements for meetings; notify all involved parties at least four days in advance. 2. Record significant proceedings and decisions at each meeting; reproduce and distribute copies to parties in attendance and others affected by proceedings and decisions made during meetings. 3. Issue minutes within 2 calendar days of meeting. 1.02 PRE- CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: A. Schedule at time mutually agreeable to Tenant and Architect. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Tenant or Tenant's designated representative. 3. Tenant's other vendors. 4. Contractor and his safety representative. 5. Subcontractors and their safety representatives. 6. Major suppliers as required. C. Minimum Agenda: 1. List of Subcontractors. 2. Construction Schedule. 3. Critical work sequencing. 4. Relation and coordination of various parties. 5. Designation of responsible personnel for each party. 6. Processing of a) Change Orders. b) Other modifications to Contract. c) Proposal Requests. d) Shop drawings, Product Data and Samples. e) Applications for Payment. fj Other communications. 7. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 8. Use of premises, including: a) Office and storage areas. b) Temporary facilities and controls, and security procedures. c) Owner's requirements. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01200 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington 9. Procedures for maintaining post - construction submittals. a) Project Record Documents. b) Operation and Maintenance Data. c) Warranties. 10. Safety Procedures. 1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS: A. Schedule weekly progress meetings. B. Location: Contractor's project field office. C. Attendance: 1. Tenant or Tenant's designated representative. 2. Tenant's other vendors. 3. Architect and his consultants in person or via teleconference. 4. Contractor. 5. Subcontractors and suppliers as appropriate to agenda. 6. Other as riequired. D. Agenda: 1. Review work progress since previous meeting, including: a) Field observations, conflicts and problems. b) Progress Schedule and completion date. . • 2. Discuss and take corrective measures as appropriate to maintain quality standards, Progress Schedule and completion date. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01200 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01310 - PROGRESS SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL: 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS: 1 - Section 01200 - Project Meetings 1.02 FORM OF SCHEDULES: A. Prepare horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each trade operation identifying first work day of each week. B. Schedule to be based on calendar days C. Sequence: Chronological order of beginning of each item of work D. Identify each line of work by specification section number. 1.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES: A. Provide complete sequence of construction by activity with sub - schedules of related activities as appropriate. B. Dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. C. Identify work of separate phases, stages or other logically grouped activities. D. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of work as of first day of each month E. Indicate decision dates for. 1. Products specified by allowance F. Projected dates for shop drawings and submittals issues to Architect for review. 1.04 UPDATING: A. Identify changes occurring since previous submission including: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous updating 3. Revised projections due to changes 4. Other identifiable changes AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01310.1 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal and projected completion date of each activity. C. When appropriate, provide narrative report, including: 1. Discussion of problem areas, including current and anticipated delay factors, and their impact. 2. Corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect. 3. Description of revisions: a) Effect on schedule due to change of scope. b) Revisions in duration of activities c) Other changes that may affect schedule. 1.05 SUBMITTAL A. Submit initial schedules with bid submission 1. Architect will review schedules and return reviewed copy after award of contract 2. If required, resubmit within two days after return of reviewed copy. B. Submit updated schedules along with each Application for Payment. C. Submit number of copies required by Contractor, plus two copies to be retained by Architect. 1.06 DISTRIBUTION A. Distrib' 'opies of reviewed sc '.ules to: 1. Jor : file 2. Su( :ntractors 3. Other concerned parties PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - PRODUCTS Not Used END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01310 - 2 CBUTukwila Washington SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED: A. Submit shop drawings, product data and samples as required in each specification section. B. Within 15 days after award of Contract, submit list of all shop drawings, product data and samples required for project. 1. Identify each item by reference to applicable specification section number; list in chronological order. 2. Show anticipated date of submittal of each item, plus dates reviewed copies must be returned to Contractor. 3. Due to the partnering relationship of the General Contractor with the Tenant, submittals may be omitted for any item which is provided in full compliance with the Contract Documents. 4. Where any submittals are omitted, the Contractor is not relieved of any obligations or other requirements of these documents. 1.02 PREPARATION: A. Shop drawings: 1. Present in clear and thorough manner. 2. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers or room number shown on drawings. 3. Maximum sheet size: 30 inches x 42 inches wide. 4. Do not use Contract Drawings for Shop Drawings. Provide original Shop Drawings with discrepancies from Contract Drawings clearly indicated. 5. Reproductions of contract documents cannot be submitted as shop drawings. B. Product Data: 1. Preparation: a) Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products of models. b) Show performance characteristics and capacities. c) Show dimensions and clearances required. d) Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 2. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: a) Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information not applicable to work. b) Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to work. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01340.1 CBU Tukwila Washington 3. Certificates of Compliance: Submit when required by Contract Documents. Include: a) Quantity and date of shipment b) Test attesting that materials incorporated into Work comply with specified requirements. Certification shall not be construed as relieving Contractor from furnishing satisfactory materials, if material is found not to meet specified requirements. c) Signature of officer of company. d) Laboratory test reports submitted with certificates of compliance shall show date or dates of testing, specified requirements for which testing was performed and results of test or tests. e) Office samples: 1) Erect at site at location acceptable to Architect; perform work in presence of Architect. 2) Construct complete, including work of related trades required in finished work. 3) Remove and reconstruct, or perform additional work as required until Architect's approval is obtained. 4) Approved sample becomes basis of judging quality of finished work; remove only at conclusion of work or when acceptable to Architect. 1.03 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Review and approve submittals prior to submittal to Architect. B. Verify: Field measurements, construction criteria, catalog numbers and similar data. C. Coordinate submittals with requirements of work and Contract Documents. D. Submit to Architect in accordance with provisions contained herein. E. Contractor's responsibility for errors or omissions is not relieved by Architect's review. F. Contractor's responsibility for deviations from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by Architect's review, unless Architect is notified of deviations in writing at time of submittal and gives written acceptance of specific deviations. G. Do not begin work which requires submittals until reviewed submittals which do not require resubmittal have been received from Architect. H. Reproduce and distribute copies after Architect's review. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01340.2 CBU Tukwila Washington 1.04 SUBMITTAL: A. Submit shop drawings, product data and samples sufficiently in advance of time returned copies are required to allow review by Architect and resubmittal, if required. B. Number of Copies Required: 1. Shop Drawings: One reproducible transparency with one direct diazo print each. 2. Product Data: Two copies for Architect's use plus additional copies as Contractor needs. 3. Samples: As required in each specification section. C. Submittals shall contain: 1. Date of submittal, including date of any previous submittals. 2. Project title and number. 3. Names of Contractor, supplier and manufacturer. 4. Identification of product, with specification section number where applicable. 5. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 6. Relation to adjacent or critical features of work or.materiais. 7. Applicable reference standards. 8. Identification of deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. 9. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 10. Space for Architect, Engineer and Contractor stamps. 11. Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying to review and approval of submittals, verification of products, field measurements and construction criteria, and coordination of information within submittal with requirements of work and Contract Documents. 12. Number each submittal separately and chronologically, based on the appropriate specification section. 1.05 RESUBNIITTAL: A. Revise submittals as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. B. Indicate all changes which have been made including those additional to requests by the Architect. 1.06 ARC1i1TLCT'S RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness. Contractor shall allow for up to 10 calendar day review of all submittals in preparation of the Construction Schedule. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01340 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Review for conformance with design concept of project and information given in Contract Documents. C. Architect is not responsible for verification of field measurements, construction criteria, catalog numbers and other similar data. D. Review of separate item does not constitute review of an assembly in which item functions. E. Affix stamp and initials indicating date and action taken. F. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution. 1.07 DISTRIBUTION: A. Reproduce and distribute reviewed copies to Contractor's file, job -site file, I Project Record Document file, and sub - contractor, supplier, manufacturer, and other parties as :required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01340.4 • CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES & TEMPORARYCONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Basic Requirements: 1. Provide utility service connection to existing services. 2. Pay costs for installation, extension, maintenance, and removal of temporary service, facilities and controls, and for restoration of permanent facilities used. 3. Tenant will pay costs of services used. 4. Verify that existing service is adequate for construction needs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. General: Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. B. Utilities: Comply with Division 15 and 16. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Consult with Architect, Tenant, and Owner, review site conditions and factors • which affect construction procedures and construction aids, including existing and adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the Work. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1 Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Divisions 2 through 16. 2. Install facilities neat and reasonably uniform in appearance, structurally adequate for required purposes. 3. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate legitimate requirements of Tenant, Owner and separate contractors employed at site. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01500 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Utilities: 1. Electricity: a) Use Tenant's existing system for temporary electricity. b) Modify, supplement, and extend service as necessary to comply with specified requirements. Do not reuse materials used for temporary service in permanent installation. c) Regulate system to prevent interference with Tenant's normal usage. d) Maintain permanent system as specified for temporary facilities. e) Maintain continuous power operation of Tenant's facilities during changeover of electrical services. f) Notify Tenant when unusually heavy loads, such as for welding and other equipment with special power requirements, will be connected. g) Provide and pay for required service of capacity or characteristics other than that available. 2. Telephone Service: a) Use Tenant's existing system for temporary telephone service. b) Make detailed arrangements with Tenant including.written agreement of details and responsibilities of respective parties. c) Extend service to provide for construction needs. 3. Water: a) Use Tenant existing system for temporary water. b) Modify, supplement and extend system as necessary to meet temporary water requirements. c) Regulate system to prevent interference with Tenant's usage. d) Maintain strict supervision of use of temporary system; protect against freezing, repair leaks. C. Services: 1. Heating, Cooling and Ventilating: a) Provide heating and cooling ventilating required to maintain adequate conditions: 1) To control humidity, and to prevent condensation which would have an adverse affect on products and finishes or which would affect application of materials. 2) To cure installed materials. b) Existing systems may be used for temporary heating, cooling and ventilating: 1) Modify and extend systems, or supplement, as necessary to comply with specified requirements. 2) Maintain or replace existir. filters, install temporary filters in extensions as necessary to r_eep occupied or finished areas free of dust. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01500.2 CHU Tukwila Washington c) Provide ventilation required to prevent hazardous accumulations of dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases in areas occupied during construction. 1) Provide local exhaust ventilation to prevent harmful dispersal of hazardous substances into occupied areas. 2) Remove exhaust materials in a manner which will not result in harmful exposure to persons. 3) Ventilate storage spaces containing hazardous or volatile materials. d) Pay costs of installation, operation, maintenance and removal of equipment; Tenant/Owner will pay costs of fuel consumed by existing equipment. e) Pay costs of fuel by portable equipment. 2. Lighting: a) Provide adequate artificial lighting for areas of work when natural light is not adequate for work, and for areas accessible to public. b) Existing lighting may be used during construction. Maintain lighting and make routine repairs. 3. Security: Provide a project security program to: a) Protect work, stored products and construction equipment from theft and vandalism. b) Protect premises from entry by unauthorized persons. c) Protect Tenant's/Owner's operations at site from theft, vandalism or damage from Contractor's work or employees. 4. Site Access and Traffic Control: • a) Designated existing on -site streets and driveways may be used for construction traffic. 1) Provide temporary additional roads as needed for required construction access. 2) Maintain existing construction, and restore to original, or specified; condition at completion of work. b) Designated areas of existing parking facilities may be used for parking of construction personnel, private vehicles and or Contractor light weight vehicles. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in parking areas. 5. Construction Cleaning: a) Provide containers for deposit of debris and rubbish. Periodically dispose of accumulations of extraneous materials. b) Periodically clean exterior areas to provide suitable conditions for finish work. 6. Dust and Noise Control: a) Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations, and provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere b) Provide temporary partitions between work areas and any adjacent occupied areas. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01500.3 CBU Tukwila Washington D. Field Offices and Storage: 1. Designated areas within existing building may be used for temporary field office and for storage of materials; do not unreasonably encumber building with excess materials; so as to create a nuisance or endanger structural integrity of building. 2. Contractor's Office: a) Size as required for Contractor's use and to provide space for project meetings. b) Adequate electrical power, lighting and HVAC to maintain human comfort. c) Minimum 8' x 10' office space with desk and chair, layout table and plan rack, plus facilities for storagt' of Project Record Documents. 3. Storage: a) Provide surable space for stc. ;e of materials. Provide temperature and humidity control to maintain s:::lsitive products within specified ranges. b) If additional storage is required, provide structurally sound, watertight sheds in approved location on site. E. Construction Aids: 1. furnish and maintain temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, scaffolds, hoists, chutes, runways, etc. as required for completion of work; comply with applicable Federal, State and local safety and labor laws. 2. If permanent elevators are used for temporary construction purposes, provide temporary protective coverings for finished surfaces of cars and entrances. 3. Designated existing stairs may be used by construction personnel. F. Enclosures and Barriers: 1. Provide temporary, insulated, weather -tight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 2. Barriers: a) Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas to provide for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. b) Provide barricades and covered walkways as required by governing authorities for public rights -of -way and for public access to existing building. 3.03 MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING: A. Provide periodic maintenance and cleaning for temporary structures, furnishings, equipment and services. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01500 - 4 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Maintain interior and exterior areas in sound, clean condition. Repair or replace and portions damaged during progress or work. 3.04 REMOVAL: A. Completely remove temporary materials, equipment and services. 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction, or: 2. At completion of Project. B. Remove temporary field offices, storage sheds contents and services when no longer needed. C. Clean, repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities. D. Restore areas to original or to specified conditions at completion of work. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01500 - 5 CBU Tukwila Washington 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED: A. Material and equipment incorporated into work: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size, make type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by Architect. 3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a) Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with best engineering and shop practices. b) Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sized and gages, to be interchangeable. c) Two or more items of same kind shall be identical, by same manufacturer. d) Products shall be suitable for service conditions. e) Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 4. Do not use material OF equipment for any purpose other than that for which is designed or is specified. 1.02 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in installation, including two copies to Architect. B. Maintain one set of complete instructions at job site during installation and until completion. C. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformance with specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with Architect for further instructions. 2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. D. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING: A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules; coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at site. 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and that products are properly protected and undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION: A. Store products on -site unless prior written approval has been obtained from Owner. B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by elements in weathertight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. C. Exterior Storage: 1. Store fabricated products above ground, on blocking or skids; prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings' provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 2. Store loose granular materials in well - drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Arrange storage in manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or deterioration. E. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. 1.05 REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIAL: A. Except as specifically indicated or specified, materials and equipment removed from existing structure shall not be used in completed work. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01600 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington 0 a r t B. For material and equipmen work: 1. Use special care in rem proper function in coml 2. Arrange for transportat off -site storage, restora PARTS 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PARTS 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 specifically indicated or specified to be reused in val, handling, storage and reinstallation to assure Meted work. on, storage and handling of products which require ion or renovation. Pay all costs for such work. 01600 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01630 - SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS: A. Products specified by reference standard: Select any product meeting specified standard. B. Products specified by naming several products or manufacturers: Select any named. C. Products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, followed by "or accepted substitute ": Submit request for substitution for any product not specifically named. The naming of one or more products or manufacturers is to establish standard of quality required. D. Products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer: There is no option; no substitution will be allowed. E. Products specified without naming a manufacturer, but by specifying required performance or attributes: Select any product meeting specified requirements. Submit complete data to substantiate conformance of proposed product with specified requirements. 1.02 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST: A. Architect will not consider substitution requests prior to execution of Contract; Contract is to be based upon products and standard of quality established in Contract Documents. B. Within 30 days after award of Contract, Architect will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified. No substitutions will be considered beyond this time period. C. Do not substitute products unless such substitution has been specifically approved in writing by Architect. Al Project No: 950.2398.00; 01630 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington D. Information Required: Contractor alone shall be responsible for substantiating acceptability of proposed substitutions. Submit full documentation along with substitution request, including: 1. Data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents: a) Product identification, including name and address of manufacturer. b) Product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c) Sample, if requested. 2. Description any anticipated effect that acceptance of proposed substitution will have on: a) Construction schedule. b) Construction methods. c) Other items of work. 3. Describe any differences between specified product and proposed substitution, including: a) Warranty. b) Dimensions. c) Cost Savings. d) Others, as applicable. E. Substitution Request Form: 1. Submit substitution requests on copy of form provided by Architect, with attachments as necessary to fully document proposed substitution. 2. Number of Copies Required: Two for Architect's use plus additional as needed for Contractor's use. F. Representation: In submitting request, Contractor represents that he: 1 Has investigated proposed substitution and determined that it is equal or superior to specified product in all aspects. 2. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, making changes as may be required to compete work in all aspects. 3. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.03 CONSIDERATION AND ACCEPTANCE: A. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or data submittals without formal requests. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents, without additional compensation to Architect. 3. Substitution request has not been reviewed and approved by Contractor, with his signature affixed thereto. Al Project No: 950.2398.00. 01630 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Substitutions will be considered on basis of design, concept of the work, and overall conformance with information given in Contract Documents. C. Acceptance of substitution concurrence of both the Architect and the Tenant. D. Architect's or Tenant's decision on rejection of substitutions will be final. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Contractor to use attached Substitution Request Form for all substitutions. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01630 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: ATTENTION: PROJECT: DATE: 19 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product as a substitute for the specified products for the above project: Section No. Paragraph Specified Product Proposed Substitution: Product Data: Attach complete technical data, for both the specified product and the proposed substitution. Include complete information on changes to Contract Documents which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Samples: [ ] Attached [ ] Will be furnished upon request Does the substitut- I affect dimensions shown on Drawings? [ ] No [ ] Yes (explain on attachment) Effects of proposed substitution on other trades: Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified products are: [ ] Same [ ] Different (explain on attachment) Maintenance service /spare parts are available for proposed product form: Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01630 - 4 CBU Tukwila Washington Previous installations where proposed product may be seen: Project: Project: Owner: Owner: Architect: Architect: Date Installed: Date Installed: Cost savings to be realized by Owner, if proposed substitution is accepted: Change to Contract Time, if proposed substitution is accepted: [ ] No Change [ ] Add [ ] Deduct days By submitting this substitution request, Contractor represents that he has read and agrees to the provisions of Section 01630. Submitted By Contractor: Signature Firm For use by Architect: Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Architect has reviewed the proposed substitution on the basis of design concept of the work and 1. conformance with information given in Contract Documents. [ ] Accepted [ ]Accepted as Noted [ ] Rejected [ 1 Submit Additional Information: For use by Tenant: . Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Tenant has reviewed the Iproposed substitution. [ ] Accepted [ as Noted [ ]Rejected [ ] Submit Additional Information: ]Accepted j By: Date: i_ 1 Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01630 - 5 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOS OUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Conditions of the Contract. B. Section 01010 - Summary of W.rk. C. Section 01710 - Final Clearing. D. Section 01720 - Project Record ocuments. E. Section 01730 - Operation and aintenance Data. F. Section 01740 - Warranties. G. General Requirements - Mech cal and Electrical H. Spare parts, maintenance stock, ertificates and other submittals require of trades: Individual specification ections. 1.02 INSPECTIONS: A. Prior to submitting requests to inspections, make detailed inspe conformance with claims of star B. Should Architect perform re -ins claims of status of completion na 1. Owner will compensate Arch 2. Owner will deduct amount o Contractor. rchitect for Substantial or Final Completion tion of Project to assure that work is in s of completion, ections due to failure of Work to comply with de by Contractor. 'tea for such Additional services. such compensation from final payment to 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT UBMITTALS TO ARCHfTL+'CT: A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: 1. Certificates of occupancy: 2. Certificates of Inspection: a) Mechanical. b) Electrical. 3. Other as required by governing authorities. B. Project Record Documents: To (requirements of Section 01720. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01 /00 - 1 CHU Tukwila Washington C. Operation and Maintenance Data: To requirements of Sections 01730. D. Warranties: To requirements of Section 01740. E. Keys and Keying Schedule: To requirements of building Owner and Tenant. F. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: to requirements of individual specification sections. G. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: To requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. H. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations. 1.04 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS: A. Submit final statement of accounting to Architect. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to Contract Sum. 1. Original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a) Previous Change Orders. b) Unit prices. c) Deductions for uncorrected work. d) Penalties and Bonuses. e) Deductions for re- inspection payments. t) Other adjustments. 3. Retainage withheld from previous payments. 4. Total Contract Sum, as required. 5. Previous Payments. 6. Sum remaining due. B. Contractor will prepare final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01700 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington ti '1 1 SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Cleaning for Specific Products of Work: Specification section for that item. 1.02 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS: A. Maintain project in accordance with laws, ordinances and rules of legal regulatory agencies. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. C. Provide proper containers for storing and transporting waste. D. Provide proper equipment for specific functions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FINAL CLEANING: A. Employ experienced personnel, or professional cleaning firm, for final cleaning. B. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from sight- exposed interior and exterior finishes; polish surfaces so designated to shine finish. C. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. D. Clean glass. E. Ventilating system: 1. Replace air conditioning filters if units were operated during construction. 2. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if air conditioning units were operated without filters during construction. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01710 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington F. Maintain cleaning until project, or portion thereof, is accepted by Tenant. G. At completion of Work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials and clean sight- exposed surfaces; leave project clean and ready for occupancy. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01710 - 2 CHU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Delegate responsibility for maintenance of Project Record Documents to one person on Contractor's staff. B. Accuracy of Records: Thoroughly co- ordinate changes to original Contract Documents within Project Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of documents where such entry is required to properly show change. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items in Contract Documents may reasonably rely on information obtained from Record Documents. C. Timing of Entries: Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Documents: 1. Working Set: Maintain at job site one working copy of all documents comprising contract Documents, including: a) Drawings. b) Project Manual. c) Addenda. d) approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. e) Change Orders. f) Other Modifications. g) Field Test Records. 2. Record Set: Prior to Commencing Work, Contractor will be furnished free of charge one set of reproducible drawings transparencies and one bound Project Manual complete with Addenda; Contractor shall be responsible for compiling copies of other required documents. B. Binders: Commercial quality three -ring binders with durable and washable plastic covers. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 • 01720 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS A. Store documents in secure location in Contractor's field office, apart from documents used for construction. B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition and in good order; do not use for construction purposes. C. Make documents available to inspection by Architect and Owner at all times. 3.02 RECORDING A. Label each document "Project Record Documents ", in stamped or printed letters, on front, cover or other conspicuous place. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. C. Legibly mark to record actual construction as follows: 1. Drawings: a) Location of underground utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. b) Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. c) Field changes of dimension and detail. d) Changes made by Change Order or other modification. e) Details not on Contract Documents. 2. Specifications and Addenda: a) Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. b) Changes made by Change Order or other modification. c) Other matters not originally specified. 3. Shop Drawings, Change Orders, and other modification: Maintain as record documents. D. Entries: 1. Clearly describe change by note and by graphic line, as required. Date all entries. 2. Call attention to entry by "cloud" around area or areas affected. In event of overlapping changes, use different colors for each change. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01720 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.03 SUBMITTAL: A. Upon receipt of Record Set, transfer notations on Working Set to Record Set. B. Upon Substantial Completion, submit Record Set to Tenant. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01720 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Tenant's /Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract. B. Prepare operation and maintenance data as specified in this Section and referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Instruct Tenant's/Owner's personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 2. Familiar with requirements of this Section. 3. Skilled as draftsman and writer to extent required to communicate essential data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Data: 1. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Tenant's/Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract. 2. Format: a) Size: 81/2 inches by 11 inches. b) Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. c) Drawings: Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. d) Provide tabbed fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. e) Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA" f) project title and name of Contractor. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01730 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Binders: Commercial quality three -ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF MANUAL: A. General: 1. Prepare data in form of instructional manual. 2. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related 3. Consistent groupings. B. List, with each product, name, address and telephone number of: 1. Subcontractor or installer. 2. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. 3. Identify area of responsibility of each. 4. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. C. Identify each product by name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. D. Product Data: Include only those sheets pertinent to specific product. Clearly identify pertinent data; line out inapplicable text. - E. Drawings: Supplement product data with drawings as necessary. Co- ordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. F. Written text, as required to supplement product data for particular installation. G. Content for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. 2. Operating and maintenance procedures. 3. Servicing and lubrication schedule. 4. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 5. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams. 6. As installed piping diagrams. 7. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. Al Project No: 950.2398.00' 01730 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington H. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards. 3. As- installed wiring diagrams. 4. Operating and maintenance procedures. 5. List of original manufacturer's spare parts. 6. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. 3.02 SUBMITTAL: A. Submit preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents at least 14 days prior to final inspection. B. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. C. Submit two copies of approved data in final form within ten days after final inspection or acceptance. 3.03 INSTRUCTION OF TENANT'S AND OWNER'S PERSONNEL. A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Tenant's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems. B. Operation and maintenance manual shall constitute basis of instruction. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 01730 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS: A. General Warranty of Construction: Conditions of the Contract. B. Individual specification sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Warranties: 1. Assemble warranties executed by respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors. 2. Format: a) Size 81/2 inches by 11 inches. Punch sheets for. three -ring binder; fold larger sheets to fit into binders. "WARRANTIES ". List (1) Title of Project. (2) Name of Contractor. 3. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, using table of contents of Project Manual as format. B. Binders: Commercial quality, three -ring with durable and cleanable plastic covers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF MAUALS: A. Review each warranty for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01740 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Provide complete information for each item: 1. Name and location of project. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Product or work item. 4. Name of manufacturer or firm issuing warranty, with name of principal, address and telephone number. 5. Scope of warranty. 6. Date of beginning and duration of warranty. 7. Provide information and duration of warranty. a) Proper procedure in case of failure. b) Instances which might affect validity of warranty. 3.02 TIME OF SUBMITTAL. A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction: 1. Submit warranty within ten days after inspection and acceptance. 2. Starting date of warranty shall be the date of inspection and acceptance. B. For equipment or component parts of equipment accepted as of Substantial Completion: 1. Submit warranty within ten days after Substantial Completion. 2. Starting date of warranty shall be the date of Substantial Completion. C. For items of work where acceptance is delayed materially beyond Substantial Completion: 1. Submit warranty within ten days after acceptance. 2. Starting date of warranty shall be the date of acceptance of item. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 01740 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington IT SECTION 01900 - FINISH SCHEDULE CARPET: C -1 Manufacturer: Bentley Quality: Polar Type: Broad Loom Color: P026B *8318 Parallel C -2 Manufacturer: Bentley Quality: Equator Color: EQ26B *8218 Parallel Type: Broad Loom C -3 Manufacturer: Interface Style: Border Crossings II Color: 2878 Tijuana Type: Tile C -4 Manufacturer: Interface Style: Border Crossings II Color: 4116 Del Rio Type: Tile VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: VCT -1 Manufacturer: Armstrong Style: Stonetex Color: 52142 Slate Green Size: 12" x 12" Installation: UNI Directional 80% coverage random VCT -2 Manufacturer: Armstrong Style: Stonetex Color: 52140 Chalk White Size: 12" x 12" Installation: UNI Directions 20% coverage random RUBBER FLOORING: RF -1 Al Project No. 950.2398.00 Manufacturer: Roppe Color: SL 150 Dark Gray Size: 19" x 19" Type: Slate Design 01900.1 CBU Tukwila Washington BASE: RF -2 Manufacturer: Roppe Color: SL 136 Red Size: 19" x 19" Type: Slate Design RB -1 Manufacturer: Roppe Color: #00 Black Size: 4" Type: Straight (at carpet); Cove (at VCT and Tile) ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE: ACT -1 Manufacturer: USG Interiors, Inc. Style: Auratone - Natural Fissured II Color: Tile - White; Grid -White Edge: Square Edge Size: 2'x4'x3 /a" Grid: Donn DX 15/16" ACT -2 Manufacturer: USG Interiors, Inc. Style: Millennia Color: Tile - White; Grid -White Edge: Square Edge Size: 2' x 4' x 3/4" Grid: Donn DX 15/16" PAINT: P -1 Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams Color: #1641 White Organdy Finish: Semi Gloss Type: Acrylic Latex P -2 Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams Color: 2390 Greek Isle Finish: Semi Gloss Type: Acrylic Latex Al Project No. 950.2398.00 01900 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington P -3 Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams Color: 1009 Spacious Gray Finish: Semi Gloss Type: Acrylic Latex P -4 Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams Color: Finish: Semi Gloss Type: Acrylic Latex PLASTIC LAMINATE: PL -1 PL -2 PL -3 Manufacturer: Nevamar Color: MR -5 -IT Green Matrix Finish: Textured Manufacturer: Nevamar Color: S -6 -53T Jet Black Finish: Textured Manufacturer: - Chemetal Color: Moonscape No. 230 Type: Metal Laminate . WALLCOVERINGS ( Provided by Tenant installed by Contractor): WC -1 Manufacturer: Xerox Mural Style: Image Revolution Color: Varies WC -2 Manufacturer: N/A Style: Digi "X" Graphic Color: Varies WC -3 Manufacturer: Xerox Mural Style: Employee Benefits Color: Varies WC -4 Manufacturer: Xerox Mural Style: Document Revolution Color: Varies Al Project No. 950.2398.00 01900 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington CERAMIC TILE: CT -1 Manufacturer: Dal -Tile Color: DK -314 Metallic (1) Size: 2" x 2" Trim: Manufacturer Standard Inside and Outside Corners CT -2 Manufacturer: Dal -Tile Color: DK -1462 (D) Teal Size 2" x 2" Grout: Manufacturer: American Olean Color: Sterling Silver GLASS: GL -1 GL -2 Cesar Color Inc. Chroma Fusion CF 3231 Crinkle 'Al Tempered Frosted (Alternate No) WINDOW COVERINGS: BL -1 END OF SECTION AI Project No. 950.2398.00 Manufacturer: Levelor Riveria Type: 1" Dust Guard Finish: Clear Anodized • 01900 - 4 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 01950 PROJECT SCHEDULE 1 1 r i i ) 0 • • s II. • ••'` 3 3 a ~ ] ,' I H g r 3 d LL ze ; S 1 3 3 LL a F 3.2 3 1 LL 0. z LL LL F 4'1414441,W i !Il §!!1 §11111111111! .111 .1!1 I :� a as a a a a-� a as � a 'a S S �a a a a ag a p a g g g g p 3 1 3 1 S 1 111$ § x$11 g�� a' a s ap S 3 4) F F L i 1 3 3 i 3 i i i i i f i i i i g i i F 3# 3 4 1 LL F P 1 � � ] q }i1!'!ii!i!!I!LI!I!?iiIi a g/ i CAI � � D I. I Ai- . 2 i LA 2 2 2 8 21 A 2 ^w 2 A; 2 A A 2 2 2 3 :0 2 2 $ 3 2 2 1 1 a 1 r 8 1 4 1 • `+ 1111111111111 g3' 113'111 11 11111111111 S 5 5 5 5 5 5 S S ?.t ? a a a a S a 5 5 5 5 5 55' 3 4' ��; �� i ALL3yI# 3$ 31131111411 1 1111111111 ss �s 44311414 4 I33 1 1 3 1 hip 11 II I11i11 1al jvhf F3!s444441f 111 fl0I a 3 a s S a a a i a 3 $ R R R R $ R $ a a z $ 3 a r $ a a $ SECTION 02060 - MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. If materials, conditions or procedures differing form those designated in the Contract Documents are encountered, notify Architect immediately: Cease additional work in same area or of same type until directed by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Prior to beginning demolition: 1. Erect barricades, partitions, and other temporary aids. 2. Provide coverings for existing construction designated to remain to prevent damage. 3. Ensure that utilities requiring modification are temporarily or permanently discontinued, as applicable. 4. Provide necessary temporary shoring, bracing, supports, etc. As required to maintain structural integrity of existing construction. 5. Meet with Owner and Tenant to determine available hours for construction, construction personnel access points, delivery locations, trash removal, etc. to insure security and continued operation. 3.02 PERFORMANCE: A. Demolition Sequencing: 1. Remove existing construction to extent indicated, and as necessary to join new work to existing. 2. Exercise caution not to damage work designated to remain. 3. Do not remove more existing construction than is necessary to allow for new construction. 4. Conduct work to minimize noise and spread of dirt and dust. B. Demountable partitions: 1. Disassemble per manufacturer's specifications. 2. Salvage, reuse and reinstall all items as appropriate. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 • 02060 -1 CHU Tukwila Washington C. Responsibility and Assignment; 1. Monitor assignment of work to trades to minimize damage to existing surfaces. 2. Assign work to trades skilled in procedures involved. D. Where existing surfaces are cut or damaged, patch and finish to make patching as inconspicuous as possible. 1. For continuous surfaces: Refinish to nearest offset, intersection or other existing point at which can be neatly terminated. 2. For assemblies: Refinish entirely. E. Where new work ai- .Its or finishes flush with existing work, make transition as smooth as possible. F. If smooth transition of new work to existing finished surface is not possible, terminate existing surface along straight line at natural line of division: provide trim appropriate to finished surface. G. Rework floors so that one continuous plane results. Chip out, cut or grind existing concrete as required; use leveling compound compatible with scheduled finish material to achieve final leveling. H. Provide appropriate support or substrate for patching of finished surfaces. I. Where removal of existing construction exposes items which were previously concealed, rework such items to be concealed in finished construction. J. Do not cut or remove existing structural members or finished surfaces other . than to the extent contained in the Contract Documents, without written permission of Architect. K. Disposal of Debris: 1. Remove and dispose of waste materials off site. 2. Store items designated to remain property of Tenant and Owner in building where directed. 3. Where new materials must be matched to existing, do not remove or dispose of existing material until new materials have been approved by Architect. L. Recycle materials as required by any governing codes and ordinances. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 02060 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: 1. Section 09900 - Painting 1.02 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association (AA): Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Specifications: 1 A36: Structural Steel. 2. A47: Malleable Iron Castings. 3 A48: Gray Iron Castings. 4. A53: Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped, Zinc - Coated, Welded and Seamless. 5. A123: Zinc (Hot - Galvanized) Coating on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. 6. A167: Stainless and Heat- Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 7. A283: Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars. 8. A307: Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 9. A366: Steel, Carbon, Cold Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 10. A480: General Requirements for Flat - Rolled Stainless and Heat - Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 11. A500: Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 12. A563: Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 13. B209: Aluminum - Alloy Sheet and Plate. 14. B221: Aluminum - Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wires, Shapes and Tubes. C. American Welding Society (AWS); 1. D1.1 Code for Welding in Building Construction. 2. A2.4: Symbols for Welding and Non - Destructive Testing, including Brazing. D. Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association (AAMA) 605.1: Specification for High Performance Organic coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Extruded Aluminum. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 05500 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington E. Federal Specifications (FS): 1. TT- P -86g: Primer, Red, Lead, Base, Ready Mixed. 2. TT -P -645: Primer, Paint, Zinc - Chromate, Alkyd Type. F. Military Specification (MIL) P- 21035: Paint, High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair. G. Steel Structures Painting Council, National Association of Corrosion Engineers (SSPC): Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 2, Systems and Specifications. H. Industrial Perforators Association. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: 1. Show dimensions, sizes, thicknesses, gauges, finishes, joining, attachments and relationship of work to adjoining construction. 2. Show shop and erection details, including cuts, copes, connections, holes, bolts, and welds. Indicate welds in accordance with AWS A2.4. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Basic Materials: 1. Steel: a) Shapes: b) Plate: c) Sheet: d) Pipe: e) Tube: 2. Cast Iron: 3. Aluminum: a) Extrusions: ASTM B221, 6063 -T5 alloy and temper. b) Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy and temper best suited to application. 4. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type, 302 or 304, Number 4 stain polished finish in accordance with ASTM A480. ASTM A36. ASTM A283. ASTM A366. ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40. ASTM A500. ASTM A48, Class 30, or ASTM A47. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Fastenings: 1. General: Furnish bolts, nuts, screws, clips, washers, and other fastenings necessary for proper erection of items specified herein. 2. Exposed screws: Phillip's flat head, countersunk, unless noted otherwise. 3. Bolts and Nuts,: ASTM 307, American National Course Thread Series, regular hexagonal type. 4. Nuts: ASTM A563, grade optional. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 05500 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Paint: 1. For ferrous metals: Tnemec Co "10- 1009 ", gray color, or accepted substitute. 2. For ferrous metals used on the perforated panels: Tnemec Co. Series 37H- 7B Chem - Prime (2 '// dry mil), gray. 3. Galvanizing repair: MIL P- 21035. Anchoring Cement: Thoro Products "Thorogrip" or accepted substitute. 2.03 FABRICATION: A. Field Measurements: Prior to fabrication of items required field measurements for correct fit. B. General: 1. Form metal work to shape and size with sharp lines, angles and arises. Shear and punch with clean, true lines and surfaces. Thickness of metal, details of metal, details of assembly and support shall give ample strength and stiffness for intended purpose. 2. Include supplementary parts necessary to complete each item. 3. Whereverpossible, shop fit and assemble work to eliminate field jointing. Fit joints and intersections accurately with proper fastenings. 4. Fabricate trim from longest lengths possible; locate joints symmetrically. Fit adjacent pieces with hairline joints and aligned surfaces. Space exposed screws evenly and symmetrically. Miter corners and angles of exposed moldings and frames. C. Fastenings: 1. Conceal fastenings wherever possible unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Documents. 2. Welding: Conform to AWS D1.1. Use welds for permanent connections where possible. Grind exposed welds smooth. Tack welds are prohibited on exposed surfaces. 3. Bolted and Screwed Connections: a) Provide holes and connections for items attached to metal work. b) Use bolts for field connections only. Provide washers under heads and nuts bearing on wood. Draw nuts tight and nick threads of permanent connections. Use beveled washers where bearing is on sloped surfaces. c) Where screws must be used for permanent connections in ferrous metal, use flat head type, countersunk, with screw slots filled and finished smooth and flush. D. Galvanizing: 1. Galvanize exterior steel. 2. Conform to ASTM A123. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 05500 -3 CBU Tukwila Washington E. Shop Painting: 1. Shop paint steel except: a) Galvanized steel. b) Steel to be encased in concrete. c) Steel to be welded. 2. Surface preparation: Conform to SSPC SP2 or SP3, as applicable. 3. Application: One coat; follow coating manufacturer's directions. 4. Minimum dry film thickness: 2.0 mils. 5. Shop paint primer for Perforated Panels: Tnemec Co. Series 37H -7B Chem -Prime (2 '/z dry mil), gray. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Erect items by welding or bolting in accordance with details and instruction of approved shop drawings and where required by manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Weld field connections and grind smooth , or bolt into close contact. Conceal welds wherever possible. C. Grout frames, plates, sills, bolts and similar items with non - shrink grout. D. Set items shown or required to be set in sleeves with anchoring cement. E. Protection of Metals: Isolate dissimilar metals from contact with each other with bituminous paint, non - absorptive gasket, or other approved method. 3.02 ADJUSTING: A. Clean and touch up shop paint at welded and abraded surfaces. 3.03 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS: A. Miscellaneous items: 1. Provide miscellaneous items of metal work and metal specialties shown on drawings and not specified in other sections. Fabricate items that are shown diagrammatically on Drawings in accordance with approved shop drawings. 2. Anchors: Provide sleeves, inserts and bolts required for securing work in place. 3. Angles and Plates: Provide angles, shapes, plates, bent plates, etc., as required for supports, bracing and securing work. B. Sleeves through Masonry or Concrete: Standard weight, wrought iron or galvanized steel; size to allow '/< inch between sleeve ..tnd pipe. C. Access Doors: Al Project No. 950.2398.00 05500 -4 CBU Tukwila Washington 1. Type: 14 gauge flush panel door in 16 gauge frame, with concealed hinges and cam lock. Provide with galvanized steel casing bead attached to frame for mounting in drywall. 2. Size: 18" x 18 ". 3. Model: WB as manufactured by J.L. Industries (or equal). 4. Finish: Painted to match adjacent surface. 5. Locations: Provide where access to concealed cleanouts, traps, valves, etc. is required in drywall or masonry whether installed as part of this work or existing and whether or not specifically shown on drawings END OF SECTION Al Project No. 950.2398.00 05500 -5 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES: A. American Plywood Association (APA): Product Guide - Grades and Specifications. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E84: Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Materials: C. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): 1. C20: Structural Lumber Fire - Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes. 2. C27: Plywood Fire - Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes. D. American Wood Preservers Bureau (AWPB): 1. LP -2: Standard for Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood. Pressure - Treated with Water -Borne Preservatives for Above Ground Use. 2. LP -22: Standard for Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure - Treated with Water Borne Preservatives for Ground Contact Use. E. California Redwood Association (CRA): Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber. • F. National Bureau of Standards, Products Standards (PS): 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Plywood. 3. PS 56: Structural Glued - Laminated Timber. G. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SP1B): Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber. H. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA): Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 06100 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Grade Marks: 1. Identify lumber and plywood by official grade mark. 2. Grade mark to contain symbol of grading agency, mill number of name, grade of lumber, species or species grouping or combination designation, rules under which graded, and condition of seasoning at time of manufacture. a) S -GRN: Unseasoned. b) S -Dry: 19 percent maximum moisture content. c) MC -15 or KD: 15 percent maximum moisture content. B. Fire Retardant Treated Products: Bear label of recognized independent testing laboratory indicating flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Store materials minimum 6 inches above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering providing for adequate air circulation. B. Do not store seasoned or treated materials in damp location. C. Protect edges of sheet materials from damage to corners. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Lumber: Any commercial softwood species; grading rules and wood species in accordance with PS 20. 1. Dimensions indicated are nominal; actual dimensions shall conform to PS 20. 2. Surfacing: Surfaced four sides (S4S) unless noted otherwise. 3. End jointed lumber: Interchangeable with sawn lumber; glued joints in accordance with PS 56. 4. Grades: a) Light framing and studs: (1) General framing: Stud Grade or better, S -Dry. (2) Bracing, blocking and general purposes: Utility Grade. b) Joists and planks. Number 2 Grade or better. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 06100 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Plywood: 1. Conform to PS 1 and APA Product Guide. 2. Veneer Grade: C -D Plugged or better. 3. Exposure: a) Exterior applications: Exterior. b) Interior applications: Exposure 1. 4. Panel grade: APA Rated Sheathing. C. Pressure Treated Products: 1. In accordance with AWPB LP -2 for above ground use. 2. In accordance with AWPB LP -22 for ground contact use. D. Fire - Retardant Treated Products: Provide for all materials within the building enclosure. 1. Lumber: AWPA Standard C -20. 2. Plywood: AWPA Standard C -27. a) Exterior applications: Exterior Type. b) Interior applications: Interior Type B. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Hardware: Type and size as required by conditions of use; galvanized steel or aluminum for exterior use, plain steel or aluminum for interior use. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Framing: 1. Cut lumber to seat square on bearings. Fit closely into proper location, true to line and grade, plumb and level. 2. Anchor, tie and brace members to develop strength and rigidity required for purpose for which they are to be used. Do not stress members in excess of design strength. 3. Secure members permanently in position with proper fastenings. B. Blocking and Furring: 1. Provide blocking, nailers, ground, fuming, etc. as required. 2. Install and secure properly to receive, engage or support other work. C. Pressure Treated Products: 1. Provide where wood comes in contact with concrete, masonry or roofing. 2. Field treat cuts and holes with concentrated solution of same preservative as originally applied. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 06100 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington D. Hardware: 1. Furnish and install hardware necessary to complete work. 2. Bore holes for bolts true to line and of same diameter as bolts. Drive bolts into place with tight fit; provide plates or washers where bolt heads or nuts are in contact with wood. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 • 06100.4 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Quality Standards Illustrated. B. Commercial Standard CS -236: Matte - Formed Wood Particle board. C. Federal Specification (FS) L -P -508: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Decorative and Non - Decorative. D. Product Standards (PS): 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. PS51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: 1. Show locations, section, dimensions and details, including field dimensions and interface with adjacent work. 2. Include wood types, species, finishes, finish hardware and methods of installation and attachment. 3. Indicate details at scale not less than 3 inches equals 1 foot. B. Samples: 1. Plastic laminate samples for color and texture verification. 2. Wood Panels. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum 5 years documented experience in producing comparable work. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 06200 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Design Responsibility: 1. Contract Documents indicate general design intent and in some cases define special required elements. 2. Contractor is responsible for supplementing general design with detailed design as required to assure completeness and continuity of work, consistent with design intent. C. Pre - Installation Conference: Review, discuss and resolve: 1. Critical dimensions. 2. Product delivery and storage. 3. Staging and sequencing. 4. Protection of completed work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Do not deliver materials until proper protection can be provided, and until needed for installation. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements: HVAC system complete and operational for minimum 30 days prior to installation of millwork. B. Wet work, including drywall, tile, and concrete, complete in same area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Basic Materials: 1 Softwood Plywood: Conform to PS 1. 2. Hardwood Plywood: Conform to PS51. 3. Lumber grading rules and wood species: In accordance with PS20. 4. Particle board: CS 236, Density C, Class 1, Hot - press, resin bonded, surfaces filled. 5. Hardboard: 1/8" tempered hardboard finished one side, "Masonite" or acceptable substitute. 6. Rough Hardware: As specified in Section 06100. 7. Wood Panels: Sanded and sealed medium density fiberboard. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 06200 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington k . 1 B. Cabinetry: 1. Plastic laminate: a. Meet FS L -P -508. b. Thickness: (1) Cabinet interior (except backs of cabinet doors): Nominal 0.020 inch. (2) Vertical surfaces (including backs of cabinet doors): Nominal 0.030 inch. (3) Postformed surfaces: Nominal 0.042 inch. (4) Other surfaces: Nominal 0.050 inch. c. Colors: As identified in Section 01900 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. Storage Shelving: Plastic Laminate. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Finish Hardware: As scheduled in the Contract Documents, or accepted substitution. 2.03 FABRICATION: A. Cabinetry: 1. Quality: AWI custom Grade. 2. Construction: a. Type: Flush front frame. b. Standards, shelves and bottoms: Mill option, plywood or particle board. c. Countertops: Plywood with solid stock front trim. Fabricate with minimal end joints, centered or located symmetrically. Join sections with concealed clamp fasteners. B. Interior Standing and Running Trim: AWI Custom Grade. C. Storage Shelving: AWI Economy Grade. D. Prior to fabrication, field verify dimensions to ensure correct fit. E. Fabricate in as large units as possible to minimize field joints. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 06200.3 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Prior to installation, condition millwork to average humidity which will prevail after installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION (Not all items apply): A. Cabinetry: a. Install plumb, level and true to line. b. Cut and fit to room dimensions and conditions. Anchor securely in place; use concealed shims where necessary. B. Standing and Running Trim. 1. Install in as long lengths as possible to minimize exposed joints. 2. Neatly cut and fit to actual dimensions and conditions; miter and cope cornevs and intersections. Make joints between members tight, straight and with finished surfaces in same plane. 3. Anchor to adjacent construction using fastener type best suited to actual conditions. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible; set exposed fasteners below surface to receive putty. For screw or bolt heads over 'A inch in diameter, set heads below surface and conceal with matching wood plug. C. Wood Panels: 1. Install plumb, level and true to line. 2. Cut and fit to room dimensions and conditions. Anchor securely in place; use concealed shims where necessary. 3. Provide joints as indicated on the Contract Documents. 4. Finish with 2 coats clear wood sealer. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 06200 = 4 CHU Tukwila Washington SECTION 07211- BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. Standard Specification C665: Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Wood Frame and Light Construction Buildings. 2. Test Methods: a. E84: Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. b. E136: Test for Behavior of Materials in Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 degrees C. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Do not install insulation until mechanical and electrical trades have had their covered work inspected. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Acoustical Insulation: I. Type: a. Unfaced, fire- resistant: (1) Meet ASTM C665, Type 1 fiber glass composition. (2) Owens- Corning Fiberglass Corp. "Firecore 60" or acceptable substitute. b. Unfaced: (1) Meet ASTM C665, Type 1 (2) Owens - Corning Fiberglass Corp. sound attenuation batt insulation or accepted substitute. c. Foilfaced: (1) Meet ASTM C665, Type 111, class A fiber glass composition with integral aluminum foil vapor barrier. (2) Owens- Corning Fiberglass Corp. "FS -25" or accepted substitute. 07211 -1 2. Fire - resistance requirements: a. Pass ASTM E119 b. Flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3 Minimum R- Value: a. 31/2 inches thick: 11.00 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Batt Insulation: 1. General: a. Exercise care to maintain continuity of insulation throughout spaces. Butt insulation tightly to adjacent framing members; make end joints neat with ends tightly butted or overlapped. Carry insulation around pipes, wiring, outlet boxes and similar features to ensure complete enclosure of spaces without voids. Compress insulation if required to maintain continuity at these areas. 2. Walls: a. Carry insulation continuous from top to bottom channels unless otherwise indicated. b. If insulation will not remain in place by friction, secure with string wire space 24 inches on center, across or threaded through studs. END OF SECTION 07211 -2�� SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: 1. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Test Methods: 1. E90: Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne - Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. 2. E152: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies B. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Quality Standards Illustrated 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Physical door sample, minimum 6 inches by 6 inches, showing edge, core and faces, with finish applied. B. Certificate: Manufacturer's certificate attesting that doors furnished comply with specified acoustical requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire Rated Doors: 1. Doors shall be certified by a recognized independent testing laboratory as having been tested in accordance with ASTM E152 for fire ratings scheduled. 2. Temperature rise: Maximum 250 degrees F after 30 minute exposure. 3. Furnish doors with metal labels attached showing testing laboratory, manufacturer, fire rating, temperature rise, and hardware requirements. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Package doors in heavy cartons with identifying arks prior to shipment; do not remove from cartons until ready to install. B. Store doors upright with at least 'A inch between doors, in protected, dry area. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 08211 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 1.06 WARRANTY: A. Furnish manufacturer's written two year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship for interior doors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Flush Wood Doors: 1. Type: a. Fire rates: AWI Type FD, Fire Door b. Solid core, standard: AWI Type PC, Particleboard Core c. Hollow core, standard: AWI Type SHC, Standard Hollow Core d. Acoustic rated: AWI Type SR, Sound Retardant 2. Grade: AWIO Custom Grade. 3. Faces;; Maple Veneer - match Architects sample. 4. Provide fire - retardant treated wood edges at pairs of fire rated doors. 2.02 FABRICATION: A. Pre- Fitting: Pre -Fit doors to frames at factory with following clearances: 1. Jambs and head: 1/8 inch inaximum between door and frame. 2. Sills without thresholds: 'A inch maximum between door and finish floor. 3. Sills with thresholds: 'A inch maximum between door and top of threshold. 4. Meeting stiles of pairs: 'A inch maximum between doors. 5. Lock edge: Bevel 1/8 inch. B. Pre - machining: Pre - machine doors at factory to receive hardware specified in Section 08710. C. Pre - Finishing: Pre -finish doors at factory to match approved sample; finish system as follows: 1. Wash coat. 2. Stain: To match Architect's sample 3. Sealer 4. Sand with No. 220 grit stearated paper 5. Two coats satin clear lacquer topcoat. AI Project No. 08211- 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prior to installation, condition doors to average humidity which will be encountered after installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Fitting: If field cutting for height is necessary, cut bottom edge only, 3/4 inch maximum. B. Before installation, apply sealer to job cut surfaces. C. Install finish hardware in accordance with Section 08710 D. Assure that door will operate freely END OF SECTION AI Project No. 08211- 3 SECTION 08212 - PLASTIC -FACED FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: 1. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Test Methods: 1. E90: Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne -Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions: 2. E152: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies: B. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Quality Standards Illustrated. C. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) LD3: Performance Requirements for High - Pressure Plastic Laminate. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: 1. Physical door sample for each type required, minimum 6 inches by 6 inches, showing edge, core and faces, in specified or selected color. 2. Manufacturer's full range of plastic laminate facings available, for color selection. B. Certificate: Manufacturer's certificate attesting that doors furnished comply with specified acoustical requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire Rated Doors (where required by code): 1. Doors shall be certified by a recognized independent testing laboratory as having been tested in accordance with ASTM E152 for fire ratings scheduled. 2. Temperature rise: Maximum 250 degrees F after 30 minute exposure. 3. Furnish doors with metal labels attached showing testing laboratory, manufacturer, fire rating, temperature rise, and hardware requirements. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 082124 CBU Tukwila Washington 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package doors in heavy carton with identifying marks prior to shipment; do not remove from cartons until ready to install. B. Store doors upright with at least % inch between doors, in protected, dry area. 1.06 WARRANTY: A. Furnish manufacturer's written two year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Plastic -Faced Flush Wood Doors: 1. Type: a. Fire rated: AWI Type FD, Fire Door. b. Solid core, standard: AWI Type PC, Particleboard Core. c. Acoustic rated: AWI Type SR, Sound Retardant. 2. Faces: NEMA LD3, nominally' /16" thick high- pressure plastic laminate. 3. Color: Refer to Section 01900. 2.01 FABRICATION: A. Prefitting: Prefit doors to frames at factory with following clearances: 1. Jambs and Heads: 1/8 ". maximum between door and frame. 2. Sills without thresholds: % " maximum between door and finish floor. 3. Sills with thresholds: %" maximum between door and top of threshold. 4. Meeting stiles of pairs: 1/4 "maximum between doors. 5. Lock edge: Bevel 1 /8 ". B. Premachining: Premachine doors at factory to receive hardware specified in Section 08710. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A Prior to installation, condition doors to average humidity which will be encountered after installation. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 08212 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Fitting: If field cutting for height is necessary, cut bottom edge only, 34 ' maximum. B. Before installation, apply sealer to job cut surfaces. C. Install finish hardware in accordance with Section 08710. D. Assure that door will operate freely. END OF SECTION Al Project No. 950.2398.00 08212 -3 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections 1. Section 01030 - Alternates 2. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware 3. Section 08800 - Glazing 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Aluminum Association (AA): Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. Standard Specifications: a. A36: Structural Steel b. A164: Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Steel c. ; A165: Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium on Steel d. B209: Aluminum - Alloy Sheet and Plate e. B221: Aluminum - Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wires, Shapes • and Tubes. 2. Test Methods: a. E283: Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. b. E330: Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors under the influence.of Wind Loads c. E331: Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Differential. C. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1: Code for Welding in Building Construction D. Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association (AAMA) 605.1: Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Extruded Aluminum. E. Federal Specification (FS) TT -P -645: Primer, Paint Zinc Chromate, Alkyd Type. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Criteria: 1. Wind Load: Design system to withstand design wind loads with deflection of any member not to exceed L /175 when tested in accordance with ASTM E330. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 08410 . 1 CBU Tukwila Washington 2. Thermal Expansion and Contraction: Design system to withstand a surface temperature range of minus 20 to plus 160 degrees F without damage or deformation. 3. Furnish steel stiffeners, thickened extrusion, reinforcing, etc. as required to meet design criteria specified. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fabricator/Installer Qualifications: Minimum two years documented experience in fabrication and installation of systems of similar nature as required herein. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: 1. Show plans, elevations and details, including thickness and type of metal and glass, methods of glazing, anchoring, fastening and joining, hardware, weatherstripping, caulking, trim and accessories, and other pertinent information. 2. Show details at scale of not less than 3 inches equals 1 foot. B. Samples: 1. 12 inch long aluminum framing system samples for each type required, showing cross section and finish. 2. Door corner, minimum 6 inches by 6 inches, showing corner construction reinforcing and glazing provisions. 3. Each type hardware and standard fitting item, if requested. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Atlas Architectural Metals, Inc. B. Kawneer Company C. PPG Industries D. Vistawall Architectural Products E. Substitutions: Under Provisions of Section 01630 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Entrances and Storefront: 1. To match existing B. Finish Hardware: 1. To match existing AI Project No. 08410 - 2 2.03 MATERIALS: A. Aluminum: 1. Extrusions: ASTM B221, 6063 -T5 alloy and temper extrusions. 2. Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy and tamper best suited to application B. Steel: ASTM A36 C. Weatherstripping: Replaceable, non - porous, polymeric material D. Finish: 1. To match existing 2.04 ACCESSORIES: A. Fasteners: Zinc or cadmium plated steel in accordance with ASTM A164 or A165 B. Glass, Glazing Gaskets and Accessories: As specified in Section 08800 C. Zinc Chromate Primer: FS TT -S -645 2.05 FABRICATION: A. General: 1. Fabricate, assemble and fit components in shop as much as practical, ready for erection at building. Retain units in maximum size permitted for shipment. 2. Complete welding, cutting, drilling and fitting prior to treatment and application of coating. Grind weld areas smooth. 3. Finished assemblies shall be straight, true and square, with smooth, weathertight hairline joints and surfaces free from waves, buckles and other defects. 4. Provide weatherstripping at head, jambs, sills (and meeting stiles) of doors. B. Finishes: 1. Steel: a. Shop paint steel except surfaces to be welded. b. Wire brush or otherwise clean to remove loose rust, dirt, oil, grease, coatings and other foreign matter. c. Apply in one coat to minimum 2.0 mils dry film thickness, follow manufacturer's instructions. 2. Exposed Aluminum: a. To match existing 3. finish exposed components with smooth surfaces free of scratches, die marks, stains or other defects. 4. Do not apply erection marks, symbols, or painted notes to exposed surfaces. Al Project No. 08410 - 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Framing System: 1. Install members true to line, plumb, square, level and in proper pia::, free from waves, sags, buckles or other defects. 2. Anchor securely in place using proper fasteners and attachment. 3. Set sill members exposed to weather in full mastic bed. 4. Isolate aluminum from contact with dissimilar metal use of bituminous paint, zinc- chromate primer or non - absorptive gaskets. B. Doors: Install with proper clearances at head, jambs, sill and meeting stiles. Install operable hardware and check for proper operation. C. Glazing: To match existing. 3.02 ADJUSTING: A Adjust operable hardware and leave doors in proper operating condition. B Touch up minor scratches and abrasions to match original finish. C. Adjust weatherstripping to contact appropriate surfaces and for weather seal. 3.03 CLEANING: A. - Clean exposed surfaces using mild soap and water only. END OF SECTION Al Project No. 08410 - 4 SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES: A. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA): 1. Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware: 2. Product Standards. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 80: Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. 2. 101: Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Schedule: 1. Include information necessary to determine proper selection and function of hardware as to door hand, bevel, thickness, swing, etc. 2. Provide catalog sheets for each item. 3. Prepare schedule listing.doors according to Drawing door and room numbers. B. Samples: One sample of each hardware item, if requested. C. Permanent Keys: Forward directly to Owner; tag and identify with mark corresponding to keying schedule. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Provide proper hardware, approved and labeled by recognized independent testing laboratory and meeting requirements of NFPA 80 and 101, for fire rated doors. B. Provide miscellaneous hardware required for proper operation and attachment of scheduled hardware. C. If additional hardware is required, or if hardware requires a change from that specified due to actual conditions, conform to general type, quality and function as set forth herein. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 08710 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Pack each item of hardware separately, complete with necessary screws, instructions and installation templates. B. Mark each container with item number corresponding to number on hardware schedule. 1.05 MAINTENANCE: A. Extra Stock: Deliver to Owner upon Substantial Completion: 1. Copy of approved hardware schedule. 2. Keying list. 3. Six master keys and two keys for each lock. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: (Note: All items shall match existing except as noted and shall meet the requirements below if not existing condition applies.) A. Butt Hinges: 1. Hager Hinge Co. 2. McKinney Manufacturing Co. 3. Stanley Hardware Division, Stanley Works. B. Locksets, Latchsets and Cylinders: 1. Corbin Division, Emhart Hardware Group. 2. Russwin Division, Emhart Hardware Group. 3. Sargent Manufacturing Co. 4. Schlage (specified). C. Overhead I :posed Closers: 1. LCN Closers Division (specified). 2. Corbin Division, Emhart Hardware Group. 3. Norton Door Controls, Scovill Security Products. 4. Russwin Division, Emhart Hardware Group. 5. Sargent Manufacturing Co. D. Door Seals: 1. National Guard Products, Inc. (specified). 2. Pemko Manufacturing Co. 3. Reese Enterprises, Inc. (specified where noted). 4. Zero International, Inc. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 ' 08710 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington E. Miscellaneous items: As scheduled. F. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Butt Hinges: 1. Type: Full Mortise, five knuckle, non -rising pin with hole in bottom tip for easy removal. 2. At perimeter doors to lease space, provide hinges with set screw in barrel making hinge non - removable when door is in closed position. 3. Number of hinges per door based on door height: a. Less than 60 inches high: Two hinges. b. Provide one additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height or fraction thereof. 4. Hinge Weight: a. Heavy weight at exterior doors, interior doors more than 41 inches wide, and labeled doors more than 36 inches wide or 90 inches high. b. Standard weight at interior doors less than 41 inches wide. 5. Hinge bearing type: a. Ball bearing at labeled doors, doors with closers, and doors more than 41 inches wide. b. Plain bearing at non - labeled doors without closers and less than 41 inches wide. 6. Hinge Size: a. Doors up to 41 inches wide and 90 inches high: 41/2 inches by 41/2 inches. B. Locksets, Latchsets and Cylinders: 1. Type: Shlage. 2. Design: Series L -05, 626 Satin Chrome Plated. 3. Cylinders: Russwin or Bldg. Standard. 4. Functions: As scheduled. 5. On single swing doors, provide latch strike plates with minimum lip projection necessary to project from trim. 6. On pair of doors, lip projection of latch strike plate shall not extend beyond face of lock stile of inactive leaf. 7. Provide wrought boxes for all strikes. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 08710 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington C. Electric Strikes: 1. As manufactured by Architectural Security Products (Folger Adam Company) or accepted substitute 2. Operation: a. Fail safe: In locked posit on, strike is energized. Release occurs by switching device or power failure. b. Model712. D. Overhead Exposed Closers: 1. Type: LCN 1070 Series with cover. 2. All exposed closers shall be by one manufacturer and match in design. 3. Construction: Porous -free cast iron or aluminum body, rack and pinion operation with compression spring, fully hydraulic. 4. Closing and latching speeds and backcheck: Controlled by independently adjustable concealed valves. 5. Provide an increase of slowing power near closed - -)sition of door by means of adjustment of arm leverage at foot pivc 6. Mounting: Surface mos . d, non -handed with L. rsal regular or parallel arm. Suitable ft counting on 13/4 inch m. .um door top rail or transom bar without crop plate. 7. Finish: Painted E. Door Stops and Holders: 1. Wall stops: H.B. Ives Number 4071/2 or accepted substitute. 2. Floor stops: H.B. Ives or accepted substitute. a. Doors without thresholds: Number 438. b. Doors with thresholds: Number 444. 3. Overhead Holders: Sargent and Co. Or accepted substitute. a. Exterior doors. "690 Series ". b. Interior doors: "1530 Series ". 4. Provide stop or holder at every door leaf 5. Provide wall stops for doors with knobs or levers where possible. 6. Provide floor stops where wall ops cannot be used - locatic ' must be accepted by Architect. 7. Where wall stops cannot be used and where floor stops cannot be installed at least two- thirds of door width from hinge without creating a tripping hazard, provide overhead holders. F. Flush Bolts: 1. As manufactured by H.B. Ives or accepted substitute. 2. Manual type: "458 Series ". 3. Dustproof strike: Number 489; provide at floor for each bottom flush bolt. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 08710 - 4 CBU Tukwila Washington G. Silencers: H.B. Ives Number 20 or accepted substitute; provide three at single doors, two at pairs of doors. H. Door Seals: a. Head and jambs: Number PF181. b. Sill: Number 102 (DKB). I. Keying: 1. Master key all locks in one set - co- ordinate with base building keying. 2. Additional keying: Key alike, cross key or otherwise key as directed by Tenant. J. Coat Hooks: 1. As manufactured by Forms and Surfaces. 2. Model #HC -250, Finish: Black Neoprene. 3. Mount at 5' -6" AFF. 4. Provide one at each office door. K. Center Hung Pivot Hinge Set: 1. As manufactured by Rixon - Firemark. 2. Model #370. L. Center Hung Top Pivot: 1. As manufactured by Rixon - Firemark. 2. Model #340. M. Overhead Concealed Closer: 1. As manufactured by Rixon - Firemark. 2. Model #3 -321. 3. Mount: Center hung pivots. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INS'T'ALLATION: A. Install hardware in accordance with approved schedule and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install mortise items flush with adjacent surfaces. C. Install locksets, closers, and trim after finish painting. D. Mount closers so that closers and closer arms are not visible on corridor or "sight" side of doors or on exterior of building. E. Use through bolts for attaching closers to wood doors. F. Locate items in accordance with BHMA recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. G. Re -key all doors including existing. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 08710 - 5 CBU Tukwila Washington H. Blank off cylinders in existing locksets to be revised to latch sets. 3.02 PROTECTION: A. Remove or protect hardware until painting is completed. 3.03 ADJUSTING: A. Test and adjust hardware for quiet, smooth operation, free of sticking, binding or rattling. 3.04 SCHEDULE: Refer to Drawings. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00. 08710 -6 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 08800 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z97.1: Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. Standard Specifications: a. C542: Lock -strip Gaskets. b. C864: Dense Elastomeric Compression Seals Gaskets, Setting Blocks and Spacers. c. C1036: Flat Glass. d. C1048: Heat - Treated Flat Glass -Kind HS, Kind FT, Coated and Uncoated Glass. e. E774: Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 2. Standard Practice C716: Installing Lock -Strip Gaskets and Infill Glazing Materials. 3. Standard Test Method C794: Adhesion- In -Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants. C. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) 16 CFR 1201: Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials. D. Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA): Glazing Manual. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: A. Performance Requirements: 1. Provide annealed glass except where tempered or heat - strengthened glass is required by regulatory agencies, Building Code, glass manufacturer's design calculations, or where specifically indicated. 2. Limit maximum design stress on contact silicone sealant to 20 PSI. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Descriptive data for accessory items Al Project No: 950.2398.00 08800 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Source Quality Control: 1. Glass Identification: a. Apply manufacturer's label indicating type and thickness to each light of glass. b. Each manufacturer's label on each light of tempered glass. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Perform glazing when ambient temperature is above 40 °F. B. Perform glazing on dry surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Glass: Manufactured by flu process, meeting following criteria: 1. Annealed glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1, Class as applicable, Quality q3 2. Tempered glass and laminated glass: a. ASTM C1048, Kind FT, Type 1, Class as applicable, Quality q3. b. CPSC 16 CFR 1201. c. ANSI Z977.1. 3. Heat - strengthened glass: ASTM C1048, Kind HT, Type 1, Class as applicable, Quality q3. 4. Wired glass: ASTM C1036, Type 11, Class 1, Form 1, Quality q8, Mesh M1, Minimum 20 minute fire rating. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: 1. Spacers, Setting Blocks and Glazing Gaskets: Meet ASTM C864; provide silicone type where in contact with silicone glazing sealant; neoprene type elsewhere. a. Spacers: Shore A 50 plus or minus durometer. b. Setting Blocks: Shore A 80 plus or minus 5 durometer Al Project No: 950.2398.00 08800 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington i 3. Glazing Gaskets: a. Extruded silicone type: Continuous, Shore A 80 plus or minus 5 durometer. b. Dry rubber type: Non - cellular EPDM or neoprene, Shore A 70 plus or minus 5 durometer. c. Lock -strip type: As manufactured by F.H. Mahoney Co. Or accepted substitute, with injection molded corners and weep holes, Shore A 75 plus or minus 5 durometer. Lock strips shall be minimum 10 Shore a points harder than gasket. B. Glazing Sealant: 1. For silicone butt joints: General Electric Co. "Siliglaze N 2501 ", translucent, or accepted substitute. 2. For channel glazing: General Electric Co. "Silpruf' or accepted substitute. 3. Backer rod: Dow Corning Co. "Ethafoam" or accepted substitute. 4. Primer: As recommended by glazing sealant manufacturer. C. Glazing Tape:; Pre - formed butyl rubber compound with integral resilient tube spacing device, Shore A 10 to 15 durometer hardness, coiled on release paper, black color. D. Cleaners: As recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. 2.03 FABRICATION: A. Heat Strengthened and Tempered Glass: 1. Meet ASTM C 1048 for type listed. 2. Process in horizontal position so that inherent roller distortion will run parallel to building floor lines after installation. B. Fabrication Tolerances: As specified in ASTM C1036 and C1048. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean joints to remove foreign matter. Previously applied paint or primer must adhere permanently or be entirely removed. B. Clean non - porous surfaces either mechanically or chemically. Remove loose particles by blowing out joints with compressed air or by vacuuming joints. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 08800 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington C. Clean glass of dust , oil, etc., and wipe clean just prior to installation. D. Prime surfaces of opening where recommended by glazing sealant manufacturer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Install glass in accordance with FGMA Glazing Manual and glass and framing system manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Support and block glass with proper edge and face clearance so that glass does not contact frame at any point. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Clean glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. 3.04 PROTECTION: A. Provide proper protection for completed work. Mark glass with tape or banners only; do not apply paint 'or other similar materials. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF GLASS TYPES: A. Refer to Section 01900 - Finish Schedule. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 08800 - 4 CBU Tukwila Washington 1 1 SETION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: 1. Section 07211 - Batt and Blanket Insulation. 2. Section 07920 - Sealants and Caulking. 1.02 REFERENCES: 1 A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Specifications: 1. A525: Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, General Requirements. 2. A591; Steel Sheet, Cold Rolled, Electrolytic Zinc- Coated. 3. C36: Gypsum Wallboard. 4. C79: Gypsum Sheathing Board. 5. C442: Gypsum Backing Board. 6. C630: Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. 7. C645: Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. 8. C646: Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board to 1 Light -Gauge Steel Studs. 9. C665: Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Wood Frame and Light Construction Buildings. 10. C754: Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw - Attached Gypsum Wall Board, Backing Board or Water - Resistant Backing Board. 11. C931: Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board. B. Gypsum Association (GA): 1. Fire Resistance Design Manual. 2. 216: Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Fire Resistance Directory. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Construct assemblies to achieve fire - resistance ratings indicated on if Drawings. Ratings are listed by reference to GA or UL design number. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09260 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 2. If requirements of assembly numbers referenced conflict with Contract Document requirements, conform to assembly requirements. B. Deflection Limits: 1 Limit deflection of partitions to following limits, based on 5 PSF uniform design load. a. Partitions to receive tile: L/240 b. Other partitions: L /120. 2. If partition height exceeds stud manufacturer's limiting height for applicable loading and deflection, install bracing above ceiling, decrease stud spacing, or increase stud gauge. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Maintain temperature in spaces in which work is being performed above 50° F during and after installation. B. Provide adequate ventilation to prevent excessive humidity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Metal Framing: In accordance with ASTM C645, meeting requirements of ASTM A525, Class G -90 for hot -dip galvanized, or ASTM A591, Class B for electrogalvanized. 1. Partition framing: a. Studs: Non -load bearing rolled steel, channel shaped, punched for utility access. b. Runners: Of same material and finish as studs, channel shaped; provide deep leg runners at top of partitions. 2. Suspended ceiling framing: a. Runner channels: 1 - '/2 inch deep, cold rolled, channel shaped, weighing 0.5 pounds per linear foot, 16 gauge. b. Furring channels: Hat - shaped,' /8 inch deep, 25 gauge. 3. Wall furring channels: Hat - shaped,' /8 inch deep, 25 gauge. 4. Shaft wall framing: "Series 620" as manufactured by Domtar Gypsum, or accepted substitute, consisting of C -H studs, Jr tracks and J -L corners. AI Project No: 950.2398.00. 09260 - 2 CHU Tukwila Washington 1 1 c i l� 1 B. Gypsum Panels: Furnish in maximum practical length. 1. Regular: ASTM C36, 48 inches wide, tapered edge. 2. Water - resistant: ASTM C630, 48 inches wide, tapered edge, water resistant; apply to walls to receive ceramic tile. 3. Fire - resistant: ASTM C36, 48 inches wide, tapered edge, Type X; apply to fire rated assemblies. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Fasteners: 1. For attaching framing to concrete: Power driven. 2. For attaching framing to masonry: 2 inch cut nails. 3. For fastening framing members: 3/8 inch long Type S pan head screws, minimum 5/8 inch penetration into framing. B. Acoustical Insulation: See Section 07211. C. Adhesive: As recommended by gypsum panel manufacturer. D. Wire: Galvanized. 1. Hanger wire: 8 gauge, pre- stretched. 2. Tie wire: 18 gauge, soft annealed. E. Metal Accessories: Galvanized Steel. . 1. Corner reinforcement: GA 216, Type CB -100 x 100. 2. Casing: GA 216, Type LC. 3. Control joint. 4. Adjustable wall furring brackets. 5. Metal furring channel clips. 6. Goroon, Inc. trim pieces as scheduled on the drawings. F. Acoustical Sealant: See Section 07920. G. Fire Rated Sealant: See Section 07920. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Framing: 1. General: Follow ASTM C754 and manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Partition. Framing: a. Accurately align partitions according to partition layout. Attach top and bottom runner channels at both ends and at 24 inches on center maximum. b. Position studs vertically in runners, spaced maximum 24 inches on center unless indicated otherwise. c. Except at slip -type head connection at partitions extending to structure. Cut studs 1/2 inch shorter than required length and Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09260 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington friction fit into top runner. Secure to bottom runner, but not to top runner. d. Provide slip -type head connection at partitions extending to structure. Cut studs 1/2 inch shorter than required length and friction fit into top runner. Secure to bottom runner, but not to top runner. e. Locate studs maximum 2 inches from door frames and abutting construction. f. Use double studs on both sides of openings in partitions. g. At heads of openings in partitions, install horizontal runner with flanges slit and web bent to allow flanges to overlap adjacent studs 4 inches on each side; screw to studs through each flange. Install studs from header to ceiling runner. h. Brace furred partitions with adjustable bracket located at mid - height. i. Provide bracing in partitions to receive and support fixtures, trim, accessories, etc. Bracing may be either wood or metal. j. Brace ceiling - height partitions to structure above with diagonal stud braces at 4 feet on center maximum. 3. Wall Furring: a. Space channels 24 inches on center maximum; secure at maximum 24 inches on center with fasteners staggered on alternating flanges. b. Nest channels minimum 8 inches at splices; secure with two fasteners in each flange. B Gypsum Panels: 1. General: a. Follow ASTM C754 and GA 216. b. Do not locate joints to align with edges of openings unless a control joint is installed. c. Exercise care during cutting and installation to avoid tearing face paper or breaking gypsum core. d. Apply panels to ceiling first, then to walls. e. Neatly cut and fit panels around openings and projections. f. Place fasteners minimum 3/8 inches from edges of panels; drive heads slightly below surface. 2. Wall Panels: a. Apply panels horizontally with ends and edges occurring over supports. b. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. c. Spot grout door frame anchors with joint compound. Apply just prior to inserting wall panel into frame; push panel into frame to bond with grout. d. Mechanically fasten panels to framing. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 09260 - 4 CBU Tukwila Washington e. Double Layer: (1) Apply base layer as for single layer above. (2) Apply face layer with joints offset from those in base layer; secure with mechanical fasteners to framing or with adhesive to base layer. f. At slip -type head connections, cut panels '/2 inch short of structure at head; do not secure panels to top runner channel. C Acoustical Insulation: 1. Butt tightly to studs, runners, bridging and other construction features; carry around pipes, wiring, outlets, etc. to form complete enclosure of spaces without voids. 2. Press insulation firmly against one gypsum board surface to form slight air space on opposite side. D. Accessories: 1. General: Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 2. Corner reinforcement: Install at outside corners; use single lengths where length of corner does not exceed standard length. 3. Casings: Install where indicated and where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials or stops with edge exposed. 4. Control joints: Install at changes in back -up material, at maximum 20 feet on center at exterior walls, at maximum 30 feet on center at interior partitions, and elsewhere where indicated. 5. Acoustical Sealant: Apply.to partitions receiving acoustical insulation. a. Apply 3/8 inch bead continuously between gypsum panel edges and adjacent construction. In double layer applications, apply to base layer. b. Apply continuous bead around penetrations through partitions . c. Seal sides and back of electrical boxes by buttering with sealant before gypsum board is applied. After panels are in place, seal perimeter of box between box and gypsum board. END OF SECTION. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09260 - 5 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: 1. Section 07920 - Sealants and Caulking. 2. Section 01030 - Alternates 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standard Institute (ANSI): 1. A108.1: Glazed Wall Tile, Ceramic Mosaic Tile, Quarry Tile and Paver Tile Installed with Portland Cement Mortar. 2. A108.4: Ceramic Tile Installed with Water- Resistant Organic Adhesives. 3. A108.5: Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex - Portland Cement Mortar. 4. A118.4: Latex - Portland Cement Mortar. 5. A136.1: Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Specifications. 1. C 144: Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 2. C150: Portland Cement. 3. C207: Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. C. Tile Council of America (TCA) 137.1: Ceramic Tile. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Tile layout drawing. B. Samples: 1. Tile: Full size samples of each color and size, for color verification. 2. Grout: Duplicate fully cured grout samples in color specified, for color verification. C. Product Data: Manufacturer's installation, cleaning and maintenance instructions. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 09310 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver tile cartons grade- sealed by manufacturer. B. Deliver mortar and adhesive containers bearing hallmark certifying compliance with reference standards. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50° F during and after installation. 1.06 MAINTENANCE: A. Extra Stock: Provide minimum 2 percent extra stock in each type tile installed, in clean, marked cartons. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Ceramic Tile: Standard Grade, domestic manufacture, meeting TCS 137.1, colors and patterns as indicated on the drawings and noted in Section 01900 selected. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Setting Materials: 1. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar: : `.,.1SI A118.4. 2. Organic A esive: ANSI A136.1. 3. Portland ! lent: ASTM C 150, Type 1. 4. Sand: A:: E C144, clean, free of organic matter 5. Lime: AS'i '.1 C207, Type S, Hydrated. 6. Water: Clean, portable. B. Grout: As manufactured by L and M Surco Mfg. Co. or accepted substitute, colors as selected. 1. For glazed tile: "Dry Cure Wall Grout ". 2. For unglazed tile: "Acid R Floor Grout ". C. Expansion Joint Materials: As specified in Section 07920. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09310 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Allowable Substrate Tolerances: 1 Organic adhesive method: a. Maximum variation in vertical surfaces: 1/8 inch in 8 feet. b. Maximum height of abrupt irregularities: 1/32 inch. 2. Portland cement mortar bed method: Maximum 'A inch in 10 feet variation in subfloor surface. 3. Latex - Portland cement method: Maximum 1/8 inch in 10 feet variation in subfloor surface. B. Conditions of Surfaces: 1. Clean, dry, sound and free of oily and waxy films. 2. Work behind tile complete and approved. C. Layout: 1. Determine location of movement joints. 2. Lay out tile to minimize cuts less than one half tile in size. 3. Locate cuts to be inconspicuous. 4. Align joints straight and parallel with wall or floor lines. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Methods: 1. Walls: ANSI A108.4; organic adhesive method. 2. Floors: a. Thick -Set: ANSI A108.1; Portland cement mortar bed method. b. Thin -Set: ANSI A108.5; Latex - Portland cement method. B. Smooth and clean cut edges. C. Fit tile neatly around projections and at perimeter. Ensure that trim will completely cover cut edges. D. Expansion Joints: 1. Locations: a. Where tile abuts restraining surfaces. b. Directly over construction and control joints in structural floor. 2. Form joints using backer rod and sealant in color to match grout. 3. Form joints full depth of tile and setting bed, and equal to grout joint in width. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09310 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.03 CLEANING: A. Clean, rinse and polish tile. 3.04 PROTECTION: A. Provide protection for completed work, using non - straining sheet coverings. B. Prohibit traffic on tile floors for minimum three days after installation, preferably seven days. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09310 -4 CBU Tukwila Washington �1 i.1 1 SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. Standard Specification C635: Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panel Ceilings. 2. Recommended Practice C636: Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panels. 3. Test Method E84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. Ceiling and Interior Systems Contractors Association (CISCA): Code of Practices for Acoustical Ceiling Systems Installations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Certification: Verification that acoustical panels furnished have been tested and approved for specified flame spread rating. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Acoustical Panels: Certified for flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Do not begin installation until: 1. Wet work in areas to receive ceilings is complete and dried. 2. Overhead trades have had their covered work inspected and approved. B. Environmental Requirements: Install in approximately same conditions of temperature and humidity as will prevail after installation. 1. Temperature: 60 ° F minimum. 2. Humidity: 70 percent maximum. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: Refer to Section 01900 Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09510 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Hanger Wire: 12 gauge galvanized, pre- stretched. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Ceiling Plans: Verify electric lighting fixture and air distribution layouts to assure correct positioning of these items in finished acoustical ceilings. B. Replace existing tile and grid as indicated on the Contract Documents. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Brace suspension grid to building at each column and maximum 15 feet on center at perimeter, in manner to provide lateral stability of ceiling system. 2. Repair /replace existing grid as required. B. Exposed Suspension Grid: 1. Install molding around perimeters and abutting surfaces, at proper level for finished ceiling height. Miter angle molding at exterior corners; cut flanges and bend web to form interior corners. C. Lay -In Acoustical Panels: 1. Place with edges resting flat on grid flanges. 2. Neatly cut to fit mind penetrations through ceiling. Locate cuts to be concealed by flanges. 3.03 ADJUSTING: A. Check areas for level and centering of tiles in suspension grid. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09510 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 09660 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Full size tile, for color verification. B. Maintenance Instructions: Manufacturer's most recent printed publication of care and maintenance. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Maintain temperature in spaces to receive tile between 70 and 90 degrees F for 24 hours before, during and for minimum 48 hours after installation. . B. Maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F after tile is installed, except as otherwise specified. 1.03 MAINTENANCE: A. Extra Stock: Provide minimum 2 percent extra tile in each color, size and pattern installed, in clean, marked cartons. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: Refer to Section 01900 2.02 ACCESSORIES; A. Reducer Strips: 1 inch wide by tile thickness, tapered, color as selected by Architect. B. Leveling Compound: White, pre - mixed, latex- based. C. Wax and Adhesives: As recommended by flooring manufacturer. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 09660 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Clean subfloor of dirt, oil, paint and debris. B. Fill cracks, voids and depressions in subfloor with leveling compound. C. Grind off high spots and projections in subfloor; leave smooth and level to 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Flooring: 1. Adhesive: a) Mix and apply in accordance with manufacturer's directions. b) Apply uniformly over subfloor, covering only that area which can be covered with flooring in working time of adhesive; remove adhesi ve that has pried or filmed over. 2. Lay tile in; accordance with work points indicated on drawings; work towards perimeter. Lay square with room or space, with gain or pattern running as directed by Architect or as indicated on drawings. 3. Lay out to minimize tiles less than 1/2 width. 4. Fit tile neatly to perimeter walls and fixed objects with minimal space between tile and abutments. B. Reducer Strips: Install where tile stops.with edge exposed. 3.03 ADJUSTING: A. Make detailed inspection of flooring within one month after installation. Correct tiles that are not seated; repair or replace cracked or broken tiles. 3.04 CLEANING: A. Clean tile, wax and machine buff in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3.05 PROTECTION: A. Do not allow traffic on flooring until adhesive has set. B. Cover areas subject to traffic with protective covering. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 09660.2 CBU Tukwila Washington �1. SECTION 09678 - RESILIENT BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Minimum 2 inch long sample of each type and color, for type and color verification. 1.02 MAINTENANCE: A. Extra Stock: Provide minimum 2 percent extra base in each color and size installed, in clean marked cartons. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: Refer to Section 01900. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Adhesive: As recommended by base manufacturer. B. Pre - formed Corners - internal and external required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Clean wall surfaces of materials that could interfere with adhesion. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Apply adhesive continuously to back of base. B. Install in as long lengths as possible; do not install pieces less than 6 inches long. C. Maintain top edge true to line and bottom edge in continuous contact with floor. Butt joints of base tight; butt base tight to intersecting construction features. D. Use Pre - molded internal and external corners. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09678 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.03 CLEANING: A. Remove excess adhesive from exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 09678 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington , SECTION 09680 - CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTAL: A. Certifications: Provide certificate, showing carpet register numbers, and stating that carpet furnished is manufactured in accordance with these specifications. B. Samples: Minimum 12" by 12" sample of each color and type, for color and type verification. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Do not begin installation until painting and finishing work have been completed. B. Do not install if temperature of spaces or subfloor is below 50 °F. 1.03 • MAINTENANCE: A. Owner will view carpet scraps and retain any he chooses for future repairs before they are removed from job site. - B. Extra Stock: Provide 5% of total yardage of carpet type CP -1 & CP -2 for future repairs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Refer to Section 01900. B. No substitutions. 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Adhesive: Non - toxic, waterproof, white latex, base cement formulated specifically for installing carpet; recommended by carpet manufacturer. B. Edging: As manufactured by Mercer Plastics Co., Inc. Or accepted substitute, vinyl edge guard, color as selected from manufacturer's standard, type as required. AI Project No: 950.2398.00 09680 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington C. Tackless Strip: As recommended by carpet manufacturer for carpet thickness, water - resistant plywood with angular pins. D. Leveling Compound: White, pre - mixed, latex - based. 2.03 WARRANTIES: A. No delamination - guaranteed for the life of the carpet. B. 20 lbs. Tuft Bind, wet or dry - guaranteed for life of the carpet. C. No edge ravel, wet or dry - guaranteed for the life of the carpet. D. Duracolor - guaranteed for the life of the carpet. E. Installation - guaranteed to Xerox Corporation for the life of the carpet. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Remove grease, oil, paint and other foreign matter from subfloor. B. Fill cracks, voids and depressions in subfloor with leveling compound. C. Grind ridges and high spots in subfloor smooth. D. Thoroughly clean subfloor using commercial vacuum cleaner and damp mop. E. If concrete subfloor is excessively dusty or powdery, treat with sealer compatible with hesive. Apply in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions; prom , remove excess sealer. F. Layout: 1. Lay out carpet so that seams will be minimized and as inconspicuous as possible. 2. Where width of room or space is less than width of carpet, longitudinal seams will not be permitted. 3. Run grain or pattern of all pieces in same direction. 4. Lay tile in center of room and work towards perimeter. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 09680 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Carpet: Direct Glued: 1. Cut several pieces of carpet to length, plus trim, in advance and lay out flat, ready for use. 2. Snap chalk line indicating location of first seam. 3. Turn back each piece and apply adhesive approximately 2 feet either side of chalk line. Lay each piece toward seam, working cut edge into adhesive to pick up sufficient adhesive to butter seam. Roll out bubbles toward seam. 4. Roll or fold uncemented carpet toward seam, apply adhesive and unroll carpet into adhesive. Roll out bubbles away from seam. 5. Repeat operation for second piece but omit adhesive for 2 feet where next seam will occur. 6. Cut off excess carpet and repeat operation for additional seams. 7. Back sew cross seams; iron stitches flat and cover with latex adhesive. 8. Cut carpet with maximum possible overage at penetrations; position seams made by these cuts first. B. Edging: Provide at exposed edge of carpet not abutting vertical surfaces; secure to floor. C. Reducer strips: Black. D. Installation must be by manufacturer's certified installer. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Remove dirt and debris and clean carpet of spots as recommended by carpet manufacturer. Remove loose threads with sharp scissors, then clean with vacuum cleaner. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 950.2398.00 09680 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C475: Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. 2. D523: Test Method for Specular Gloss. B. Steel Structures Painting Council, National Association of Corrosion Engineers (SSPC): Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 2, Systems and Specifications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Paint Schedule: Detailed schedule indicating location of surface, type of surface, materials and number of coats to be applied. B. Product Data: manufacturer's data on materials proposed for use. Include: 1. Product designation and grade of each type coating. 2. Surface preparation materials and procedures. 3. Product analysis and performance characteristics for each type coating. C. Samples: 1. Duplicate samples of each type paint, showing color and luster, approximately 3 inches by 6 inches, on representative substrate. Apply each coat stepped back 1 inch so that all coats remain exposed. Label each sample with type of material used for each coat. 2. Duplicate 12 inch by 12 inch texture samples on gypsum board backing. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver paints ready - mixed. B. Keep storage area neat, clean and protected from paint spillage. Repair damage caused to surface within storage areas. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 099000 - 1 CBU Tukwila Washington 1.04 PROJECT CONDITONS: A. Environment: 1. Apply paints under dry and dust -free conditions. 2. Do not apply paint when ambient temperature is less than 50 nor more than 90 ° F, nor when excessively humid. 3. Test surfaces to be painted with standard moisture meter; do not apply paint until moisture content is 14 percent or less. 4. Perform work under adequate lighting conditions. B. Save sufficient material of each type and color to allow for touch up. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Prepared Paints: 1. DeVoe and Raynolds Co. 2. Glidden Coating and Resins Division, SCM Corp. 3. Kelly -Moore Paint Co. Inc. 4. Pratt and Lambert. 5. Sherwin Williams Co. 6. Benjamin Moore Paints. B. In order to obtain desired colors, colors may be scheduled by naming colors of several manufacturers. C. Manufacturer furnishing materials will be required to match scheduled colors of other manufacturers. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Prepared Paints: As follows and as scheduled hereinafter; all by same manufacturer unless noted otherwise. (Not all necessarily used). 1. Interior primers and fillers: a) Latex wall primer: "Pro -Hide Latex Wall Primer ". b) Rust - inhibiting metal primer: "Effecto Rust - Inhibiting Primer ". c) Galvanized metal primer: "Galvanized Metal Latex Primer ". d) Wood primer: "Interior Trim Primer ". e) Block filler: "Primafil ". fl Wood filler: "Paste Filler ". g) Sanding sealer: "Sanding Sealer ". AI Project No: 950.2398.00 • 099000 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington 2. Interior paints and stains: a) Latex flat wall paint: "Pro -Hide Latex Flat ". b) Latex enamel: "Pro -Hide Latex Satin Enamel". c) Epoxy enamel: "Palguard Epoxy coating ". d) Wood stain: "Tonetic Wood Stain". e) Clear wood finish: "Number 38 Clear Finish ". B. Provide luster values based on ASTM D523 testing as follows: NAME ABBREVIATION TEST ANGLE, LUSTER Flat FL 85 degrees Below 15 Eggshell ES 60 degrees 5 to 20 Satin SA 60 degrees 15 to 35 Semi -gloss SG 60 degrees 30 to 65 Gloss HG 60 degrees Over 35 2.03 ACCESSORIES: A. Gypsum board Treatment: ASTM C475; as manufactured by U.S. Gypsum Co. or accepted substitute. 1. Tape: "Perf -A -Tape. 2. Taping Compound: "Ready Mixed Joint Compound - Taping ". 3. Topping Compound: "Ready Mixed Joint Compound - Topping ". 4. Texture Material: "Multi- Purpose Texture Finish ". B. Surface Preparation Materials: First line quality, product of reputable manufacturer, specifically formulated for particular applications. C. Thinners and Cleaners: Specifically recommended by manufacturer of prepared paints. 2.04 M XING: A. Colors shall be as scheduled in Section 01900. B. Use factory mixed paints matching approved color samples. C. Box paint materials of same color by pouring back and forth between separate containers, prior to applying. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 099000 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION: A. General: 1. Protect or remove hardware, escutcheons, fixtures, plates, covers and other items subject to damage or discoloration from painting. 2. Protect surfaces not requiring painting. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. General: 1. Clean and dry surface before painting. Remove dirt and dust by brushing with stiff bristle brush. Remove oil or grease by solvent cleaning. 2. If area has been subject to chemical contamination, thoroughly rinse with water. 3. Apply primer or first coat immediately after surface preparation to prevent contamination of surface. B. Gypsum Wallboard: 1. Joint Treatment: Mix and apply tape and bedding system in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, except do not tape and bed moisture - resistant gypsum board. a) Fire -rated assemblies: (1) Walls: Treat horizontal and vertical joints on each side of wall full height of wall. (2) Ceilings: Treat room size of joints full extent of rated assembly. b) Apply taping compound to internal angles, panel joints and metal accessories, approximately 3 inches wide. c) Apply tape to internal angles and joints, centered and seated into compound, leaving sufficient compound under tape to provide proper bond. Apply skim coat of taping compound over tape; clean excess compound from wallboard surface. d) When taping compound has thoroughly dried, apply first coat of topping compound over taping compound, filling board taper flush with board surface. For joints without taper, feather out 4 inches on each side of tape. e) When first coat has thoroughly dried, apply second coat of topping compound tapered beyond edges of first coat and feathered to smooth uniform finish. f) Apply minimum two coats of topping compound to flanges of metal accessories. Extend compound approximately 8 inches to 10 inches to either side of exposed metal. g) Sand coats after each application has dried and leave wallboard and treated areas uniformly smooth, with joints indistinguishable. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 099000 - 4 CBU Tukwila Washington 2. Fastener depressions and other surface defects: Apply three coats of topping compound, each applied in different direction, sanding after each coat has dried. Finished surfaces shall be smooth and without distinguishable imperfections. 3. Priming: Apply primer as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Texture: Mix and apply light roller texture in accordance manufacturer's recommendations. C. Previously Painted Surfaces: 1. Remove loose, flaking, powdery and peeling paints. 2. Lightly sand glossy painted surfaces. 3. Fill holes, cracks, depressions and other imperfections with patching compound; sand flush with surface. 4. Remove oil, grease and wax by scraping, then solvent wash and thoroughly rinse. 5. Remove rust by wire brushing to expose base metal. 6. Condition of Surfaces: Dry, clean, free of dust, dirt, powdery residue, loose paints, grease, oil, wax and other contaminants. 7. Strip and refinish any existing surfaces which blister, peel, flake or otherwise deteriorate after final finish is applied. D. Existing vinyl wall covering surfaces: 1. Fill holes, cracks, depressions and other imperfections with patching compound; sand flush with surface. 2. Secure any loose vinyl and repair substrate as required. 3. At demountable partitions secure any loose joints prior to painting. 4. Where color of vinyl is in significant contrast provide one coat of tinted primer /sealer. 5. Condition of Surfaces: Dry, clean, free of dust, dirt, powdery residue, loose paints, grease, oil, wax and other contaminants. 6. Strip and refinish any existing surfaces which blister, peel, flake or otherwise deteriorate after final finish is applied. E. Previously vinyl wall covering surfaces: 1. Remove existing vinyl wall covering. 2. Fill holes , cracks , depressions and other imperfections with patching compound; sand flush with surface. 3. Remove oil, grease and wax by scraping, then solvent wash and thoroughly rinse. 4. Condition of Surfaces: Dry, clean, free of dust, dirt, powdery residue, loose paints, grease, oil, wax and other contaminants. 5. Strip and refinish any existing surfaces which blister, peel, flake or otherwise deteriorate after final finish is applied. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 099000 - 5 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.03 APPLICATION: A. Thoroughly mix paint before application and frequently stir during application to maintain pigment in suspension. Do not allow caking or settling of pigment. B. Do not thin paint in excess of printed directions of manufacturer. C. Apply paint to minimum dry film thickness recommended by manufacturer. D. Apply paint uniformly without visible laps, sags, curtains, holidays, and objectionable brush marks. E. Exercise care so that paint does not splatter on surfaces not to be painted. Remove promptly paint applied or splattered on surfaces not to be painted. F. Ensure that primer and intermediate coats of paint are un- scarred and completely integral at time of application of each coat. G. Allow sufficient time between coats to ensure proper drying. H. Match final coat of paint to color samples approved by Architect. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Paint manufacturer shall furnish technical assistance to ensure that materials are being applied properly. 3.05 ADJUSTING: A. Make detailed inspection of paint work; touch up abraded, stained or otherwise disfigured surfaces or refinish as required. 3.06 CLEANING: A. Remove spattering, spots and blemishes caused by painting from adjacent surfaces. 3.07 PAINT TYPES SCHEDULE: A. Types of paint listed herein are set forth as standard of quality and type of paint required for each type of surface. 1. Exposed surfaces of type listed in the following schedule are to be painted. 2. Other exposed surfaces not specifically listed shall receive not less than two coats of appropriate type of paint. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 099000.6 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Prime coat shall consist of touch -up only on shop primed surfaces. C. Interior Surfaces: 1. Gypsum board, latex finish. Primer: Latex wall primer. Top coats: Two coats latex satin wall paint. 2. Gypsum board, enamel finish. Primer: Latex wall primer. Top coats: Two coats latex enamel. 3.08 COLOR SCHEDULE: Refer to Finish Schedule: Section 01900. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 099000 - 7 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 09950 - WALL COVERING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: Section 09900 - Painting. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E84: Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Minimum 6 inch by 6 inch sample of each type wall covering for color and pattern verification. B. Certification: ;Manufacturer's certification of compliance with requirements for fire hazard classification. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Wall Covering: Tested in accordance with ASTM E84 with resultant fire hazard classification as follows: 1. Flame spread: 25 maximum. 2. Smoke developed: 450 maximum. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Store materials in clean, dry storage area at minimum 40 degrees F and normal humidity. B. Do not store wall covering in upright position. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Maintain minimum temperature of 50 degrees F in areas to receive wall covering for three days prior to, during and after installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: Refer to Section 01900 Al Project No. 950.2398.00 09950 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Sealer and Adhesive: As recommended by wall covering manufacturer; mildew resistant. B. Related Materials: Refer to Section 09900. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Remove rough spots in gypsum board; fill holes and depressions with spackling compound sand smooth. B. Apply sealer as recommended by wall covering manufacturer. C. De- mountable partitions: Tape, bed and float all wall panel joints to obtain uniform surface. D. Previously vinyl covered walls: Remove existing wall covering; patch and repair wall as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Adhesive: 1. Follow manufacturer's directions for mixing and application. 2. Mix thoroughly; apply to back of wall covering with brush or roller in thin, even coats over entire panel. B. Wall Covering: 1. Install panels vertically, without end joints. Do not locate joints within 6 inches of corners. Horizontal joints are not to be permitted. 2. Smooth wall covering using stiff bristled sweep 'or flexible broad knife to eliminate bubbles and ensure adhesion. Remove excess adhesive from seams immediately, using damp cloth or sponge, and dry with towel. 3. Use panels in exact order they are cut from roll. Reverse every other panel of non - matching patterns. 4. Fill in above and below openings with panels cut in consecutive order from roll. 5. Not acceptable: Bubbles, wrinkles, open or loose seams and other visible defects. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Clean wall covering as recommended by manufacturer. AI Project No. 950.2398.00 09950-2 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.04 SPECIAL MATERIALS A. Apply Tenant provided wall covering (Laminated print wall mupals) per Xerox specifications attached. B. Contractor to contact Xerox manufacturer to schedule pre - install conference. END OF SECTION AI Project No. 950.2398.00 09950 -3 CBU Tukwila Washington • SECTION 10100 - MARKER BOARDS AND TACKBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: One, min. 3" x 5" marker board sample, showing color and texture of porcelain enamel coating. 1.02 DELIVER, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Store sheet materials flat on blocking or supports to retain original shape. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 55 degrees F continuously from 24 hours before installation to 24 hours after installation. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Claridge Products and Equipment (specified). B. Green Steel. C. Substitutions per Section 01630. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Presentation Rail; As manufactured by Egan Visual shall consist of the following per conference room. 1. Schedule for Pieces: a) TS96T - Wall mounted aluminum track with a clip -on plastic face. Qty. as required. b) TS3648EF - Reversible porcelain on steel marker board and fabric covered tackboard. Qty. 2 per location. c) TS3648FLP - Flip chart assembly. Qty. 1 per location. d) TSFG - 11/2" wide tension clips. Qty. 1 per location. e) MRKAC - Marker accessories. Qty. 1 per location. 2. Track.and trim finish shall be selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.03 ACCESSORIES: A. As per manufacturer's recommendations. Ai Project No. 950.2398.00 10100 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Prepare surfaces to receiv, chalkboards to assure they are: 1. Free from dust, dirt and scaling paint. 2. Free from projections and depressions that could affect finished surfaces. 3. Smooth and flat to within 1/8" in 10' - 0" in any direction. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Apply adhesive using notched trowel as directed by manufacturer. Place chalkboards onto wall and apply pressure to entire panel face to assure bond. B. Keep perimeter lines straight, plumb and level. C. Form straight joints. D. Brace panels until adhesive sets. E. Mounting heights: 1. Presentation rail: 7 - 0 ". 3.03 CLEANING: A. After installation, clean chalkboards as directed by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Ai Project No. 950.2398.00 10100 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 10400 - IDENTIFYING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Indicate complete fabrication and installation of each of the dimensional lettering. B. Samples: 1. Each selected paint and ink color and finish, size 6" x 6 ", on appropriate material. 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Coordinate installation of signs with other related work. B. Field verify measurements of building and existing sign components affecting sign fabrication or placement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 2.01 DIMENSIONAL LETTERING: A. Manufacturer: Karman Ltd. Architectural Signs or acceptable substitution. B. Type: 400 -D Series Dimensional Letters. C. Material: Polished Acrylic with Matte Painted Face. D. Fabrication: 1/2" thick. • E. Graphics: Refer to Drawings and Graphic Conventions. F. Finish: Refer to Graphic Conventions. G. Installation: Pin mount with 3/8" spacers, no exposed fasteners. 2.02 GRAPHIC CONVENTIONS: A. Signing must follow the templates in font, color and size. Template will be provided by architect. B. THE DOCUMENT COMPANY font is Walbaum; the XEROX logo is custom. C. The XEROX logo must be the same height as initial capital letters T, D and C in THE DOCUMENT COMPANY. D. The colors are Black for THE DOCUMENT COMPANY, Pantone 032 Red for XEROX, and Pantone 032 Red for the Digitized "X". AI Project No. 950.2398.00 10400 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 2.03 FABRICATION: A. General: 1 Fabricate work true to shape and size, with straight lines and square corners. 2. No exposed fasteners are allowed. 3. Fabricate materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommended techniques. 2.05 FINISHES: A. General: Coatings, when cured, shall be visibly free of streaks, sags, blisters or other surface imperfections. Coatings shall match approved samples in gloss and color. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine substrates for conditions that would interfere with successful execution or performance of signage work. Report such conditions to Architect. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install signs plumb, level and secure in accordance with Drawing details and manufacturer's instructions, and in true alignment with related and adjoining work. B. Where signs are not dimensionally or relatively located, Architect will provide installation locations in advance of installation. Do not install any signage elements without clear instructions. C. Clean signs and supports free of adhesives, dirt, debris, fingerprints or other matter. D. Replace signs damaged during installation with new signs, Unless otherwise directed, leave damaged signs in place until replacement signs are ready for installation. END OF SECTION Al Project No. 950.2398.00 10400 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Furnish extinguishers fully charged, bearing appropriate U.L. label and with card attached showing current charging information. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. J.L. Industries. B. Larsen's Mfg. Co. (specified) C. Potter - Roemer. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Extinguishers (Dry Chemical): Number MP10, multi - purpose dry chemical, 10 pound nominal capacity, U.L. rating 4A- 60B:C, quantity and locations as shown on the drawings. B. Cabinets: Model # A1- G2409 -R2; clear door with white letters. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Cabinet: Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions; secure to adjacent construction in concealed location. B. Extinguishers: Place one in each cabinet. END OF SECTION AI Project No: 10522 -1 SECTION 10620 - OPERABLE PARTITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1. E336: Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Insulation in Buildings. 2. E413: Standard Classification for Determination of Sound Transmission Class. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned plans, elevations and sections, materials, finishes, supports and attachments. B. Samples: Physical samples showing manufacturer's full range of vinyl covering colors available, for color selection. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: To requirements of Section 01730. D. Certification: Results of independent laboratory tests for sound transmission class. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Approved in writing by partition manufacturer. B. Completed partitions, including construction from head track to underside of structure above, shall have an in -place Noise Isolation Class of 46 when tested in accordance with ASTM E336 and classified in accordance with ASTM E413. 1.05 WARRANTY: A. Furnish manufacturer's written two year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 10620 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Modernfold. B. Panelfold. C. Hufcor. D. Advanced equipment corporation (specified) E. Substitutions per Section 01630. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Operable Partition: 1. Type: Gamma Series - manually operated. 2. Acoustical Performance: STC 50 min. When tested in accordance with ASTM E90. 3. Panels: a) Thickness: 3 7/8 ". b) M4x. Panel width: 48 ". c) Construction: All steel construction; 24 ga. Steel panel skins bonded to .16 ga. Welded steel frame. d) Finishes: (1) Panel finish) Reinforced vinyl with reinforced backing; refer to Section 01900. (2) Wrap around edges; no trim. 1. Sound Seals: a) Vertical panel edges: Tongue - and - groove astragals. • b) Horizontal: Operable floor seal. 1. Closure Panels: Same construction as panels. 2. Suspension System: a) Continuous aluminum floor track B6. b) Panels supported by ball- bearing trolley assemblies, adjustable for height. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Perform installation using factory- approved installer under direct supervision of factory technician. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions and ASTM E557. Al Project No. 950.2398.00 10620 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington 1 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Testing Laboratory Services: Perform one field test, ASTM E336, per partition, including construction from head track to structure above, and check flanking paths. 3.03 ADJUSTING: A. Adjust panels to operate smoothly without binding or racking. B. Demonstrate proper operation to Owner's personnel. 3.04 CLEANING: A. Clean exposed surfaces as directed by manufacturer. END OF SECTION AI Project No. 950.2398.00 10620.3 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 10810 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01030 - Alternates 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's brochures showing profiles, rough opening gP � P g sizes and recommended installation procedures. B. Samples: One sample of each type accessory, if required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Accessory Specialty, Inc. B. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Co, (specified). C. Bradley Corp. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Toilet Room Accessories: As scheduled hereinafter. All accessories to be product of one manufacturer, unless scheduled. B. Furnish stainless steel accessories with satin finish unless noted otherwise. C. Concealed anchor and backer plates: Stainless steel, sizes and thickness as recommended by manufacturer. 2.03 ACCESSORIES: A. Furnish anchors and hangers, as required by job conditions. B. Hardware: Screws, etc. of stainless steel, aluminum or chrome- plated finish, with vandal -proof heads where exposed. 1 Al Project No. 950.2398.00 10810 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Locate accessories to heights and dimensions indicated, or in reference to fixture center lines. Where no height is indicated, follow manufacturer's recommendations, including handicap requirements. B. Install accessories plumb, level and true to line; securely attach to supporting construction using anchorage type best suited to accessory and condition. 3.02 SCHEDULE: ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION CATALOG NO. A Recessed Soap Dispenser D-4063 B Recessed Towel Dispenser/Waste B -369 Receptacle (owner provide contractor installed) C Mirror B165 x 1824 D Surface mounted toilet papL: dispenser B -2740 E Grab bars B550x36° F Grab bars B550 x 42" G Clothes hook B -670 END OF SECTION Al Project No. 950.2398.00 10810 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington SECTION 11132 - PROJECTION SCREENS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: 1. Division 16 - Electrical: Connection to electrical. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Include locations, dimensions, and section showing supports and relationship of screen with adjacent construction. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: To requirements of Section 01730. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Da -Lite Screen Co. Inc. (specified). B. Draper Screen Co. Inc. 2.02 MANUFACTUREED UNITS: A. Electric Projection Screens: 1 Type: "Boardroom Electrol ", electrically operated with automatic ceiling closure designed to accept ceiling finish material. 2. Screen type: Fiberglass matte white. 3. Electrical: 115 Volt (60 hz) 1.3 AMP. 4. Control: 3 - position control switches located remote from screen. 5. Sizes: 70" x 70 ". B. Manual Project Screens: 1. Type: Model B Spring Roller Type Screen. 2. Screen Type: Fiberglass Matte White. 3. Size 70" x 70 ". Al Project No: 950.2398.00 11132. 1 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Mounting: 1. Electrical; Recessed above ceiling. 2. Manual: recessed above ceiling with pull cord. B. Secure to supporting construction in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Adjust screen to operate correctly throughout full range. B. Clean projection surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's directions. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 11132 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington 0 SECTION 11400 - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Related Sections: 1. Division 15 - Mechanical: Connection to plumbing and ventilation systems. 2. Division 16 - Electrical: Connection to electrical system. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Show locations of equipment, dimensions, clearances, rough - in requirements for plumbing, ventilation and electrical, and other pertinent data. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed descriptive data and specifications for each piece of equipment. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: to requirements of Section 01730. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Delivery equipment with manufacturer's protective coverings in place; do not remove until just prior to installation of equipment. B. Do not deliver equipment until time needed for installation. 1.04 WARRANTIES: A. Provide manufacturer's 15 year compressor warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Equipment: As scheduled hereinafter, or accepted substitute. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Uncrate equipment and set in place; level and shim as required. B. Make connections to plumbing, ventilation and electrical. C. Provide structural support and blacking as required. AI Project No. 950.2398.00 11400 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 3.02 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING: A. Remove protective coverings; clean as directed by manufacturer. B. Test and adjust to proper operation. 3.03 SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT: A. Refrigerator: General Electric Model TBX 22PAS BB (Black) with optional icemaker (1M2). B. Dishwasher: General Electric Model GSD950T with Black front and Black control panel. C. Microwave: General electrical model JEM25WV - BB (Black) D. Wall mounted TVIVCR Bracket: Peerless Industries, Inc. Designer Series #CWM 027 wall mount for 25" - 27" set with #VPM 317 VCR attachment. END OF SECTION AI Project No. 950.2398.00 11400 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington fl fi SECTION 12505 - BLINDS & SHADES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01030 - Alternates 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Minimum 12" x 12" sample of each type fabric for color and pattern verification when requested. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Verify actual dimensions at job site prior to fabrication of drapes. B. Do not install shades until painting and finishing work is complete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Shades: 1. Fabric weight, pattern and color as scheduled on drawings. 2. 4" double folded, blind- stitched bottom hems. 3. 1 -1 /a" double folded, blind- stitched side hems. 4. Seams serged and overcast. 5. Stainless steel drapery hooks. 6. Three prong pleated headings. 7. 4" double folded headings with permanent, non -woven crinoline. 8. Corner weights stitched in. 9. Energy efficient insulating lining. 10. Matched pattern repeats. B. Hardware: 1. Finish: Selected from manufacturers standard. 2. Mounting brackets: As required for condition. 3. Blackout side channels. 4. Room darkening shades by Mecho Shade or approved substitute. 5. Operation: Manual. 6. Style: Mechol11 wide. 7. Color full black out; selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 12505 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hang shades square, true and plumb. C. Install at location indicated on the Drawings. D. Attempt to install to function in addition to existing blinds and not in lieu of. 3.02 ADJUSTING: A. Test and adjust hardware for proper operation. .3.03 CLEANING: A. Clean exposed fabric and hardware surfaces. END OF SECTION • r. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 12505 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington Copyright 1996 AIA MASTERSPEC 9/96 SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following basic mechanical materials and methods to complement other Division 15 Sections. 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Concrete base construction requirements. 3. Escutcheons. 4. Dielectric fittings. 5. Flexible connectors. 6. Mechanical sleeve seals. 7. Equipment nameplate data requirements. 8. Labeling and identifying mechanical systems and equipment is specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." 9. Nonshrink grout for equipment installations. 10. Field- fabricated metal and wood equipment supports. 11. Installation requirements common to equipment specification sections. 12. Mechanical demolition. 13. Cutting and patching. 14. Touchup painting and finishing. B. Pipe and pipe fitting materials are specified in Division 15 piping system Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexca vated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient tem- peratures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 1 Awe VAA 'VILA w_• ..n.VM one en IA. ion SECTION 15100 MECHANICAL: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 • SCOPE OF WORK �►. Provide all plumbing, HVAC, balancing ( with documented report) and testing of all systems, automatic fire sprinkler systems as shown on the drawings and/or as specifified herein. 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions, and Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02 PERMITS AND FEES A. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees, and inspections necessary for the prosecution and completion of the work and perform all tests specified herein or required by local utility companies or districts, 1.03 VISITS TO SITE A. Visit the project site take necessary measurements, and verifg exact location of buildings, utilities, and other facilities, and obtain such other information as is necessary for an intelligent bid. No allowance will subsequently be made by the Owner or Architect for any error or omission on the part of the bidder in this regard. 1.04 SUPERVISION A. Personally, or through an authorized and competent representative, constantly supervise the work and, within reason, keep the same workmen and foreman on the project throughout the work •1.05 PIPE SPACES A. Keep all work within the spaces provided in the budding design. Unless specifically noted otherwise, all piping shall be concealed. Should other openings or spaces be found necessary, notify the Architect in time to prevent unnecessary cutting. All piping shall be parallel to building framing and in 90 degree bends, and neatly spaced. 1.06 CLOSING OF UN-INSPECTED WORK A. No work shall be enclosed before all required inspections and tests have been performed. Any work prematurely closed shall be reopened for inspection and restoration of all work thereby shall be at the Contractoes expense. mnnvvlltiYSlf VVI 15100 -Page 1 o 4 OTRT 'CO Rbg VVJ nn:7.7 anT. QR/S2/Q0 SECTION 15100 1.07 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Cooperate fully with other trades doing work on the project as may be necessary for the proper completion of the project. All work in this section shall be scheduled as to avoid any overlapping and conflict and to effect such coordination as may be necessary for the proper completion of the building as a whole. 1.08 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of the system and size requirements. Should field conditions or other causes necessitate rearrangement of ductwork or piping, the proposed arrangement shall be approved by the Architect before work is begun. B. The drawings and specifications are intended to supplement each other and all work or materials not specifically mentioned, but necessary for completion of this work shall be furnished by the Contractor. I.09 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. All work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest rules and regulations of the. following publications, all local and state ordinances and all regulations pertaining to the adequate protection and guarding'of any moving parts or hazardous items. Nothing in these plans or specifications shall be construed as to permit work not conforming to these codes. Comply with the latest published editions of applicable codes and standard whether statutory or not ABBREVIATION DOCUMENT U.P.C. U.M.C. N.F.P.A. N.EMA. Titles 20,24 ASBRAE OSHA Uniform Plumbing Code Uniform Mechanical Code National rue Protection Association National Electrical Manufacturers Assn. C.AC. State Building Standards American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers Rules & Regulations B. Rulings and interpretations of the agencies having jurisdiction shall be considered part of the codes and regulations if commonly known to the trade prior to the submittal of bids. C. No extra charge will be paid for f rnishing items required by the regulations,, but not specified or shown on the drawings. 1.10 CUTTING, PATCHING. REPAIBIIbG, AND DAMAGE BY LEAKS 15100 -Page 2 o 4 SECTION 15100 A. Do, or arrange and pay for all cutting, patching, chipping, digging and drilling as required for the proper installation of this work. Provide, well in advance, the informanon regarding openings required in walls, slabs and footings for piping and equipment, and ascertain that said openings are properly located. Note structural requirements regarding penetration. Reimburse other contractors for any damage done to their work due to careless cutting, leaks, or overflow during construction. 1.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall clean thoroughly all plumbing fixtures and trim before acceptance, and shall protect all surfaces of the plumbing fixtures during construction with heavy paper pasted thereon, or by other approved means. The cold and hot water piping systems shall be flushed out until they are clean and any sterilization procedure required by local authorities shall be accomplished. After completion, all debris resulting from the plumbing work shall be removed from the site and the installation left in clean condition. 1.12 SUBSTITUTIONS A. It is the intent of these specifications to establish quality standards of materials and equipment installed. Hence, specific items are identified by manufacturer, trade name or catalog designation. B. Should the Contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than those specified, as permitted in the "or approved equal" clauses,•he shall submit a written request for any or all substitutions to the Architect. Such a request shall be an alternate to the original bid and shall be accompanied with complete descriptive (manufacturer, brand name, catalog number, etc.) and technical data for all items. C. Where such substitutions alter the design or space requirements indicated on the plans, the Contractor shall include all items of cost for the revised design and construction including cost of all allied trades involved. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. Within ten (10) days after the award of the contact, provide five (5) copies of a complete submittal, consisting of dialog cuts, data and brochures of materials and equipment proposed for use. Where materials or equipment are at variance with the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the function and conformity to the space requirements u well as the coordination of other trades whose work is of ected by the change or substitution. 1.14 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 15100 -Page 3 o 4 trnamvunwgm YV4 RTBT ZSR 8 6 YYd TO: ZZ 3fLL 96/2Z/90 1 1 . r - SECTION 15100 A. Corrections and changes made during the progress of the work shall be recorded on a set of sepias of the contract drawings which shall finally show all work as actually installed. A set of sepias and CADD drawings showing this information shall be furnished to the Architect at completion. Sepias for this purpose will be furnished by the Architect upon request. 1.15 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee all materials, equipment, and workmanship furnished by him to be free of all defects and shall agree to replace, at his own expense at any time within one (1) year after the installation is accepted by the Architect, any and all defective parts that may be found. 1.16 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Pipe lines shall be completed and all permanent pipe fittings installed before final tests. B. Work shall not be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested and approved by the plumbing inspector and other governmental authorities having jurisdiction. Should any of his work be enclosed before such inspection and tests, the Contractor shall uncover the work, and, after it has been tested, inspected and approved, restore his work and that of other contractors wits original condition at no expense to the Owner. 1. All water piping shall be hydrostatically tested and proven tight at a pressure of 150 psi- 2. All drainage system piping shall be tested as set forth in the local plumbing piping ordinance. 3. All test pressures shall be held for not less than two hours without additional pumping. 4. The Contractor shall &mish all labor and materials required for making the tests. END OF SECTION 15100 -Page 4 o 4 SECTION ON 15 800 HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQITEREMENTS A. Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and Section 15100 - Mechanical: General Requirements. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A Work included: 1. Modification of existing and addition of new air conditioning ducts, difiLse9rs, zones, heating and ventilating VAV systems and to conform to new interior lighting fixture locations and' all new wall conditions. New 24 hour I-1VAC split - system unit for Computer/Equipment Room. 2. Grilles, registers and diffusers. 3. New air balancing and report. 1.03 SYSTEMS DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS The mechanical subcontractor shall be responsible for all modifications of the existing duct systems as required by this project in accordance with the drawings, manufacturer's guidelines, these specifications and the building standard requirements set forth by the Owner and contained herein.. Design standards shall meet the requirements of all governing fire, mechanical and building codes, these specifications and the building standard requirements set forth by the Owner and contained herein System shall be modified to provide new difilisers in each new room, and provide evenly distributed air flow to all areas, complete with balancing report. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Materials and equipment shall be new, unused and clearly marked with manufactures'3 stamp and rating. Standard designations refer to the latest edition& 2.02 SKEET METAL A. Ducts, drainpans, and other sheet metal work shall be standard galvanized steel sheet of weights as specified herder.. .. _. 15800-Page 1 of 3 SECTION 15 800 2.03 DUCT WORK ACCESSORIES A. Flexible duct connections: Ventfabrics, Inc. "Ventglas" 30 oz. waterproof and fire- retardant neoprene coated glass fabric.Final 6 ft. connection to supply and return registers to be flexible ducts. B. Volume dampers: Opposed blade type mowned in steel channel frame. Blades shall have felt -lined edges. Fire dampers and combination smoke/dampersshall be constructed in accordance with NFPA Pamphlet where shown on drawings or required by code. Splitter dampers shall be single blade mounted on 3/8" rod with end bearings. All dampers shall be installed with a complete set of damper hardware as manufactured by Ventfabrics, Inc. C. Duct turning vanes shall be installed in all square duct elbows. Turning vanes shall be double thickness type. D. Duct extractor fittings: Krueger EX -8 for rectangular branches. *Spin-in" fittings with integral extractor and volume damper shall be used for round flex duct branches tl;ota rectangular main ducts. E. Access doors to dampers and controls shall be "Ventlok" insulated access doors or contractor fabricated access doors in accordance with SMACNA Duct Manual, Plate 31, Figure B, with hinges and latch. Access doors shall have full, unobstructed swing. 2.05 GRILLES, REGISTERS & DIFFUSERS A. Registers and diffusers shall furnished and installed as noted on the plans. See plane for sites and manufacturer. All supply outlets shall be equipped with opposed blade volume dampers. 2.06 INSULATION A. Certainteed, Manville, or equal, unless otherwise noted. Insulation shall be applied according to manufacturer's recommended methods and installation procedures. Duct dimensions noted on plan are net inside dimensions. Numbers cited are Certainteed. B. Heating and air conditioning rectangular supply air ducts and plenums: 1" thick Ultralite 150 Duct Liner. Liner shall be attached to sheet metal using adhesive covering 100% of the metal in addition to mechanical fasteners. C. Interior concealed round ductworlc Young Co. semi -rigid aluminum "Yourg'ek fl" insulated ductwork with vinyl vapor barrier. Size ducts for 0.11100' SP loss from manufacturer's Sex duct friction loss charts. 15800 -Page 2 of 3 - --_ - ..•w.' ' 11 oC /M)On Guide. E. Support each section of ductwork from construction with 7/8" x 1/8" galvanized strap hangers bolted to sides of ducts, and cross break to prevent buckling or vibration. F. Adjustable locking type dampers shall be provided in all supply., duct takaofEs and TY's. These shall be in addition to supply outlet volume dampers. END OF SECTION 15800 •Page 3 of 3 Copyright 1995 ALA MASTERSPEC 12/95 SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objec- tives, including the following: 1 Balancing airflow and water flow within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. 2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 5. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 6. Measuring sound and vibration. 7. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are in- cluded in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment 2. Field quality- control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Adjust To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance-. To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities. C. Draft A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -1 • 1 ;. Copyright 1995 ALA MASTERSPEC 12/95 F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side. H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 1. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was perform- ance tested. J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment_ L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. M. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. N. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association. 0. CTI: Cooling Tower Institute. P. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. Q. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Quality - Assurance Submittals: Within 30 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent and this Projects testing, adjusting, and balancing team members meet the qualifications specified in the "Quality Assur- ance" Article below. B. Contract Documents Examination Report Within 45 days from the Contractor's Notice to Pro- ceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3 of this Section. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days from the Contractor's Nock° to Proceed, sub- mit 2 copies of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategies and step -by -step procedures as specified in Part 3 " Preparation" Article below. Include a complete set of report fogs intended for use on this Project. D. Certified Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Submit 2 copies of reports prepared, as specked in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent E. Sample Report Forms: Submit 2 sets of sample testing, adjusting, and balancing report forms. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 - 2 Copyright 1995 ALA MASTERSPEC 12/95 F. Warranty. Submit 2 copies of special warranty specified in the "Warranty" Article below. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by AABC. B. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by NEBB. C. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by either AABC or NEBB. D. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Conference: Meet with the Owner's and the Architect's rep- resentatives on approval of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure the participation of testing, adjusting, and balancing team members, equipment manufacturers' authorized service representatives, HVAC controls Installer, and other support personnel. Provide 7 days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Agenda Items: Include at least the following: a Submittal distribution requirements. b. Contract Documents examination report. c. Testing, adjusting, and balancing plan. d. Work schedule and Project site access requirements. e. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. f. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. E. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. 2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved test- ing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. F. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from AABC's "National Stan- dards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing." G. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." H. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from SMACNA's "HVAC Systems—Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing." I. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent's stan- dard forms approved by the Architect. J. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in AABC national standards. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 - 3 - - -- - -., .� . ..... .......•. am on.e7icn Copyright 1995 A1A MASTERSPEC 12/95 K. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems," Section II, "Required In- strumentation for NEBB Certification." L. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every 6 months or more frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer. 1.6 PROTECT CONDITIONS A. Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during the entire testing, adjusting, and balancing period. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. B. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Sub- stantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing opera- tions to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory- authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to' support and assist testing, adjusting, and balancing activities. B. Notice: Provide 7 days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. C. Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air and water dis- tribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty. The national project performance guarantee specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Con- tract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. National Project Performance Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on AABC'S "National Stan- dards" forms stating that AABC will assist in completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: C. Special Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on NEBB forms stating that NEBB will assist in com- pleting the requirements of the Contract Documents if the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provi- sions: 1. The certified Agent has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Docu- 2. flystems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 - 4 __ _ . «.. Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing de- vices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment C. Examine project record documents described in Division 1 Section "Project Record Docu. ' ments." D. Examine Architect's and Engineer's design data, including HVAC system descriptions, state- ments of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed un- der conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems —Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed. G. Examine system and equipment test reports. 1L Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow- control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. I. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balanc- ing. TESTING, ADJUSTTNG, AND BALANCING 15990 - 5 • ... ..It. _ ....•.... ,.. Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 !. Examine air - handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for opera- tion. K. Examine terminal units, such as variable- air - volume boxes and mixing boxes, to verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. L. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for supply air, to verify that they are airtight. Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed. M. Examine strainers for clean screens and proper perforations. N. Examine 3 -way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. 0. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. P. Examine open- piping - system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. Q. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. R. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following; 1. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. integrity of valves and dampers for free and fuU operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable- air - volume terminals. 4, Automatic modulating and shutoff valves, including 2 -way valves and 3 -way mixing and diverting valves, are properly connected. 5. Thermostats and hurnidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 6. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 7. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 8. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from design values. 9. Interlocked systems are operating. 10. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values. S. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and bal- ancing procedures. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step -by -step proce- dures. B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 - 6 Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature - control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air- pattern adjustments are required and ac- cess to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC national standards and this Section. B. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Sys- tems" and this Section. C. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems—Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and this Section. D. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the mini- mum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balanc- ing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Re- store vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation Specifications for this Project. E. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, includ- ing damper - control positions, valve indicators, fan- speed - control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. 3.4 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recom- mended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with re- quired fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as- built" duct layouts. C. For variable - air - volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. E. Check the airflow patterns from the outside -air louvers and dampers and the return- and ex- haust-air dampers, through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 - 7 Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 L Check for airflow blockages. 1. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air - handling unit components. 3.5 CONSTANT - VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. The procedures in this Article apply to constant- volume supply -, return -, and exhaust -air sys- tems. Additional procedures are required for variable- air - volume, multizone, dual -duct, induc- tion -unit supply -air systems and process exhaust-air systems. These additional procedures are specified in other articles in this Section. B. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the fan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection.. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single -inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restric- tions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double -inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 2. Measure static pressure across each air - handling unit component a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters. 3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat re- covery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions. 4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with cal- culated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. 5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Architect Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommo- date fan -speed changes. 6. Do not make fan -speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufactuuers about fan -speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan -motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure amperage in hill cooling, full heat- ing, and economizer modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. C. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to design air- flows within specified tolerances. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 - 8 Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust vol- ume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. a. Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to ad- just submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. D. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct - reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. E. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at the air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Con- tract Documents., 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 DUAL -DUCT SYSTEMS' ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES A. Set mixing boxes at full -cold airflow position for setting the fan volume, after verifying that the cooling coil is capable of full - system airflow. . B. Measure static pressure in both hot and cold ducts at the end of the longest duct run to deter- mine that sufficient static pressure exists to operate mixing-box controls and to overcome resis- tance in the ducts and outlets downstream from mixing box. 1. If insufficient static pressure exists, increase the airflow at the fan. C. Test and adjust the constant-volume mixing boxes as follows: 1. Verify both hot and cold operations by adjusting the thermostat and observing the air temperature and volume changes. 2. Verify sufficient inlet static pressure before making volume adjustments. 3. Adjust mixing box to design airflows within specified tolerances. Measure the airflow by Pitot -tube traverse readings, totaling the airflow of the outlets; or by measuring static pressure at mixing -box taps if provided by the box manufacturer. D. Remeasure static pressure in both hot and cold ducts at the end of the longest duct run to deter- mine that sufficient static pressure exists to operate mixing-box controls and to overcome resis- tance in the ducts and outlets downstream from mixing box. E. Adjust variable - air - volume, dual -duct systems in the same way as constant-volume dual -duct systems, and adjust each mixing-box maximum - and minimum - airflow settings. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 - 9 Copyright 1995 ALA MASTERSPEC 12/95 3.7 VARIABLE -AIR- VOLUME SYSTEMS' ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES A. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the fan design airflow volume, place a selected number of terminal units at a maximum set -point air- flow condition until the total airflow of the terminal units equals the design airflow of the fan. Select the reduced airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts. B. Pressure - Independent, Variable -Air- Volume Systems: After the fan systems have been ad- justed, adjust the variable - air - volume systems as follows: 1. Set outside -air dampers at minimum, and return- and exhaust -air dampers at a position that simulates full - cooling load. 2. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply -fan airflow and static pressure. Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal unit manufacturer's rec- ommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome terminal -unit discharge duct losses. 3. Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within 10 percent of design airflow. 4. Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the de- signed maximum airflow. Use the terminal unit manufacturer's written instructions to make this adjustment When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units as described for constant - volume air systems. 5. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the do- signed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow as de- scribed for constant - volume air systems. a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave the outlets balanced for maximum airflow. 6. Remeasure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outside airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return -air ducts and inlets as described for constant - volume air systems. 7. Measure static pressure at the most critical terrr:,:ial unit and adjust the static - pressure controller at the main supply -air sensing station to ensure adequate static pressure is maintained at the most critical unit. 8. Record the final fan performance data. C. Pressure - Dependent, Variable - Air - Volume Systems without Diversity: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable - air - volume systems as follows: I . Balance systems similar to constant-volume air systems. 2. Set terminal units and supply fan at full - airflow condition. 3. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to design airflow and verify operation of the static-pressure controller. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets down- stream from terminal units as described for constant-volume air systems. 4. Readjust fan airflow for final maximum readings. 5. Measure operating static pressure at the sensor that controls the supply fan, if one is in- stalled, and verify operation of the static - pressure controller. 6. Set supply fan at minimum airflow if minimum airflow is indicated. Measure static pres- sure to verify that it is being maintained by the controller. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -10 Copyright 1995 A1A MASTERSPEC 12/95 7. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the de- signed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow as de- scribed for constant - volume air systems. a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave the outlets balanced for maximum airflow. 8. Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minirnurn outside airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return -air ducts and inlets as described for constant - volume air systems. D. Pressure - Dependent, Variable- Air - Volume Systems with Diversity: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable- air - volume systems as follows: 1. Set system at maximum design airflow by setting the required number of terminal units at minimum airflow. Select the reduced airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts. 2. Adjust supply fan to maximum design airflow with the variable - airflow controller set at maximum airflow. 3. Set terminal units being tested at full- airflow condition. 4. Adjust terminal units starting at the supply -fan end of the system and continuing progres- sively to the end of the system. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to design air= , , flow. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units as described for constant- volume air systems. 5. Adjust terminal units for minimum airflow. 6. Measure static pressure at the sensor. 7. Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outside airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets as described for constant-volume air systems. 3.8 MULTIZONE SYSTEMS' ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES A. Set unit at full flow through the cooling coil if coil has that capacity. B. Adjust each zone damper to design airflow. 3.9 INDUCTION -UNIT SYSTEMS' ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES A. Balance primary-air risers by measuring static pressure at the nozzles of the top and bottom units of each riser to determine which risers must be throttled. Adjust risers to design airflow within specified tolerances. 13. Adjust each induction unit. 3.10 FUNDAMENTAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Not applicable. 1. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -11 - .w.- .- •99 AMP AO /f.7 /OA Copyright 1995 AIA 3.11 CONDENSING UNITS MASTERSPEC 12/95 A. Verify proper rotation of fans and measure entering- and leaving -air temperatures. Record compressor data- 3.12 BOILERS A. Not applicable. B. Measure entering - and leaving -water temperatures and water flow. 3.13 HEAT- TRANSFER COILS A. Electric- Heating Coils: Measure the following data for each coil: 1. Nameplate data. 2. Airflow. 3. Entering - and leaving -air temperatures at full load. 4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage. 5. Calculated kW at full load. 6. Fuse or circuit - breaker rating for overload protection. 3.14 TEMPERATURE TESTING A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature- control system. B. Measure indoor wet - and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2 successive 8- hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied. C. Measure outside -air, wet - and dry -bulb temperatures. 3.15 TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect con- trol fimctions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. D. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low - temperature controllers). E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -12 Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 F. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water -flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. G. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. H. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems. 1. Verify main control supply -air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations. J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. K Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail -safe operations. 3.16 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3.17 REPORTING A. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as speci- fied in "Examination" Article above, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' bal- ancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing de- vices. B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures, proce- dures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.18 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter- quality font; on standard bond paper, in 3- ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and bal- ancing engineer. 1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following; TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -13 Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3, Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineers name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 10. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Docu- ments. 11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. 13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values. 14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: a. Settings for outside -, return -, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable- air - volume systems. g. Settings for supply -air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present with single -line diagrams and include the following: 1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. xCr F. Air-Handling Unit Test Reports: For air - handling units with coils, include the following: TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -14 ■■■■ ■■■ wow grimes. wn. -- ~IT DA109 ion Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. i. Sheave dimensions, center -to- center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). j. Number of belts, make, and size. k. Number of filters, type, and size. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following. a. Total airflow rate in cfm (Us). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa). c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Filter static - pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). f. Preheat coil static- pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). g. Cooling coil static- pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). h. Heating coil static - pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). i. Outside airflow in cfm (L/s). j. Return airflow in cfm (LJs). k. Outside -air damper position. 1. Return -air damper position. m. Vortex damper position. G. Apparatus -Coil Test Reports: For apparatus coils, include the following, 1. Coil Data: Include the following a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch (mm o.c.). f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. R (sq. m). h. Tube size in NPS (DN). i. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. 2. Test Data Include design and actual values for the following a. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Average face velocity in fpm (m/s). c. Air pressure drop in inches wg (Pa). TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -15 Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 d. Outside -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg C). e. Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg C). f. Entering -air, wet - and dry -bulb temperatures in deg F (deg C). g. Leaving -air, wet - and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg C). h. Water flow rate in gpm (Lis). i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig (kPa). j. Entering -water temperature in deg F (deg C). k. Leaving -water temperature in deg F (deg C). 1. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. m. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig (kPa). n. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F (deg C). o. Inlet steam pressure in psig (kPa). 3. Test Data Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Entering -air temperature in deg F (deg C). c. Leaving -air temperature in deg F (deg C). d. Air temperature differential in deg F (deg C). e. Entering -air static pressure in inches wg (Pa). f. Leaving -air static pressure in inches wg (Pa). g. Air static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). h. Low -fire fuel input in Btuh (kW). i. High -fire fuel input in Btuh (kW). j. Manifold pressure in psig (kPa). k. High- temperatnre-limif setting in deg F (deg C): 1. Operating set point in Btuh (kW). m. Motor voltage at each connection. n. Motor amperage for each phase. o. Heating value of fuel in Btuh (kW). H. Electric -Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in cen- tral- station air- handling units, include the following: 1. Unit Data Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil identification. d. Capacity in Btuh (kW). e. Number of stages. f. Connected volts, phase, and hertz. g. Rated amperage. h. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). 1 Face area in sq. R (sq. m). j. Minimum face velocity in fpm (m/s). 2. Test Data: include design and actual values for the following: a. Heat output in Btuh (kW). b. Airflow rate in cfm (Us): TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 - 16 __ _ • ww iwe .wn Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12195 c. Air velocity in fpm (m/s). d. Entering -air temperature in deg F (deg C). e. Leaving -air temperature in deg F (deg C). f. Voltage at each connection. g. Amperage for each phase. L Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. h. Sheave dimensions, center -to- center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). 2. Motor Data Include the following a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. . d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches (tram), and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center -to- center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). g. Number of belts, make, and size. 3. Test Data Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm (DJs). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa). c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Suction static pressure in inches wg (Pa). J. Round, Flat -Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid repre- senting the duct cross - section and record the following: 1. Report Data Include the following: a. System and air•handling unit number. b. Location and zone. c. Traverse air temperature in deg F (deg C). d. Duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Duct size in inches (mm). f. Duct area in sq. ft. ( (sq. no). g. Design airflow rate in cfm (L/s). h. Design velocity in fpm (m/s). i. Actual airflow rate in cfm (L/s). TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -17 Copyright 1995 AJA t -. .., -.. I t. - MASTERSPEC 12/95 j. Actual average velocity in fpm (m /s). k. Barometric pressure in psig (Pa). IC Air - Terminal- Device Reports: For terminal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. System and air - handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Test apparatus used. d. Area served. e. Air - terminal- device make. f. Air - terminal- device number from system diagram. g. Air - terminal - device type and model number. h. Air - terminal- device size. i. Air - terminal- device effective area in sq. ft. ( (sq. m)). 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Airflow rate in cfin (L/s). b. Air velocity in fpm (m/s). c. Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm (L/s). d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm (m/s). e. Final airflow rate in cfm AA). f. Final velocity in fpm (m/s). g. Space temperature in deg F (deg C). L. System -Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. System and air - handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Room or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. 2. Test Data Include design and actual values for the following: a. Airflow rate in cfm (Lis). b. Entering -water temperature in deg F (deg C). c. Leaving-water tetnperature in deg F (deg C). d. Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig (kPa). e. Entering-air temperature in deg F (deg C). f. Leaving -air temperature in deg F (deg C). M. Compressor and Condenser Reports: For refrigerant side of unitary systems, stand -alone refrig- erant compressors, air- cooled condensing units, or water - cooled condensing units, include the following: TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -18 _ . .. ... :it Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC 12/95 1. Unit Data Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Unit make and model number. d. Manufacturer's compressor serial numbers. e. Compressor make. f. Compressor model and serial numbers. g. Refrigerant weight in lb (kg). h. Low ambient temperature cutoff in deg F (deg C). 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Inlet -duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa). b. Outlet -duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa). c. Entering -air, dry-bulb temperature in deg F (deg C). d. Lcaving -air, dry-bulb temperature in deg F (deg C). e. Condenser entering -water temperature in deg F (deg C). f. Condenser leaving -water temperature in deg F (deg C). g. Condenser water temperature differential in deg F (deg C). h. Condenser entering -water pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). i. Condenser leaving-water pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). j. Condenser water pressure differential in feet of head or prig (kPa). k. Control settings. 1. Unloader set points. rn. Low - pressure - cutout set point in psig (kPa). n. High- pressure - cutout set point in psig (kPa). o. Suction pressure in psig (kPa). p. Suction temperature in deg F (deg C). q. Condenser refrigerant pressure in psig (kPa). r. Condenser refrigerant temperature in deg F (deg C). s. Oil pressure in psig (kPa). t. Oil temperature in deg F (deg C). u. Voltage at each connection. v. Amperage for each phase. w. The kW input x. Crankcase heater kW. y. Number of fans. z. Condenser fan rpm. aa. Condenser fan airflow rate in cfm (L!s) bb. Condenser fan motor make, frame size, rpm, and horsepower. cc. Condenser fan motor voltage at each connection. dd. Condenser fan motor amperage for each phase. N. Instrument Calibration Reports: For instrument calibration, include the following: 1. Report Data: Include the following: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990 -19 Copyright 1995 A!A c_ Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. 3.19 ADDITIONAL„ TESTS MASTERSPEC 12/95 A. Within 90 days of completing testing, adjusting, and balancing, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct un- usual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990.20 1_i _ • SECTION 16100 ELECTRICAL PART 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS , 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide labor, materials, transportation, equipment, related hand tools, special and occasional services to design and construct and install the complete electrical and &e -life -safety system as specified and shown on the plans, including: 1. Complete power and lighting, including junction boxes, pull boxes, outlet boxes, devices, materials, and equipment for a complete installation. 2. New lighting fixtures and lamps in fixtures. 3. Switching shall be designed, provided and installed by subcontractor. 4. Complete smoke detection, fire speakers- and strobes for fire - life - safety system. and tie -in to fire -life- safety system. 5. Smoke -check hold open door devices and related smoke detector and tie -in to fire- life - safety system. 1.02 PERMITS AND FEES A. Scare and pay for all permits; licenses, fees, and inspections necessary for the prosecution and completion of the work and perform all tests specified herein or required by local utility companies or districts: 1.03 SUPERVISION A. Personally, or through an authorized and competent representative, constantly supervise the work and, within reason, keep the same workmen and foreman on the project throughout the worts. 1.04 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Cooperate fully with other trades doing work on the project as may bs necessary for the proper completion of the project. Refer to architectural, mechanical, electrical, and structural drawings for details of the building structure and equipment installation which will tend to overlap, conflict with, or require coordination with the work of this Section. Al! work in this Section shall be scheduled as to avoid any overlapping and conflict and to effect such coordination as may be necessary for the proper completion of the building as a whole. 1.0S CODES AND REGULATIONS 16100 •Page 1 of 6 SECTION 16100 A. Comply with the latest published editions of applicable codes and standard whether statutory or not. ABBREVIATION DOCUMENT N.E.C. National Electric Code U.L. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. N.E.M.A. National Electrical Manufacturers Assn. Title 24 State Building Standards, Basic Electrical Regulations B. Rulings and interpretations of the agencies having jurisdiction shall be considered pan of the codes and regulations if commonly known to the trade prior to the submittal of bids. C. No extra charge will be paid for furnishing items required by the regulations, but not specified or shown on the drawings. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in conformance with data below. The list shall include for each i? Am the manufacturer, catalog number, type of class, rating, capacity, size, etc. Submittals shall also include: 1. Facture cuts 2. Wiring devices 3. Wire and cable 4. Conduit and fittings 5. Panelboards B. Extent The Contractor shall submit a brochure containing catalog cuts or drawings and data for all the lighting fixtures he proposes to furnish. For fixtures which the Contractor proposes to substitute for those specified, he shall submit complete photometric data prepared by a recognized, approved testing laboratory, manufacturer's data sheets or drawings showing dimensions, construction, materials, and finishes, and when required, sample fixtures. C. Shop Drawings: Submit detailed construction drawings for each item of design build layout required for the electrical installation for approval. All drawings droll be to scale, fully dimensioned, and provide sufficient detail to clearly indicate the arrange ent of the system and its component pans. Construction of the system drown shall be revised to comply with the drawings and specifications as required by the Architect after review of the shop drawings, and the drawings submitted when requested by the Architect 1.07 AS- BUILT DRAWINGS 16100-Page 2 of 6 SECTION 16100 A. The Contractor shall maintain a separate set of blueline prints on the job at all times which shall be used to maintain a daily as -built record. All deviations from plans and all stub -outs shall be so noted and accurately located by dimension. M the completion of the job, this set of prints and CADD drawings shall be turned over to the Owner. The Owner will furnish the prints for this purpose. 1.08 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee all materials, equipment, and w orlotaanship furnished by him to be free of all defects and shall agree to replace, at his own expense, at any time within one (1) year after the installation is accepted by the Architect any and all defective parts that may be found. PART 2 • MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. Use all new materials, received in original containers, installed and turned over to the Owner free of defects. B. Use only one brand, kind, or make of each material or equipment item throughout the worts. 2.02 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards shall be complete with all mounting hardware. Circuit breaker shall be type u required to match existing panelboards. Circuit breakers shall be sized as per design condition usage and applicable codes. B. Branch Circuits: Each branch circuit shall have a permanently fixed number. Provide a typewritten directory mounted in a frame with clear plastic cover on inside of cabinet door showing circuit numbers and a complete description of all outlets controlled by each circuit breaker. Configuration of directories shall be the permanent numbers (not plan numbers) of approved room nunes.Contractor shall lable all device plates and receptacle ha Room 115, Computer Room, with circuit/panel nwnberr as well at all modular fwnitwe connections C. • All breakers and fuses shall be series rated to match AIC rating of the main switch gear. 2.03 BOXES AND COVERS A. Sheet Steel: Drawn galvanized steel, standard knockout type, 1 -1/20 minimum depth. Fonn and size best suited to particular location, devices enclosed, fixture supported, number, size, and arrangement of connecting conduits.. . 16100-Page 3 of 6 SECTION 16100 2.04 RACEWAY AND FITTINGS A. Rigid steel conduit, hot dip galvanized conforming to ANSI C80.1. All fittings hot dip galvanized malleable iron. Bushings, chase nipples, bused elbows to be insulated type. B. Electrical metallic tubing shall be hot dip galvanized conforming to ANSI C80.3. Connectors shall be compression type with insulated throat. C. Use 8exiblc conduit only for connection of recessed lighting fixturea, motors, and heating and ventilating controls and shall not exceed 6 ft. 2.05 CONDUCTORS A. All conductors insulated copper as manufactured by Okonite, General Electric, Rome Cable Company or approved equaL 2.06 CONNECTORS, LUGS, AND SPLICES A Tape, connectors, and lugs shall be rated the same temperature and duty as cable insulation. B. Scotchlok, one -piece Type R., self- insulated, for No. 10 and smaller wire. C. T&B, color - keyed, compression connectors, Series 54000 for No. 8 and larger conductors. 2.07 WIRE AND CABLE 600V class insulated, unless otherwise shown or specified; N.E.C. standard types; U.L. labeled; delivered to job -site in unbroken factory packages. B. Cables shall be type NM, NMC or OF as required by code. 2.08 WIRING DEVICES A. Sierra Electric Corp., Arrow-Hart, Bryant, or equal. For convenience only, Sierra catalog numbers are used herein to indicate type and quality of item or product required, except as specified.B. ColorWhite.. 2.09 SWITCHES A. Typical: 5011 Series, or equal; 120/277V. B. Thermal switches for protection of single phase, fractional horsepower -Irs: A-H No. RLi21.U, or equal. 16100-Page 4 of 6 SECTION 16100 C. Disconnect Switches: Furnish and install all motor and other disconnect switches shown or required by state, national, or local codes. Type of disconnect shall be determined by requirements of load unless otherwise specified, and shall be either a Square D Co. General Duty Type (NEMA 1 or 3R as required), or Westinghouse, General Electric, or equal Voltage and current rating shall be as shown or required. D. ColorBrushed Stainless Steel plates. 2.10 RECEPTACLES A. Duplex Convenience:; 120V, 20A, 3W, grounded.White B. GF1 Receptacles for Hush locations: Leviton , 120v, 20A, 3W, grounded, or equal. C. ColorBrushed Stainless Steel plates. 2.11 DEVICE PLATES A. For interior application smooth face pattern: Levitron 80400 Series, or equal. B, Color. Brushed Stainless Steel plates. 2.12 LIGHTING FDCTURES AND LAMPS A. Fixtures shall be as noted on the drawings and as listed below: B. Furnish and install fixtures completed with fittings, stems, hangers and component parts to make a complete installation including lamps of the type and wattage as scheduled on drawings. C. Ballasts: Clas "P", CBM approved, UL Labled, "A" Sound Rated, high pow type with internal automatic reset thermal protected equal to G.E. "Bonus Line," Advanced "Advangard," Universal orMotorola. D. All emergency ballasts shall be Bodine 3000 Lumens. PART 3 - E F.CUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Conceal all wiring unless exposed work is dearly called for on the drawings. B. Running threads are prohibited. Where necessary for connecting conduits, use right and left hand couplings or Ericksoa.counlinak 16100 -Page 5 of 6 SECTION 16100 C. Ream conduit ends after cutting make joints and connections up tight, paint all exposed threads with oxide inhibiting compounds. All conduits rshall b run in parallel to building frame structure and all bends shall be 90 degree bends. D. Do not drill, bore or notch structural members in such a manner that it will impair their structural value. Cutting of holes, if required, shall be done only with approval of the Structural Engineer. E. Install outlet boxes flush with finished surfaces except where the drawings specifically indicate surface mounting. F. Leave no unused openings in any box. Use closure plugs as required to seal boxes. G. Pull no wire into any conduit until all work of any nature that may cause injury is completed. Care shall be taken in pulling wires that no damage occurs to insulation of wires. Blow out and swab conduits before conductors are pulled in. Fi Mark wires at both ends with the correct circuit identification numbers using specified markers. L Where more than two (2) conductors run through a single outlet, mark each with the corresponding circuit number at the panelboard. J Provide complete grounding system. Non - metallic cables shall not be embedded in cement, concrete or aggregate. L. Unless specifically permitted by code, non-metallic cables shall not be installed in walls constructed with metal studs. M Provide sleeves for all non - metallic cables penetrating concrete or -masonry walls. N. Non-metallic cables shall not penetrate fire rated walls unless permitted by code. Metallic conduits penetrating fire rated assemblies shall be sealed with fire rated caulking and materials. 3.02 FIXTURES A. Set and securely (and seismically) fasten each fixture to structure. Adjust locations and levels as necessary to leave units plumb, level and in straight and level alit. END OF SECTION 16100 -Page 6 of 6 D M GROUP. DAMES & MOORE A DAMES & MOORE GROUP COMPANY ASBESTOS SURVEY AND LIMITED LEAD ASSESSMENT REPORT XEROX BUILDING 6400 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WASHINGTON For XEROX CORPORATION D &M JOB NO: 02285-056 -005 July 6, 1998 I. . 1 1 1 G:WOASJMeroaReport.doe DAMES & MOORE A DAMES & MOORE GROUP COMPANY July 6, 1998 Mr. Jack Bradford Xerox Corporation EMS5 -018 701 South Aviation Boulevard El Segundo, California 90245 Asbestos Survey and Limited Lead Paint Assessment Xerox Building 6400 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Washington D &M Job No.: 02285- 056 -005 Dear Mr. Bradford: Dames & Moore is pleased to present our Asbestos Survey and Limited Lead Paint Assessment Report for the Xerox Building located at 6400 Southcenter Boulevard in Tukwila, Washington. This assessment was performed in accordance with our proposal dated June 25, 1998, and was authorized by Xerox Corporation. We trust this report provides you with the information you require at this time. If you have any questions about the information presented within this report, please call us. Very truly yours, DAMES & MOORE Steven J. Dellino, CES Project Manager AI.IERA Building Inspector (Certification No. 97- BIR1210006) Russell J. Snyders, PE Senior Engineer EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Dames & Moore was retained by Xerox Corporation to conduct an Asbestos Survey and Limited Lead Paint Assessment of the Xerox Building located at 6400 Southcenter Boulevard in Tukwila, Washington. Asbestos sampling was conducted in accordance with sampling and analytical procedures required by Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA), Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA), and State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries (L&I). The lead assessment was conducted with the intention of satisfying lead hazard communication suggested in the L&I Lead Regulations WAC 296 -155 -176. ASBESTOS FINDINGS Asbestos - containing material was identified on the project site as follows: • 12" x 12" cream vinyl floor tile and black floor tile mastic • circular hard fiber duct system with foil wrap and asbestos insulation • white paper material observed above lu floor electrical and supply rooms • yellow carpet mastic throughout • asphalt roof sealant material at penetrations and at patch locations The friable white paper material was observed to be damaged above the ceiling space. A cost estimate to remove the confirmed and assumed asbestos- containing materials (ACM) listed above is estimated as follows: ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR $ 27,000 - $ 90,000 ABATEMENT DESIGN AND 7,000 - 7,000 ABATEMENT MONITORING 10,000 - 20,000 ASBESTOS PROJECT TOTAL $ 44.000 $117,000 The range in cost is associated with the presence of asbestos - containing carpet mastic. LEAD FINDINGS Of the 10 samples collected from a variety of different colors and painted components, only one sample was found to contain measurable lead at concentrations greater than the detectable level and are regulated. The red paint on the steel stair railing is a regulated material. The coatings on exterior handrails around the perimeter of the building are assumed to be lead - containing. The roof has lead flashing materials at the roof level vent pipes. The lead abatement costs during this scheduled demolition will be incidental to the total abatement cost. RECOMMENDATIONS • The friable asbestos- containing white paper material should be removed by an asbestos abatement contractor due to its damaged condition. • All asbestos- containing materials will require removal prior to any renovation or demolition project that would disturb the material. • A lead control program will be required should renovation or demolition work be considered for the lead- containing surfaces and the lead flashing materials at the roof level. Additional information to support the executive summary is found in the body of the report. a\oossJovcao: \RcP«+.doc ES -1 DAMES & MOORE TABLE OF CONTENTS Page EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES -1 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 OBJECTIVE 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.3 LIMITING CONDITIONS 1 1.4 LIMITATIONS OF THE ASSESSMENT 2 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION 2 2.1 DESCRIPTION OF FACILITY 2 3.0 PROJECT SUMMARY 2 3.1 ASBESTOS SURVEY METHODOLOGY 2 3.2 RESULTS OF ASBESTOS INVESTIGATION 3 3.3 LEAD SURVEY METHODOLOGY 4 3.4 RESULTS OF LEAD INVESTIGATION 5 4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5 4.1 ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 6 4.2 LEAD - CONTAINING MATERIALS 6 4.2.1 Employee Exposure Assessment 6 4.2.2 Worker Protection 7 4.2.3 Waste Disposal 8 4.3 PCB LIGHT BALLASTS AND MERCURY- CONTAINING LIGHT TUBES 8 5.0 REFERENCES 8 TABLES Table 1 - Summary of Asbestos Sampling and Results Table 2 - Summary of Lead Chip Sampling and Results FIGURES Figure 1 - Asbestos and Lead Sample Location Plan — First Floor Level Figure 2 - Asbestos and Lead Sample Location Plan — Second Floor Level Figure 3 - Asbestos and Lead Sample Location Plan — Roof Level APPENDICES Appendix A - EMSL Asbestos Analytical Report Appendix B - EMSL Lead Chip Analytical Report Appendix C - AHERA Building Inspector Certifications DAMES & MOORE 1988S -020 -OO5 1.0 INTRODUCTION Dames & Moore was retained by Xerox Corporation to conduct an Asbestos Survey and Limited Lead Paint Assessment of a portion of the Xerox Building located at 6400 Southcenter Boulevard in Tukwila, Washington. Sampling was conducted in accordance with sampling and analytical procedures required by Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA), Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA), and State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries (L&I). The lead assessment was conducted with the intention of satisfying lead hazard communication suggested in the State of Washington's Labor & Industries Lead Regulations WAC 296 - 155 -176. 1.1 OBJECTIVE The objective of Dames & Moore's Asbestos Survey and Limited Lead Paint Assessment was to evaluate the presence of asbestos and lead - containing materials at the site. The assessment areas include the interior portions of the building, exterior building surfaces, and the roof. The lead assessment is intended as a screening assessment of the coated surfaces to determine if the coatings are regulated as lead - containing materials and to document the levels of lead identified at our lead sample locations. The lead survey is not intended to record results for each material that contains lead at the facility. This survey document may also be used to facilitate the preparation of any future Operations and Maintenance Plans for asbestos and lead- containing materials and in preparation for renovation or demolition projects at the site. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK The scope of services for the hazardous material assessment included, and was limited to, the following tasks: • Perform an asbestos survey to identify asbestos- containing building materials (ACBM) present at the facility have been evaluated. Materials identified as suspect materials were sampled in accordance with AHERA sampling requirements and analyzed by a NVLAP accredited laboratory for the presence of asbestos. • Inventory the types of asbestos - containing materials. • Perform a lead - containing paint assessment for representative lead materials on site. The lead assessment included the collection of representative paint chip samples from the various substrate surfaces. Samples collected were analyzed using flame atomic absorption spectroscopy method. 1.3 LIMITING CONDITIONS Dames & Moore's site inspection included a physical inspection of accessible areas. Pipe chases and ceiling spaces with gypsum wallboard were not accessible in numerous areas throughout the survey area. The report was not intended to include a room -by -room inventory of lead - containing materials. G:WOS\SJWc«ox Teport.doc 1 DAMES & MOORE 1.4 LIMITATIONS OF THE ASSESSMENT The conclusions of the report are professional opinions based solely upon visual site observations and interpretations of analyses as described in our report. Common construction techniques render portions of the building inaccessible. As a result, additional ACBM may be present in inaccessible areas (e.g., between walls, pipe chases, and above ceilings with gypsum wallboard, etc.) at the site. Additionally, lead- containing materials may also be present in inaccessible areas at the site. The opinions presented herein apply to the site conditions existing at the time of our investigation, and interpretation of current regulations pertaining to asbestos and lead. Therefore, our opinions and recommendations may not apply to future conditions that may exist at the site, which we have not had the opportunity to evaluate. Future regulations pertaining to asbestos and lead materials may impose stricter restrictions on the renovation and demolition. The regulations should always be verified prior to any work involving asbestos and lead- containing materials. 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION 2.1 DESCRIPTION OF FACILITY The interior of the building, exterior siding, and the roof were included in our assessment. This two-story office building is constructed with a concrete subfloor (concrete slab on grade) and a flat asphalt roof system. No known crawlspaces exist at the facility. Refer to sample location drawings in Figures 1, 2, and 3 for first floor, second floor, and roof level. 3.0 PROJECT SUMMARY Information concerning the subject property was obtained from site inspections conducted by Mr. Steve Dellino and Mr. Dean Nguyen, of Dames & Moore, on June 30, 1998. This section provides a sampling methodology and a brief discussion of the Dames & Moore assessment results. Supporting documentation provided within the survey report includes material summary tables and the Appendices section which includes the staff certification and laboratory analysis reports with chain -of- custody documentation. 3.1 ASBESTOS SURVEY METHODOLOGY Dames & Moore's asbestos survey was performed following the sampling protocol for the renovation/ demolition areas as outlined under AHERA, 40 CFR 763, the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency, Regulation III, Article 4, and the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries WAC 296 -62- 077. Sample locations were chosen in a random fashion, with emphasis being placed on obtaining samples of each type of accessible suspect material. Dames & Moore's survey was conducted by Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) accredited building inspectors, an accreditation through training AHERA, 29 CFR Part 763. Mr. Steve Dellino (Certificate #97- BIR1210006) was o:\oosSJCAXaox\Repon.doe 2 DAMES & MOORE assisted by Mr. Dean Nguyen (Certificate #97 -1833) during the asbestos inspection. Copies of the building inspector certificates are provided in Appendix C. Samples were collected in a non - abrasive manner by carefully removing small portions of the suspect material with a sharp knife or other hand tool suitable to the material being sampled. Each sample was placed in a pre - labeled plastic container immediately after collection. Sample containers were then placed in a large resealable plastic bag for transportation to the laboratory. The sampling instrument was subsequently wiped with a clean moist cloth to decontaminate the tool.and prevent the potential release of asbestos fibers or contamination of subsequent samples. Data pertinent to each sample (e.g., date, sample number, material description, and material condition) were recorded on a field data sheet. The field data forms are kept on file at the Dames & Moore office. Asbestos bulk samples, copies of the field data sheet, and chain -of- custody submittal sheets were delivered to the EMSL Analytical, Inc. (EMSL) located in Seattle, Washington for asbestos analysis. The EMSL asbestos laboratory participates in the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) for quality control procedures. As specified in 40 CFR Chapter I (1 -1 -87 edition) Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, each sample was analyzed using polarized light microscopy (PLM)/dispersion staining techniques, in accordance with U.S. EPA Method 600/M4 -82 -020. Detection limits for this type of analysis are approximately one percent (by volume). Materials containing more than one - percent asbestos are considered to be asbestos- containing building materials (ACBM). 3.2 RESULTS OF ASBESTOS INVESTIGATION A total of 54 asbestos bulk samples were collected as part of our survey. A Summary of the Asbestos Sampling and Results is presented in Table 1 and includes the sample number, material description, sample location, and the analytical results. Dames & Moore identified the following asbestos- containing materials: Asbestos- containing material was identified on the project site as follows: • 12" x 12" cream vinyl floor tile and black floor tile mastic • circular hard fiber duct system with foil wrap and asbestos insulation • white paper material observed above 1m floor electrical and supply rooms • yellow carpet mastic throughout • asphalt room sealant material at penetrations and at patch locations The asbestos- containing vinyl floor tile and floor tile mastic was observed in the first floor telephone and electrical rooms (approximately 250 square feet per each material). These materials are considered nonfriable and in good condition. The asbestos- containing white paper like material was observed above the first floor supply and electrical rooms (approximately 150 square feet). This friable material is damaged and in poor condition. The material appeared to serve as a barrier between the finish ceiling and the upper ceiling deck. There is the potential for the material to exist in other areas of the facility. CrWOS\SIDVero, Reparl.doe 3 DAMES & MOORE The hard fiber duct system with a foil wrap was observed in select areas of the facility. Two sizes observed were 12 -inch outside diameter and 8 -inch outside diameter. The material is considered friable and in good condition. Four samples were collected of yellow carpet mastic throughout the facility. Two samples contained no asbestos. One sample contained trace amount of chrysotile asbestos and a fourth sample (X -A018) contained 2% chrysotile asbestos. Sample X -A018 was reanalyzed by point count methods approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Point counting is a higher accuracy type of analysis method. The point count results were 1.5 % chrysotile asbestos. Until further testing is performed, all the carpet mastic at the facility is considered regulated since materials were observed to be the same. The yellow carpet mastic is nonfriable and in good condition. It is possible that sample X- A01 8 represents an isolated condition in the facility. Further testing could limit the amount of abatement required of the carpet mastic. The asphalt built -up roof system is nonasbestos - containing. The roof sealant materials are asbestos - containing. This material is nonfriable and in good condition. Supporting documentation for the asbestos samples, including a copy of the laboratory analysis reports with the chain -of- custody documents is provided in Appendix A. . Four gypsum wallboard and joint compound samples were collected and one sample had trace levels of asbestos in the joint compound. All other samples of gypsum wallboard and joint compound have results with no asbestos detected. The gypsum wallboard and joint compound at the site is a non - regulated material. Suspect materials that were tested and identified as non - regulated as asbestos generally include: • 2' x 4' lay -in ceiling tiles • 2' x 2' ceiling tiles • gypsum wallboard and joint compound • sheet vinyl flooring and mastic • cove base mastic • exterior plaster material • asphalt built -up roof system 3.3 LEAD SURVEY METHODOLOGY Dames & Moore's lead assessment was performed in conjunction with the asbestos survey. Sample locations for this assessment were chosen in a random fashion, with emphasis being placed on obtaining samples of each type of suspect coating surface material that was accessible. Samples were collected in a non - abrasive manner by carefully removing small portions of the suspect paint or other material with a heat gun, sharp knife or other hand tool suitable to the material being sampled. If possible, samples were collected of loose materials or from materials with pre - existing damage. Each sample was placed in a pre - labeled plastic container immediately after collection. Data a:wOSNsirnx«ox\Repon.doc 4 DAMES & MOORE pertinent to each sample such as date, sample number, paint description, and material condition were recorded on a field data sheet. Sample containers were then placed in a large resealable plastic bag for transportation to the laboratory. Lead chip samples were delivered to EMSL Analytical, Inc. in Seattle, Washington under appropriate chain -of- custody procedures. EMSL Analytical, Inc. is accredited by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) and participates in the Environmental Lead Proficiency Analytical Testing (ELPAT) program administered by the AIHA. Each sample was analyzed for total lead content using flame atomic absorption spectroscopy, in accordance with the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Method SW 846 -7420. The limit of detection for this method varies by the volume of the sample, but in general, is approximately 0.01 percent by weight. A sample result with the " <" symbol is considered less than the detectable level. Results without the " <" are considered a regulated lead - containing material by L &I Regulation, WAC 296 -155 -176. 3.4 RESULTS OF LEAD INVESTIGATION The Dames & Moore survey included a total of 10 chip samples. Table 2, A Summary of Lead Chip Sampling and Results, presents the sampling information and includes the sample number, substrate•, component sampled, color, location, and the analytical results reported in percent by weight for lead. Painted materials identified on site as regulated Lead- Containing Materials are as follows: • steel handrails (interior and exterior) L &I Regulations WAC 296 - 155 - 17609, paragraph 2(a) states that materials are regulated where Lead are present. Painted materials not sampled are to be assumed as lead- containing. If a material is less than the detectable level for lead in one location and greater than the detectable level in at least one other area, the material should be considered a regulated lead- containing material. Supporting documentation for the lead survey samples, including a copy of the EMSL laboratory reports with the chain -of- custody is provided in Appendix B. Materials identified as non -lead containing with consistent results less than the detectable level include painted gypsum wallboard materials, exterior wood trim, exterior concrete column, exterior curbs, metal flashing around roof perimeter, and steel columns. All other painted components on site are considered lead- containing and are regulated by L&I. The lead - containing regulated materials require employee exposure assessment during disturbance and dust controls in accordance with and L&I Regulation, WAC 296 - 155 -176 and in accordance with the State of Washington Department of Ecology Dangerous Waste Regulation, WAC 173 -303. 4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS We recommend that the contractor have a copy of this asbestos survey and limited lead paint assessment report during any scheduled renovation or demolition activities for reference. c:WO5\SJo1Xerox .aoc 5 DAMES & MOORE This investigation was performed to evaluate the potential presence of ACBMs and lead- containing paint at the Xerox Building. Conclusions and recommendations for each hazard category are summarized below. 4.1 ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS Friable and non - friable asbestos - containing materials were identified at the office building. Destructive sampling was not part of this project and we assume the walls may contain asbestos containing materials until access is made and sampling proves otherwise. One of the four carpet mastic samples was determined to contain regulated amounts of asbestos. The area of abatement may be minimized from the entire building to smaller areas if the positive sample was an anomaly. Dames & Moore recommends additional sampling to identify the limits of the abatement area for carpet mastic and to reduce the abatement cost. Asbestos fibers are potential health hazards when they become airborne. As long as the ACBM remain intact, undamaged, and in good condition, additional action is not considered necessary. Dames & Moore recommends that the white paper material that is damaged above the first floor electrical and storage room be removed by certified- asbestos workers. Other areas of the building should be reviewed to verify if the material exists in other locations. The contractor should use caution when performing demolition activities within the project areas even after asbestos abatement activities. Concealed materials may be encountered during the renovation project. ACBM may be located between walls, above ceilings, in pipe chases, or other inaccessible areas. A copy of the asbestos survey document should be on site during all asbestos abatement activities, as well as, renovation or demolition activities. 4.2 LEAD - CONTAINING MATERIALS Lead- containing materials exists at each of the buildings surveyed. Any upcoming renovation or demolition projects at this site will require handling of lead - containing materials in accordance with L&I Regulation WAC 296 - 155 -176. These activities may include, but are not limited to, demolition, sanded, scraping, or drilling at the subject property. The contractor should utilize work practices to control dust emissions and lead exposures to workers. Disposal of wastes shall be in accordance with the State of Washington Department of Ecology Dangerous Waste Regulation, WAC 173 -303. All painted surfaces not sampled should be considered lead- containing materials. 4.2.1 Employee Exposure Assessment The State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries regulations, WAC 296 -155 -17609 (2a), requires that the employer implement all requirements listed below until the employer performs the G:10051S1D1XaoxUteport.doc 6 DAMES & MOORE employee exposure assessment required by this section of the regulations. Until the employer documents in the initial exposure assessment the employee is not exposed above the action level of 30 micrograms/cubic meter, the employer shall treat the employee as if the employee were exposed above the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) of 50 micrograms/cubic meter over an eight -hour time weighted average. The employer shall implement all employee protective measures prescribed in paragraph WAC 296 -155 -17609 (2e). These provisions include, but are not limited to: (i) Appropriate respiratory protection in accordance with WAC 296 -155- 17613. (ii) Appropriate personal protection clothing and equipment in accordance with WAC 296- 155- 17615. (iii) Change areas in accordance with WAC 296 -155- 17619(2). (iv) Hand washing facilities in accordance with WAC 296 -155- 17619(5). (v) Biological monitoring in accordance with WAC 296 -155 -17621 (1)(a), to consist of blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin levels, and (vi) Training as required by WAC 296 -155 -17625 (1)(a) regarding part C of chapter 296-62 WAC, Hazard Communication; training as required by WAC 296 -155 -17625 (2Xc), regarding use of respirators; and training in accordance with WAC 296 -155 -100. 4.2.2 Worker Protection WISHA requires that for work involving disturbance of lead or materials containing lead (e.g. lead - containing coatings), that personnel protection measures be utilized and personal protection equipment (PPE) used. If a contractor desires to downgrade the respiratory protection, collection of air samples is required for at least one shift and laboratory analysis of air samples cannot indicate concentrations of airborne lead higher than the action level. If exposures are documented over the action level, the employer shall implement an alternative engineering control to lessen the exposure to the employee. A direct correlation between the concentration of lead in a given material, and the expected exposure a worker will receive during impact to the material cannot be made due to the wide variety of means and methods which may be employed during construction activities. Multiple factors, including the concentration of lead present in the material, the condition of the material, the extent of loose or peeling paint, and the work methods used to impact the materials (i.e. mechanical vs. manual) will have a significant impact on the level of lead exposure received during a given activity. As a result of this lack of correlation between concentration and potential exposure, worker protection methods should always be used when existing conditions or work methods suggest a potential exposure risk, regardless of the lead concentration of the material. The General Contractor performing the renovation and demolition work should be informed of the presence of lead in the building. All personnel involved in the demolition should be provided additional training concerning the health effects of lead, proper work methods, appropriate use of personnel protective equipment and regulations governing lead exposures. Air monitoring to assess lead exposures should be performed for all personnel involved in the renovation process. G:\OOSlSJD\ Xerox \Report.doe 7 DAMES & MOORE 4.2.3 Waste Disposal The Washington State Department of Ecology currently requires that demolition wastes be characterized under the provisions of WAC 173 -303, the Dangerous Waste Regulations. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) requires that the Toxicity Characterization Leaching Procedure (TCLP) test for lead be performed to evaluate if building debris is a potential hazardous waste under RCRA. The Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedures (TCLP) procedures evaluate the potential for wastes to leach toxic or hazardous materials following placement in a landfill. The maximum allowable concentration of lead in wastes for disposal as non - hazardous or non - dangerous is 5 parts per million. The TCLP testing procedure is to be performed on the actual wastes generated and would include a representative sampling of the entire waste stream to be disposed. 4.3 PCB LIGHT BALLASTS AND MERCURY- CONTAINING LIGHT TUBES Our survey did not include an assessment of PCB ballasts and fluorescent light tubes. However, based on the age of the building, PCB - containing ballasts and mercury- containing fluorescent light tubes are assumed at the facility. All light ballasts should be assumed as PCB - containing until assessed further. Any light ballasts on site with "nonPCB" labeling are considered as nonPCB- containing and are not regulated by the PCB ballast regulations. Ballasts without the "nonPCB "label are considered by. the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as PCB - containing. Handling and transportation of PCB light ballasts shall be in accordance with the EPA, who is governed by Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA) PCB Regulations, 40 CFR 761. Special precaution should be applied to prevent skin contact if leaking PCB ballasts are encountered during the remodeling. Leaky ballasts and the light fixtures materials affected by PCB- containing oils must be handled in accordance with EPA's PCB Regulations 40 CFR 761. Workers with 40 -hour hazardous waste training are required for removal or handling of leaking PCB ballasts. Dames & Moore recommends that mercury- containing fluorescent Tight tubes be removed prior to demolition and renovation activities without breakage to the light tubes. The United States. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) recommends recycling of fluorescent light tubes to an accredited recycler over the practice of disposal. G:10051SJDU(eco ARepat.doa 8 DAMES & MOORE 5.0 REFERENCES Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA), Title 40 CFR, Part 763. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs); Asbestos, 40 CFR Part 61, November 20, 1990. OSHA; Occupational Exposure to Asbestos; Final Rule, 29 CFR Parts 1910 and 1926 (August 10, 1994). Puget Sound Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA), Regulation III, Article 4, Asbestos Control Standards. Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA), Standard for Exposure to Asbestos: WAC 296- 62 -07 -517 and WAC 296-62 -077 Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite. WISHA Standard for Asbestos Removal and Encapsulation: WAC 296 -65 -001 through 045. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA); Lead; Requirements for Lead -based Paint Activities; Proposed • Rule, 40 CFR Part 745,.September 2, 1994. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA); Lead; 29 CFR Part 1910.1025. OSHA; Lead Exposure in Construction; Interim Final Rule, 29 CFR Part 1926.62 (May 4, 1993). State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries (L&I) Safety Standards for Construction Work; Lead, WAC 296 -155 -176. State of Washington Department of Ecology; Dangerous Waste Regulations; WAC 173 -303. 0:\0051s1IMerox\ tepoA.doc 9 DAMES & MOORE G:500ASJD"Xaox\Rcpat.doe TABLES DAMES & MOORS ■ TABLE 1 SUMMARY OF ASBESTOS SAMPLING AND RESULTS XEROX BUILDING Key: • = % of asbestos, CH = chrysotile asbestos, ND = none detected G: \Sto \xe oxveyon.da Page 1 DAMES & MOORE Floor Sample Number Material Description Sample Location Analytical Results' Notes (#) 1st X -A001 12" ' 12" cream vinyl floor tile Telephone room at gridline 5 -F, 3' south of northeast corner 3% CH Ist X -A002 Black floor tile mastic Telephone room at gridline 5 -F, 3' south of northeast comer 10% CH Ist X -A003 Drywall and joint compound (composite sample) Telephone room at gridline 5 -F, 3' south of northeast corner ND 1st X -A004 2' x 4' drop -in ceiling tile with large fissure pattem Telephone room at gridline 5 -F, l' inside door ND Ist X -A005 2' x 4' drop -in ceiling tile with small holes and fissure pattern Telephone room at gridline 5 -F, 3' southeast corner • ND 1st X -A006 Brown cove base mastic Electrical room at gridline 5 -E, southeast comer ND 1st X -A007 12" x 12" cream vinyl floor tile Electrical room at gridline 5 -E, southeast corner 5% CH 1st X -A008 Black floor tile mastic Electrical room at gridline 5 -E, southeast corner 10% CH 1st X -A009 White paper material above drop ceiling Electrical room at gridline 5 -E, center of north side 35% CH Ist X -A010 Brown cove base mastic Hallway at gridline 5.5 -E, east of door ND , lst X -A011 Yellow carpet mastic Hallway at gridline 5.5 -E, east of door Trace CH 1st X -A012 2' x 2' drop -in ceiling tile Hallway at gridline 5.5 -E, east of door ND 1st X -A013 2' x 4' drop -in ceiling tile , with large fissure pattern Office at gridline 7 -F, southeast corner ND 1st X -A014 Brown cove base mastic Men's room at gridline 4-D, center of west wall ND 1st X -A015 2' x 2' drop -in ceiling tile with large fissure pattern Supply room at grid line 5 -D-E, center of south side ND 1st X -A016 Drywall and joint compound (composite sample) Storage room at gridline 5 -D-E, above ceiling, center of room ND ■ 1st X -A017 2' x 2' drop -in ceiling tile with large fissure pattem Room at gridline 3-C -D, center of south wall ND 1st X -A018 Yellow carpet mastic Room at gridline 3-C -D, behind doorway ''12 %CH -PLM 114 % CH —point count 1st X -A019 2' x 2' drop -in ceiling tiles Hallway at southwest entrance ND 1st :X-A020 Exterior plaster ceiling Outside southwest entrance ND 1st X -A021 Brown cove base mastic Large office room at gridline 1 -5, A-C, 4' north of center entrance on east wall ND 1st X -A022 2' x 4' drop -in ceiling the with small holes and fissure pattern Large office room at gridline 1 -5, A-C, 4' northeast corner ND 1st X -A023 12" duct system, foil and fiber material above ceiling Large office room at gridline 1-5, A-C, 4', 8' from northeast corner 30% CH 1st X -A024 12" duct system, foil and fiber material above ceiling Large office room at gridline 1 -5, A-C, 15' northwest of gridline 3 -B 35% CH 1st X -A025 Yellow carpet mastic Large office room at gridline 1 -5, A-C, center of south wall ND 1st X -A026 2' x 2' drop -in ceiling tile with large fissure pattern Room at grid line 3-G, northeast corner ND lst X -A027 White paper material above Supply room at gridline 4-E, center of east side 50% CH Key: • = % of asbestos, CH = chrysotile asbestos, ND = none detected G: \Sto \xe oxveyon.da Page 1 DAMES & MOORE TABLE 1 (CONTINUED) SUMMARY OF ASBESTOS SAMPLING AND RESULTS XEROX BUILDING Floor Sample Number Material Description Sample Location Analytical Results* Notes (fl) drop ceiling I st X -A028 12" duct system foil and fiber material above ceiling Sun room at gridline 7 -1-1, center of south side 35% CH 1st X -A029 2' x 4' ceiling tile with small holes and fissure pattern Sun room at gridline 7 -14, center of east wall ND 1st X -A030 Drywall and joint compound (composite sample) Lunch room, southeast corner above ceiling tile <I% CH joint compound 1st X -A031 Beige sheet vinyl flooring Lunchroom at gridline 5 -D, center of east wall ND — Vinyl ND — Mastic 1st X -A032 Beige sheet vinyl flooring Lunchroom at gridline 5 -D, northeast comer of flooring ND — Vinyl ND — Mastic 1st X -A033 Beige sheet vinyl flooring Lunchroom at gridline 5 -D, southwest corner of flooring ND — Vinyl ND — Mastic 1st X -A034 Plaster ceiling on exterior canopy 6' outside northwest entrance ND 1st X -A035 Brown cover base mastic Hallway at gridline 6.5 -E, southwest comer ND 2nd X -A036 Yellow carpet mastic Hallway at gridline 6.5 -E southwest corner ND 2nd X -A037 Plaster ceiling on exterior canopy 6' outside northeast entrance ND 2nd X -A038 Brown cover base mastic At gridline 2 -E ND 2nd X -A039 Yellow carpet mastic At gridline 2 -E ND 2nd X -A040 Drywall and joint compound (composite sample) Comer of hallway at gridline 3 -D, above ceiling ND 2nd X -A041 12" x 12" cream vinyl floor tile Electrical room at gridline 5 -0, 2' west of northeast corner 5% CH 2nd X -A042 Black floor tile mastic Electrical room at gridline 5 -D, 2' west of northeast corner 10% CH Roof X -A043 Asphalt built -up roofing 8' from southwest comer ND Roof X -A044 Asphalt roof base flashing Center of west side ND Roof X -A045 Aspnalt built -up roofing 8' from southeast comer ND Roof X -A046 Asphalt roof base flashing Center of east side ND Roof X -A047 Asphalt built -up roofing Center of northwest edge ND Roof X -A048 Asphalt roof base flashing Center of northwest edge ND Roof X -A049 Black asphalt roof sealant 50' west of southeast comer 10% CH Roof X -A050 Black asphalt roof sealant 60' northeast of southwest comer 10% CH Roof X -A051 Black asphalt roof sealant Northwest comer 10 % CH 2nd X -A052 2' x 2' drop -in ceiling tile Halfway at gridline 4.5 -F ND 2nd X -A053 2' x 4' ceiling tile 8' south of gridline 4-G ND 1st X -A054 White paper material above ceiling Center of east wall 35% CH Key: + = % of asbestos, CH = chrysotile asbestos, ND = none detected Notes: 1. Sample X -A018 of yellow carpet mastic had a result of 2% chrysotile asbestos, the sample was analyzed by the EPA approved point count method with results of 1.5% chrysotile asbestos. Page 2 G:\SJDU{eroxlreport.doe DAMES & MOORE 1 t e 1 TABLE 2 SUMMARY OF LEAD CHIP SAMPLING AND RESULTS XEROX BUILDING Floor Sample No. Substrate / Component Paint Color Sample Location Results(% by weight for Lead) 1st X -L001 GWB /Wall White Room at gridline 5 -E, 4' south of northeast comer <0.010 1st X -L002 Wood/exterior trim Brown 6' outside southwest entrance <0.010 1st X -L003 Concrete/exterior curb White 30' outside southwest entrance <0.010 1st X -L004 Concrete/exterior column White 20' outside southwest entrance <0.010 1st X -L005 GWB /Wall White Northwest comer of large office room at gridline 5 -B <0.010 1st X -L006 GWB /Wall White Supply room at gridline 4 -E center of west wall <0.010 2nd X -L007 GWB /Wall White Lunch room at gridline 5 -D, center of east wall <0.010 Roof X -L008 Metal/Perimeter flashing Brown Center of east side of roof <0.010 2nd X -L009 Steel/Column White Column at gridline 3 -E <0.010 2nd X -L010 Steel/Stair railing Red At stair landing between 1st and 2nd floor 0.115 Notes: 1) The State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries (L&I) WAC 296 -155- 17609, paragraph 2(a) states that the regulations are in force where lead is present. A renovation/demolition project would include compliance with the worker protection standards for lead references in WAC - 296. 155 - 17609. 2) If a material is less than detectable level in one location and greater than the detectable level in at least one other location, the material should be considered a regulated lead- containing material. 3) Painted materials not sampled are to be assumed as lead- containing. 4) Regulated lead- containing materials are expected to have minimal impacts on the asbestos abatement project. Key: GWB = gypsum wallboard Key: * = % of asbestos, CH a chrysotile asbestos, ND - none detected Notes: 1. Sample X -A018 of yellow carpet mastic had a result of 2% chrysotile asbestos, the sample was analyzed by the EPA approved point count method with results of 1.5% chrysotile asbestos. G:\SID1Xeron4eport.doc Page 1 DAMES & MOORE G; OOS\SJa Xa xu or+.doo FIGURES 02285_01 CDR 0 0 Job No. 02285 - 056 -005 L�3 T. an, W z O c 0 a0 W O z J0 0. • W a Cn w 0 cn z O W m cn w ce 0 0 W Job No. 02285- 056 -005 0 0 0 o Q o p • • • C" i •- • • iTho Q 3 • Q $, x • ca C m J Asbestos sample location 8 Q 0 8 co as J CIS 7 zu. 0 V Ca 0 W a 2 co J co co uu W ce 0 0 Job No. 02285 -056 -005 APPENDIX A EMSL ASBESTOS ANALYTICAL REPORT EMS Analytical, Inc. ttn.: Steve Detlino amen & Moore Market Place Tower 25 First Avenue S ante, WA 98121 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) - POINT COUNT Performed by EPA 600!M4.82- 020 /ELAP 6.2.1 -6.0 Methods* 1001 Southwest BJkkitat Way, Suite 107 Sear*, Washington 48134 Plums (206) 233-9007 Fax (206) 233 -9011 Friday, July 03, 1998 Ref Number: SE981920 .Project: Xerox Bldg • SAMPLE APPEARANCE TREATMENT Ya8 I1 easedIDissohted ado enea ASEIMMA NoNasirSTO TYPE' % REROUS % NONMEROUS 1.6 %Ctuyei e • ! 10.% Cellulose 6o.5Xi Adhesive i ! � s • heterogeneous &unplee es* separated he s bsjnples, and Iio• layered samples, such convenes is analyzed separately. to number of separable subeamples. lyzed by ELAP 10e-1 IvlWad Ap Signatory Cliaddoont PUA has been Mown 1p min aaeeatea Ins sod pomade of MOW rthidt wad madam THIS nagarra P• melds amnia Depaasnitoad. Mot dos end Wino MSS Ss Odd! WO altar (OW orY Th, above OdMarlwhinonybMearWeed. This nand may only e.,.prodassdhAil *II Wien y ropp wlby DAL The dose tnt mad not ba used Mymadant10 Ode wand andotambo lbr POMP nor any nom" dths UMW Maim OevartNwK ? "MAP' Zapata loth HVLAP boo natal amain at Ida ens Mouton to be ward Labanloty is not teapotubis brew clammy of Hauls When Nguema to phoOdy wand, and babas Wood IPA minis pertained W tame Sands (MAP AhasldaulaeQwa111) .,._, -- --.. , 1 �1 SL ANALYTICAL, INC. CHAIN OF cUstobV LEAD % AS8ES 04 ]Aa.Ls tKQcistPtt_mY.,.R1o,awdlleate tgVU2s m 2 tt.1gi1, m 3 4oi9 Utft to tentative: Your Cor'1l erey Name: Addrece�' I City/State: Zip Phone rtnaiutts to: -1-r„-e_. Telephone Telephone Project Nb _71TLIt 1- DS etNumher: %e roil( a•"' 14-'1 ^ S d?1meLIr4 2 J' IRCLE ONE) 3 limn- 6 Holm 12 Ilotte Fax Results to: _.'M•, -- D2'/. o' Fax 1: Purchase Order 11: 48 flour 72 Hour [f Day 8-i0 Dye _,...�.. ;: it • _ a • _ 'ANALYTICAL FiI-" EPA SW 46.7420 -3060A g 0.01% t._.. UMiL ___ ...4 Load hp ,Leta • • � • . NIOSH 7002 EPA 9W849- 7420.3050A 10 ugllittat 12 ugtw1pe TEM - Du : ullc Lead In TCLP Ult. TEM - Dus — SW846 t311t7420 d.dm Ii(pinn) ----4. Tiia In S * -► EPA SW84 - 7420 -3050A 11110licy -Soil S r • o nt' , aunt YQl�y1 Lead &stn - .1' .. f►fia AM LYTiCA METhO N agiErMaUfar # TEM - Air I; AMERA 0.00 eiders TEM - A r Yantate LV H N10514 7402 • Variable; 0,005 strfco Vatfabte; only atPPlfuan couetfed TEM - Alr ji TEM - Du : ullc Qualitative (Presence/Absence) Quantitative Quantitative - Chatfield al"-- TEM - Dus — TEM - tit_ h: PC �•_ c 'i• N10611 'MOO '�...�- * -► EPA 600 .. S r • o nt' , aunt O • Ss� Atilt i 1 m t VD m�Om O ' –Lott al"-- IPZUMMICIIIIIMMI O i� Z-1 111077iv_ cs'i./ , r ....►11003511W#...' Cottttnued o Ftellnquisheciil Sent via IC1► Received • rA r Is artang "(tlrar Ah wllh nny' . y Tye): t: y( Ex. Uri. t!3 Malt, Courier, St- gr: Passe 1 of oatinite e:__,. -3 4 ? S 7 . t S' OA/ OateiTlm.: e- sed on Working Mourn M.l+, 8AM - 5PM. After hews, weekend and holiday rAT *ate CALL for ants (A S160 Lab OpQnhtq Fee is Standardl- lyticxl Methods toed YRetc avallobto through our vradonwide nohow* of lsboret'o,fel, nlras• root tostfnnxt EM ti SAMPLE . X-A001 nalytical, Inc. iAtin.: Steve Delliino Games at Moore !' 00 Market Place Tower 025 First Avenue eattle, WA 98121 1001 Sasrthwestt Xtkilat Way, Saito 107 Seattle, Waskbigrofr 9S134 Phone.(206) 233 -9007 Fax (206) 233.9011 Thursday. July 02. 1998 Ref Number: SE981886 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 6001R-93/116 Method" Project Xerox Building AMPLE LOCATION APPEARANCE TREATMENT K TYPE % RBROUS % NONFSBROtiS NONASBEST rJS OffJtrhlte Teaaed1Dtssolved Non- Fbroua Homogeneous 3% Claysotile 5% Cellulose 10% Quailr 82%1I6ryVbinder Blade Fibrous Homogeneous Teased/Dissolved 10% Chrysotib 5% Cr:Stdos* 85% diva X,A003 Tan/Whits Fibrous Layers s TeasedlCnnhed Note Detected 30% Cellulose 50% Gypsum 15% Glass 5% Faint/Coati! 7 X,A004 ll' Tan/Whits Fibrous • Heterogeneous Teased/Crushed Nome Detected 30% Cellulose 28% Pew 10% Glass 30% SYndiado foam 5% Paget/Coating X.A006 TareWhte Fibrous Heterogeneous TesserlOvehed Non Detected 30% Oarless 25% Pegs 10% Glass 30% Synthetic foam 5% Paint/Coaling 11 Browet • Na ous Homogeneous ; Teassdlftssalved N. Detected 8% Celulose 2% Fibrous Talc 90% E:, It .h 0. Comments: For alilobv1ously heterogeneous samples *ask sepal Into subsamples, and for layered samples, oath component Is analyzed separately. Also, RIP of Layers versa to nuns of separable subsmtplee. • NY samples also (analyzed by ELAP 180.1 Method Note — Joint Con-Pound Contains < 1% eh:yc is f L /,..j • WV 411110110°. ..v:. Ap Signatory Ondei rat PLM Me been Snow be mia Uba foe Yt. Maag p«conta$s of samploe when contain estmena.1hus went PUd muds wow b• puranbed. Floor tee. a n d WWI oh- be WWI w i l t e t h e r $ S 4 'Ma it* atomU Yet l m only to the Rama tooled. The rwpan meg arty be rapredoon In hi nePnwritten tomtit by 4 L The above Sat mint not be wed by Int dent to dotty data endowment W PMJP nor a w sauna/ of ties United Cube do err md, Al'7MJIP° repay wit eMAP bqs mg wait as bast one sow* b be vol. Ubaratry i not.4 ., ,., fee do aoaegr ar reauY wAan nsl� b ph * warm and aura *wed asaiolaa WMM..w4w..wd 1,. l.,w v�..r� 1 EMS li l! .; SAMPLE ;�• Analytical) Inc. Attn.: Steve DeUina Dames 8t Moore 500 Market Place Tower 2025 Frst Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 1001 Southwest A7 ckitat Way, Suite 107 Seattle, Washington 88134 Phone (206) 233 -9007 Fax (206) 233 -9011 Thursday, July 02, 1998 Ref Number: SE981886 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 6OOVR- 83/116 Method" COCA 770N APPEARANCE Project Xerox Building SAMPLE TREATMENT A 96 TYPE . NONASBESTOS RBROLUS % NONRERR IS X.A007 I • dl whlio Non us Homogeneous Teased/Dicsohred 5% Cltry$obla 5% Cellulose 15% Ousts 75% VinyVbi - • x.A0o5 g • g1acs T Teased/Dissolved 1 1096 Cnrysotlb 5 5% Cellulose eS%Mt�esiw • L H Homogeneous N 1 X.+A009 i � Ted 35% Cluysol ie 5% Cellulose 50% Other I l . Fibrous 10% Glass ttiomogenoous .. :r__..._� X-A010 t Saran - • Teased/Dissolved None Detected 3% Cellulose 95% Adhesive -- ' Non-Fi3xous 2% Fibrous Talc Homogeneous ` X-A011 Yellosl. Non- Flsrous X-A012 Comment= For Also, • NY samples Note: '° Joint GreyMttle Fbrose Homogeneous Teasedloissotwd 10% Cellulose 90% /4dheelve Teased/Crushed None Ostscied 30% Cellulose 20% P.me 20% Glass 20% Synttla ham 10% Paln Cai11r heterogeneous samples essay separated into sutlsarnples„ and for layered samples, each oomponeru to enalyzad separately., to number of separable subsamples. by ELAP 198.1 kiedsod Contains a 1% CfsrysoPlie Judith ; ummings lirst WedMm.re PW teere>w OMNI aeyee.tbeeloe be sad pwardeo etswipes votiidt Mdbe VIM MOWN MA r. a* amid ' be guessed. Mote SO bad 14ers should t.%WA WM Wet Ilibt est TM The *mew report Mike en* be the bees VOA 'hie report =ref be reproduwe M RA Ws uses, award t e r Bbl The m a d e k i t be used by the Met le debt pred+d.slas.rex*W ' IMRf' nest Wit mangy at to t!r>rsdlbMoe contrast. �u NA Af�' marls Nn gatJ169 bps ew.tmnfait at tenet one *VW, d be AU 1 t.aborsto y Is not moons/ to bt ma =A y at moult when hgweted vfawos5r tenets ardently= brood swirls.. 17 L,J..' M II2COMIN • 2 :r__..._� X-A010 t Saran - • Teased/Dissolved None Detected 3% Cellulose 95% Adhesive -- ' Non-Fi3xous 2% Fibrous Talc Homogeneous ` X-A011 Yellosl. Non- Flsrous X-A012 Comment= For Also, • NY samples Note: '° Joint GreyMttle Fbrose Homogeneous Teasedloissotwd 10% Cellulose 90% /4dheelve Teased/Crushed None Ostscied 30% Cellulose 20% P.me 20% Glass 20% Synttla ham 10% Paln Cai11r heterogeneous samples essay separated into sutlsarnples„ and for layered samples, each oomponeru to enalyzad separately., to number of separable subsamples. by ELAP 198.1 kiedsod Contains a 1% CfsrysoPlie Judith ; ummings lirst WedMm.re PW teere>w OMNI aeyee.tbeeloe be sad pwardeo etswipes votiidt Mdbe VIM MOWN MA r. a* amid ' be guessed. Mote SO bad 14ers should t.%WA WM Wet Ilibt est TM The *mew report Mike en* be the bees VOA 'hie report =ref be reproduwe M RA Ws uses, award t e r Bbl The m a d e k i t be used by the Met le debt pred+d.slas.rex*W ' IMRf' nest Wit mangy at to t!r>rsdlbMoe contrast. �u NA Af�' marls Nn gatJ169 bps ew.tmnfait at tenet one *VW, d be AU 1 t.aborsto y Is not moons/ to bt ma =A y at moult when hgweted vfawos5r tenets ardently= brood swirls.. 17 L,J..' M II2COMIN • 2 X-A011 Yellosl. Non- Flsrous X-A012 Comment= For Also, • NY samples Note: '° Joint GreyMttle Fbrose Homogeneous Teasedloissotwd 10% Cellulose 90% /4dheelve Teased/Crushed None Ostscied 30% Cellulose 20% P.me 20% Glass 20% Synttla ham 10% Paln Cai11r heterogeneous samples essay separated into sutlsarnples„ and for layered samples, each oomponeru to enalyzad separately., to number of separable subsamples. by ELAP 198.1 kiedsod Contains a 1% CfsrysoPlie Judith ; ummings lirst WedMm.re PW teere>w OMNI aeyee.tbeeloe be sad pwardeo etswipes votiidt Mdbe VIM MOWN MA r. a* amid ' be guessed. Mote SO bad 14ers should t.%WA WM Wet Ilibt est TM The *mew report Mike en* be the bees VOA 'hie report =ref be reproduwe M RA Ws uses, award t e r Bbl The m a d e k i t be used by the Met le debt pred+d.slas.rex*W ' IMRf' nest Wit mangy at to t!r>rsdlbMoe contrast. �u NA Af�' marls Nn gatJ169 bps ew.tmnfait at tenet one *VW, d be AU 1 t.aborsto y Is not moons/ to bt ma =A y at moult when hgweted vfawos5r tenets ardently= brood swirls.. 17 L,J..' M II2COMIN • 2 Analytical, Inc. Attn.: Steve0etlino Dames & Moore 500 Market Place Tower 2025 Frst Avenue Seattle. WA 98121 LOCATION 1001 Southwest Xi ckitat Way, Suite 107 Seattle, Washington 98134 Phony (206) 233-9007 Fax (206) 233 -9011 rHUc. 03 Thursday, July 02, 1998 • Ref Number. St?981886 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 8001E-931116 Method* APPEARANCE Project Xerox Building SAMPLE TnE men. AfiegraDli TYPN NCNASBESTO$ % FIBROUS % NONFIBROL!S X,A013 L !X,4014 Ted Fibrous Homogeneous None Detected 30% Cellulose 20% pass 20% Perris 25% Syndeek foam 5% Paint/Coating Brous ' Non-Fibrous Homogeneous Teased/Dissolved None Detected 5% Cellulose 87%Adhesive 5% Glass 3% Fibrous Teta X-1095 Rams Homogeneous None Detected 30% Cellulose 20% Glees 20% pogo 20% Synthetics faar 10% Print/Coati TariNAlte. Fibrous Layers# TessedfCtushed No Deeded 30% Cellulose 50% Gypsum, 15% pass 5% Paint/Coating it • C,ornmarax For 4 obviously heterogeneous samples easily separated Into eubsomples, and for leysmd samples, each component te enelyzsd tepa Also, "0 of Lnysr+ Were to number of sup rabls subsampiea. • NY samples slob Endyzed by MAP 198-1 Method Note: " Joint Coinoound Contains < 1% Chrysedle GmytWhite Fibrous -. Homogeneous Yelaw Non-Ftious Hotta eased/Crushed None Detected 30% Cellulose 20% Glass 20% Mite 25% Synthetic foals 5% Paint/Coating Leased/Dhasolved 1314o Celulone 857E Adhsslve Juditti;Cummings • Indyst Al.• • • i• e Oacb routs rt ha nee ban Wan to odes Mesita In • wed perarttepe d atinclee whirl, cab& ablaut Theo negebm pW nabs cannot bet Quwrvrad floor tree eat vtipee should too Noted WM aloe NM or WM. the ewe neon mod Wessel aroy to true tame restart TN, "pat rttay o. be reproduced In as wit arisen unproven by BAIL The oboe Mat mart not be used by Cue caws a d product ondorssaient by POMP IVY any a g e n c y at tie Wiled scree Govwrrnart. N RWi "rperta wen MAP tow mat * Id teal Eta eianaae a be veal. Laboratory b not reepenatM ter eta eootaeoy of feuds ■Awn nqueded to" sprite end may= layered eairoaw. AnIQ I i oaia n eel by SW% el femnlde fNUt mg to ...• me." 3 1 LI 0 EMSIJI Analytical, Inc Attn.: Steve Deign Dames & Moore 500 Market Place Tarsier 2025 First Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 • 1001 Southwest Ifliekitat Way, Salle 107 Seag, Washington 98134 Phone (206) 233-9007 Fax (206) 233-9011 Thursday, July 02, 1998 Ref Number: 5E981886 POLARLZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 600/R-93/116 Method* Project: Xerox Building SAMPLE SAMPLE j. LOCAnoti APPEARANCE TREATMENT TYPE % REMUS % NOMMEN 'S A,2fillaQ,S hafr32/1=2,1 • X-A01 9 X-A020 X-A021 GesyrWhie Falcate Homogeneous TessecitCrushed None Detected 30% Cate 20% Perste 20% Glass 25% Synthetic f' 5% PeintrOesti Off-whiterarey Nonfibtous Heterogeneous Crushedintssobted None Detected <1% oolitic** fbaiti Omura 35% Other 5% PidralCoethvg X X.A023 X-A023 GRAY FELT 13newp Non-Fames Homogeneous Cruelled/Dissolved None Detected e IS codas. 85% Adhesive 15% Other WhitaA3E-cridis Ebro= Heterogeneous essed/Dissolved None Detected Tan/Sgver Rams - Layers 0 Teased 40% Cellulose • 25% Other 30% M. Wool 5% Paint/Cos* None Detected 75% Cellulose 10% Adhesive 10% Glass 5% Other • Grey Woes tayers 0. Teased 30% Cellulose 15% Adheshte 25% Milt Comments: For (*vim* heterogeneous samples amity separated kite subsampies, and for tayemd samples, each cOnconent 10 analyzed suParatelY- •Iit of refers to nurnber at sepershie aubsemples. • • NY samples stili analyzed by EtAp 1984 Method Not= " Joint Corti Contains < 1% Wyse* :1: atyst Approved Signatory O t s c i u l t a u x PLM h e s b l a i W G eiweetteetoe In seed parogrisrq of 4611131muticts °YU" "whew& TliA IWO" KM 'mu" °Iv* be gamete& Moor gee merlins *NM be mete me dew Sal or lbe goes Wet repot% mire ado, to Wee Wit& TM mom _mar a./ itionblicbd VMS loth uriese spread by MIL The AMP test oat nal be mod by V* dant to dim foodect eacestemerd by tb/LAP ter any wee dee used storm goverrlynalL 1MAIP tip& Mit MO bee melt MOM lust one atibills• b• void tabotlitcy Is not tuporinkis ler bib womb* II midis whin requested to physic* samirat• and Matti IlMared eaffmia• 4 EMS ',, Analytical, Inc. Attn.: Steve DeWno Dames & Moore 500 Market Place Tower 1001 Southwest KI1ckltat Way, Suite 107 Seattle, Washington 98134 Phone (206) 233 -9007 Fax (206) 233-9011 Thursday, July 02, 1998 r4UC a/ I! ° ' is SAMPLE • f.VL.J . 1141 , .. V. •VG 1\er Number S 981686 Seattle, WA 98121 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 6001R- 931116 Method* Project Xerox Buliding . • SAMPLE MIES= naii4Saglita LOCAnON APPP?4RANC6 TREATMENT % TYPE % RBROUS % NONFIER S Ta&Sg+ier Flame Layer's IS 2 Teased . X-A024 None Detected 75% Cellulose 10% Adhesive 10% Gass 5% Other X-A024 GRAY FELT Gray Fibrous Layers s 2 Teed 35% Clays:Ails • 34% Cellulose 10X'gdhpt++, 2596 Other t---- -- , X-A025 i Light Brown Non-Fibrous Crush edlt essotved Nona Detected 5% Cell 90% Adhesive 5% Other i f I X•A02S • BrownfOrkitiltli Fibrous Heterogeneous. easedKrusNed None Deteded 25% cellulose 5% Other 40% Mkt. wool 5% PalnUCoatrr 25% Pans X••AOZT i • ii Gray Fb ous Horropaneotes Teased . - 58% Ctiryeol8e 5% Cetiu9oee 45°!6 Other 1 X-A020 1 I i• Corttmenter For e°�t, Also, * of Layers1 • NY samples atad+, Note: " Joint • • I. Tatt#Siher Fibrous Teased Nona Detected 75% Cellulose 10% Adhesive 10% Gime 576 Other • • .: samples easily separated into stheattpies, and for layered samples, each component b analyzed separately. — to number of separable subsarnples. . .. - . by ELAP 198-1 Method • • • Contains e 1% ClayscWe • 1 :a .• ; I . — - Approved lYSt + t • • Signatory DUnaisae Pt» hos boon Smon to mi.s nnosetw rn a risel pMOanl+pa a1 semshos otdch =OM ro+$m. me NOM- PLM mut: salmi t» aerJ+wa. visa aao Ana *Ei s *mad be MOW van S I sea a Tani.1 *am teat mod midge ony b Me iis+o. Metal This moat 5 p-- MY w nprmmad in h4 wilh ddion s moTsid ty tMrst. TM ream tad mud not be wed by h Oat to des product M Massaienl by ddm UMW WmQmommmMtAa9 C1Kl�P* mynas wthtMM (000ewi�t WAWA d Wed one drams Mb•m i u O'd�yrotaPnrtl.aril.802.+.4(!,MI swt,M,f.vUwMtav sumac and awns INand.inda. r..uc. uo E1VdSl nalytical, Inc. Attn.: Steve Dellino • Dames & Moore 500 Market Place Tower 2025 Fjrst Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 1001 Southwest K1ktilat Way, Suite J07 Seamtle, WaskingYon 98134 Phone (206) 233-9007 Fax (206) 233 -9011 Thursday, July 02. 1998 Ref Number: SE981$86 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 80018. 931116 Method* Project Xerox Building • SAMPLE AfillS2122S P4ONASBESTOS SAMPLE ': LOCATION APPEARANCE 'TREATMENT % TYPE % RBROUS % NONAERO X-A028 GRAY FELT Grey Frlhrous Layers • Teased 35% C1hrysoble 25% Cellulose 10% Adlhear —� 30% Other X-A029 Whitel01140r Fbrous lfeterogeneauo asedessolved New Detected 359E Cells 30% Penis 25• Alen. WWot 576 Other 8% PairtlCostir X-A030 White/Brown Fibrous Haterogonsous eased/Crushed 4 1% c uysotile 15% Celhitote 74% Gypourn 1% Glass 296 Ma 9% Other O a/Gr y Fitrrorrs Layers * Otesoived/Teesed Nora Detected 20% Cduloao 35%Vtreyll1siltdet 3% Synthetic 40% Other 2% Glass 1 kia.sTKq . X 1. L Comments; For BA Alma, yi of Uyet • Na' samples aie4: Note: "Joint Ten Non-Fibrous Layers 4. Offvedte Grey Ryon W * Oissolved/Crushed Dissolved/Teased None Dateded None Detedad 3% Cellulose 80% Adhesive 17% Other .29% Cellulose 35% Vkeyatiodsr 395 Syrdhotio 40% Other 2% Glass heterogeneous senate easily separated Into auburn**. and for laysted samples, each component le aettlyzed separately. to number *Irreparable suhsomplee. by ELAP 198-1 Method Contains 4 194 C hrysot1t ter • . atyst ns n+edeinrsruthes bean Wan awtorMOWN In a small peroentsse of samplet eMbb =Mtn asbestos. Thus nevem PM muds metal by ors ■resi poor eft and Wyse there te wee sift abut tit or T8A. the weave Ire rotes emblem a is to meson taste ne'sps+ ow rip be rnt9roaroed in sit sot shun warovel bh'r9tsL the abtne Net roust not be used by the dent lo dist ptmd s+daeemere by MV P P nor any s e e m d the U M W laid.. Govsnnl .t Al 9M.AP" repot° Oh MM P boa newt comb a Is.i au sioneluit to be veil. taYareary is not wpaisibls ror the amtraey d mate stem neseseled lo physically separate end makes layered seflphee. Mang, performs! MfrUSI. sitars* thM)19Ar•fedsusr"NMI* 6 Analytical, .Inc. Attn.: Steve DelMo Dames & Moore 500 Market Place Tower 2025 First Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 1 001 Southwest Slkfi tat Way, Suite 107 Seattle, Washington 98134 Phone (206) 233 -9607 Fax (204) 233 -9011 Thursday, July 02, 1998 Ref Number; 5E981886 Af*Ys• oerfornmet B,r PI A%1 f►eIPM«r.. nMn • 0 Uw w I w. ••w.,,n ... POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 600/R- 93/118 Method* Project Xerox Building ' • SAMPLE WM= =MESTO SAMPLE ; LOCA77ON APPEARANCE• . 7RE4TiifJoNr % TYPE % REMOVE % NON IER011.7 X -A032 MASTIC1 Tan Non - Fibrous Layers 6 2 Dlssofved/Crushed ' None Detected 3% Cellulose 80% Adhesive 17% other • X-A033 Off-White/Drsy Fibrous lay+rs A 2 Dissolved/Teased Note Detected 20% Cellulose Viii 3% Synthetic; 40% Other 2% X-A033 MASTIC . • Tan • Non rous Leyas 0 2 Dissolved/Crushed • Nate Detected S% CeatAoss 80% Adhesive 17% Otter X81034 Het ogateous Nate Detected Phone Detected 95% other 5% Ps�Coatt>� X-A035 t7rotvn Norp ft ous Homocieneous Gruatted None Detected 6% Cellulose 90% Adhesive 576 other X,A038 : , : Light Brown Non-Firoua Homogeneous DissehredlCrushsd None Detected 1% Cellulose 9� Otte•. i. I: Convnanb: For 34 Also, ll of Lsyeat ' NY samples else! Nc : " Joint • /.' 1 Woody heterogeneous samples filly separated Into subsumPing, and rot layered tramples, wish component Is . :- - . to number of separable. - -• by ELAP 198.1 Method • • - • Contains < 1 % Chlysodle • i .! • C -. • 1 r r g l l . ��OW �/ _ Approved . t Signatory pw l•Imra PU4 has boon goon b mw..moslos in • anal piroentage or aiapiw shish oatah abeam Ilia isogsgus PUI oasts cannot bu gun nen MQRoarwo and skies should b etowelWIoiwS U alai. IM above Sat Weil manias a =yg Wye emuISSO4 This roped 7 i mw m full mwin by Oda. Ito sbewlad mat not bewed bysirseemb do* product avianum+ntbr NNtAP nee arty / wow at sr UAW la0ltee�.11VI PP' mods vita ovule lop neat wain at kw* on.siprosa,at» void Af*Ys• oerfornmet B,r PI A%1 f►eIPM«r.. nMn • 0 Uw w I w. ••w.,,n ... 1 C EMU Analytical, .Inc. SAMPLE X-A037 37 Attn.: Steve Dellino Dames & Moore 500 Market Place Tower 025 First Avenue eattie. WA 98121 1001 Southwest X1kkftat Way, Suite 147 Seattle, Washington 98134 Phone (206) 233 -9007 Fax (206) 233 -9011 Thursday, July 02, 1998 Ref Number: 5E981886 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 600/R-93/116 Method* Project Xerox Building SAMPLE A MUM= LOC,ATTON APPEARANCE TREATMBVT % T % FIBROUS % NONFr8ROL 696 Wol1astontre 90% Adhesive - 5% Other 15% Cellulose 70% Gypsum < 1% ass* 16% Otter X-A041 4i I X-AO42 10% Gtrrysodle Comment= For at Also, "8 of Layesal! • NY samples alsgi No " Join -w 6% Wales* 20% Quartz 70% Vinyl/binder 6% ceiktiose 85% pldhesive . h.tamQsn.ous samples easily separated Into aubsampl.s, end be Waged sampiss+ aasclr somponsnt is snsbyz d l- number of separable subsamples. by ELAP 198-1 Method Cord:sins < 1% Ctuysods ununings st o =Ptun..b.e grsi..i ss . In smaipatarata•a WNW WWI oarrhe bs+sta..11asase+h+PUArookscannat Gu& r .nl.ed. Rot %kwnd vivo shwa to WWI skit . at. rESIAarMA .11».bowresinwtMikaaHbA.im.ta led.itisnport may atyaanproGoselin /uY will *Mom atom* Os!► .fl+o.bovetsa sot D ciao udard KV AF oar ow petal or 'mu twee oo+.uwaA4NMnaks below! � M v d lotorkay iv vet ressonsois tor b.aau..y or new %WM aq omosi a MtYMaiM mina" and In4Ift• Wend MOM M.iv[is o.rsymM M AMC? .4 R4004 now • e •t..-4 n. w, r....w.... 8 nalytical, Inc. ttn.: Steve Deigno Dames & Moore Market Place Tower First Avenue • eattle, WA 98121 mint 11 1001 Southwest Klickitat Way, Smite 107 Seattle, Washington 98134 Phone (206) 133- 9007 Fax (206) 233-9011 Thursday, July 02 1998 Ref plumber. SE981886 SAMPLE POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 600 /R- 93/118 Method* Project Xerox Building SAMPLE AS8ESTog LOCATION APPEARANCE TREATMENT % TYPE % MUMS % NONRBRt I Black Silver F7xous Layers. 3 X-A043 TOP 1 TeasadlaissoMed None Detected 15% Cellulose 80X.8 % other 15% Gass 10% PaInt Coetin , X,443 MIDDLE : Blame Fe ous Layers 0 3 • Teased/Dissolved Noe Detected 10% Cellulose 10% Quarts 10% Glass 70% Other X- A043 BOTTOM TaMillack Fibrous . Layers 0 3 Teased/Dissolved None Detected 5% Cellulose 80% Other 15% Glass : X. A04.4 1 Gtry/8ad ' N Layers • 3 sdaedlDasol�ad None Detected b% Cellulose ?.54 Quartz • 8% Glass 85% Outer _ X-A044 FELT & I TAR '° • • Blade Fibrous Layers 0 • 3 Tesssd/Dissaived None Detected 5% Calicoes 70% Omer 25% Gass X-A045 TOP BIsdr/SIyer Fibteeaa • Layers* TessedIOissolved • None Detected 15% Cellulose 80% Other 15% Grass 10% Comtn®nts: For al,, Nee, it of Layers i • NY samples atsai Now " ,pout • .. `. \7-h!.( Judith A A • .. • heterogeneous sampan ease y separated into subsamples, and for layered samples, sect component Is sniped separately. '. to number of separable subsamples. elysed by ELAP 198.1 Method • Contains < 1% Chtysetile • /1 ; .4::.' `•4 • ummings 4/ Ap • • • tyst Signatory • Disclaim= PLM hes byre Meese retes mberdos In a wag peroatNve oreereplee MI& aerate eebeM,. Them negrNe PUP reeub come be guarenieed Roar Oat and ulpee Gael be anted ooll eS+er 684 or Mt The above teat repot relates ar4 to to beam reeled Ms rspart • 9 may once be rapromned kr tit a* widen ep by SUSI. This elbow sect out not be used by ire darter dint product meoraeawr by N wary apaKyceheUM1Mae wt.Aff JJir report Ode lM# love Mai aaualater.etMID octi netrarms b rear._' ANies e Derfarmdal bv IWO MI.dA-"RA i• •rww4 ..a �++w.•�. f EMS1 maul IL Analytical, Inc. Attn.: Steve Delfino Dames & Moore 500 Market Place Tower 2025 First Avenue able, WA 98121 • SAMPLE LOCATION X-A045 M1019. X-A045 BOTTOM X•A046 TOP 1001 Southwest Marital Wavy, Suite 107 Seattle, Washington 98134 Phone (206) 233-9007 Fax (206) 233 -9011 Thursday, July 02, 1998 Ref Number: 5E981886 .POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 80WR- 931198 MethodiP APPEARANCE Wad( Rams Layers 0 3 Project Xerox Building • SAMPLE MAE= NON 2110 OS TREATMENT % T % RBROUS % NONFtegoi eased/Dissolved Note Oeteded 10% calks. 10% Quartz 10% Glass 70% Other Tan/Black Fibrous Layers • 3 eased/Dissolved Nona Detected 5% OeAuksee 15% Glom Gm FOrrsous . Layers* Teesed/Dbsolved None Detected 10% Cellulose 5% Maas 25% Quartz 60% teams • X•AOde FELT Black Flaws Layers 0 Ted None Detected 1O% Cellulose 15% Glen 75% Other X -X047 TOP Fibrous Layers 0 • Natty Detected 15% Cellulose 5075 Other 9675 Glass 10% P* tjCeetjng 1 X.A047 MIDDLE Black Mow Layers 0 Teased/Dissolved None Detected 10% Cellulose 10% Quart: 16% Mara 08% Otter Comment: For hetittordeallOWS samples amity separated Ida stsbsamples, and for layered samples, esdi car penert is aid se ktrately. aka. 40 of Lsyetuti to number of separable aubsampise. - NY samples alas act by ELM 1951 Method No '° Joint • • Contains < 1 % t hryzottw Judith r ummings • Oi.Wkee>c R ! l hes born n W ohs to see ssbsstbs in sweat poboespe d moles Wadi mean ssberba Hale napssl re P1i1 owls moot be qus►erMad Roar lies er d*pu should be baked wMt Maw s8t or1101.111e above MO report Align only b e10 esmha b 1st This sport nosy NV be remoeuus4 b fullest write ammo, by 19114L TRR above led must net be used by ire climb a dales puoAuid andarese rs by NAM nor ow egaiq of to Weed Siam Gmwnmsnt All 9MAyripens yob rMAP brio oust dodssn al sweat ale alders§ b es r tabonlory( s not twang* la Ole Kong domes when reprismsdsusWinker, wools and wake* wend a mOs. w Meianlvrd by O191. MIS •O •.• . -+ WM. rr...... 10 :EMU: nalytical, Inc. 1001 Southwest Illekntat Way, Suite 107 Seattle, Washington 98134 Phone (206) 233 -9007 Fax (206) 233-9011 ttn.: Steve Dellino ames & Moore • i 500 Market Place Tower go25 First Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 SAMPLE Thursday, July 02, 1998 Ref Number. SE981886 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 6001R- 931116 Method* Project Xerox Building SAMPLE MEM= NtSBESTO4 LOCAflON APPEARANCE • TREATMENT TYP % FIBROUS % NONRBROUS Nixer Detected .1L Comments: For al`;obviously heterogeneous sernp4a1 eloaYaeparstmd MEo aut la iy ea. and for land samples, lath component b anstirzod • Also, `r1 of t.ayarsllrafet$ to number of separable NY samples atsd :natyzed by ELAP 198-1 Method rote: " Joint Compound Contains < 1% Cttcysolla is dith urnmings Appr AI nlyst Sl9 o y • L +.ry oisdNnwr Pat has De rn meta br lip admen n • or parostta®s d *Min warn =kW aaAael -1hu. MOM MA reads avid wgr+r.+l..d, Row Oka trot *pm goad baWWItii+d waller11IL1Aa Mee wi report Mahe orgy tortettoer.%Mt The report may alt/ be ramrod fwd h Id watt mean approval by E1dQ1_ Tea ebaua tad feral not be uad by ye del to date product errdareanwtt try tMAr nor any avow at dr. UMW SmartClarem.rtNIMP mono Oft IMAPbpo mot oonten at hest one Arlen bb Mal51. Laboratory la not raopeatio kir accuracy n We Meoandan yze*wedsp t Anatole p a MAR a w 11 r8-44..1C 1 4 EMSLJ. ij SAMPLE? nalytical, Inc. ttn.: Steve Delgno lames & Moore 00 Market Place Tower 025 Rrst Avenue eattle, WA 98121 1001 Southwest 1C1tckttat Way, Siena 107 Sew Washlngton 98134 Prone (206) 233-9007 Fax (206) 233-9011 Thursday, July 02, 1998 Ref Number. 5E981886 POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY (PLM) Performed by EPA 600 /R- 931116 Method* LOCATION APPEARANCE Project Xerox Building SAMPLE TREATFI4 T ASS 96 TYPE tIONMEASI.122 FIBROUS % NONRBRO. X. Grey • Mous Heterogensous TiallediCrushed Nam Detected 25% C 10% Glass 25% Witt 3096 Synthetic to i 10% FaintiCosthi X4■063 Tanah to Fibrous Heterogeneous easedlGuehed Nate Detected 30% Cellulose 2396'P s 10% Glass 30% Synthetic roll i '6% Point/Coating Ofroaltte Fibrous • Homogeneous Tenet/Crushed Comments: For Also, •01 o� Laye • NY samples a Nobs `• Joint C • 't 6% Cellulose 60% Other lb/lowly heterogeneous aaarglies =sly separate Into subtramples, and for layerod satnplca, 'edit campmate is analyzed separately. e6ers to number of separable subsamP s. analyzed alyzed by BAP 140-1 Method • jpound Contains < 1% Chysctilo :ummings atyst • oHddl.ne Ptsl hub/9n hfinen oa new elbow 111 e dnrda ptioontr se et umptesveldt =MN arboes& Ttesrnpee+e Payt mob owes be auerieleed. door Iles 'MAW 'Mold bd tweed web eerier raga orTO+l 1bd mtim tmdt apart ralMes only b Me bur tddte& ltw (pate mar only beswprodod1 ,144 web melon doordvdty SCR. The ewe lot mull Miaowed ytieolintaddleinduc tordornnant loxrexsv enrage its UMW SAN Ga.mnwtA VAN" roraw MAP owtm�ti ,thntasb+.le•eovafd 'owleti not respapos wens ac urecyMe *ellenreomeedbphysic bminis enldndyzdWanedanoke. Andflee performed by ULU d tomtit (PNLAP Air and aukMUM. 12 G:tiaOS SJD X v caoc APPENDIX B EMSL LEAD ANALYTICAL REPORT cnt Piece, NY 3rry111a, GA 809 - 668 -4000 516 -097 -7251 770458.0181 Dames & M or 500 Market face Tower 2025 First A nue Seattle. WA 1 8121 Greensboro, NC Ann Arbor, MI San Meted, CA S. Pasadwa. CA Sastlla,WA 010297.1417 313468.6610 650 - 670.5401 213. 254.0082 7/1/98 Reference No.: SE981884 Attention: Steve Dellino ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY (AAS) LEAD (Pb) IN PAINT SAMPLES METHOD SW846- 3050 -7420 Project Xe ' x Building ACCREDITATIONS: i+IVLAP #200019.0. ELPAT ID N21010 Samp I, ID I Sample Weight Volume . Dilution Concentration Results (mglkg) (ppm), <100 Results (iii weighs X4L0 0.2100 50 • 1 0.00 <0.010 X-L.0 0.2010 1 0.10 <100 <0.010 X-LO • 0.1899 50 1 s ' 1 0.20 <100 . <0.010 X-L' i 0.1990 50 50 1 1 0.00 0.00 <100 <100 <0.010 <0.010 X4.111- 0.1998 • X-LO; .. .0.2073 a0 1 . 0.00 <100 <0.010 X4.0 il 0.1962 •50 1 0.00 <100 . <0.010 X- LO Ir.: 0.1909 50 1 �.-._ 0.20 <100 <0.010 X-L0 ih. • 0.1991 50 1 0.00 <100 <0.010 x- LO:1'1 0.1083 60 • 1 1 2.50 0.00 , 1154.2 �e 10 {tg 0.115 <10 Ng EMS!. B nk 0 50 ACCREDITATIONS: i+IVLAP #200019.0. ELPAT ID N21010 L. Ci • C7 t (717:4 1 aJ LJ r.v.. u G. PMSL ANALYTICAL, INC. EMSLRepre enhtfw: {� Your pany Name: Pa it" Addni i City to: Phonl4tesuits to: Tatepijhree (t: Pro(ac Name/Number: et 'Turn /round T ms: (TAD (CIRCLE ONe :i Al LEAP SAMPLES CHAIN OF CUSTODY LEAD / ASBESTOS Bin to: Fax Resatts to /12-e/,« o Fax At Piirchass Order*: 3 Hour a HOW' 12 Hour 44 Hour 72 Hour 6 Deis 6-10 Oays 1 Lea Lead , Wipe EPA SWE4C- 74204050A NIGH 7082 EPA SW846- 74203050A SW846- 1211/7420 Lewd jt So11 ASB EPA SW846- 74203060A 0.01% 10 ug elter 12 uglwipe TEM Ir TEM Ir . ustil3ulit AHERA Yalu LV 11 N108H 7402 hate (Presence/Absence DEC 10N L./PAT 0.00$ striae Vodable; as Variable; only s rsgucn counted.. NIOSH 7400 EPA 600 Conti Ret Sant ;lac on Page 2? f ( ) Yes (} :shed ay:. (C1rds typo : F Ex. PS. US Mall, Court eat By: Page 1 of .. Oatsl tms: 6 -�G -98 :'S .,Q,/ Other: • Oatsmni : '�. _ • • I • T Is Based on Working Hum fa*, BAM - SPM. After Itows, weekend and holiday TAT please CALL for .., _ngaments (A 5150 Lab Opentatg Fee Is Standard). . `* erAnalytkal Methods and Tests available through our nationwide network of laboratories please call th any questions) 1 bu► .� i 1 i 1 GO APPENDIX C AHERA BUILDING INSPECTOR CERTIFICATIONS DAMS & M0ORZ • :" ".'• • :•:**.'1. • : • • Addendum No. One To The Bidding Documents For XEROX CORPORATION TUKWILA CBU RENOVATION Tukwila, Washington 08 September 8, 1998 Project No. 950.2398.00 Archlteriors 9696 Skillman Suite 255 Dallas, Texas 75243 This addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the Bid Documents dated 21 August 1998 as noted below. This addendum consist of _ pages. A. Project Manual 1. Re: section 08450: All Glass Entrances and Store Front Add to documents 2. Re: section 10400: Identifying Devices Add to documents B. Drawings - Architectural 1. Re: sheet A3 Lower Level Floor Plan - Construction a. Delete Sheet A3, replace with revised Sheet A3 dated 08 September 1998. 2. Re: sheet A16 Elevation, Enlarged Floor Plans, Site Plan a. Insert Sheet A16 revision 1 dated 08 September 1998. 7183 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 2 Li 1998 PERMIT CENTER JEFFREY A. STEWART STATE OF WASHINGTON Ai Project No. 950.2398.00 ADDI - 1 08 September 8, 1998 DGI�- X221 SECTION 08450 - ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications 2. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware 3. Section 08800 - Glazing 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Aluminum Association (AA): Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Specifications: 1. A36: Structural Steel 2. A164: Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Steel 3. A165: Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium on Steel 4. A167: Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 5. A480: General Requirements for Flat- Rolled Stainless an Heat - Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 6. B209: Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 7. B221: Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wires, Shapes and Tubes. C. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1: Code for Welding in Building Construction. D. Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association (AAMA) 605.1: Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Extruded Aluminum. E. Copper Development Association (CDA): Standards Handbook - Copper and Copper Alloys. F. Federal Specification (FS) TT -P -645: Primer, Paint Zinc Chromate, Alkyd type. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Criteria: 1. Furnish steel stiffeners, thickened extrusions, reinforcing, etc., as required to meet manufacturer recommended design criteria. Al Project No.: 950.2398.00 08450 - I CBU Tukwila Washington 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Show plans, elevations and details, including thickness of metal and glass, methods of glazing, anchoring, fastening and joining, hardware, weatherstripping, caulking, trim and accessories, and other pertinent data and information. B. Samples: Minimum 6 inch long bottom rail showing cross section finish. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fabricator /Installer Qualifications: Minimum two years experience in fabrication and installation of systems of similar nature as required herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Blumcraft of Pittsburg. B. Falconer Glass Industries C. PPG Industries, Inc. D. Virginia Glass Projects Corp. E. Substitutions: Under Provisions of Section 01630. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. All -Glass Entrances and Storefront: 1. Top and bottom fittings: (a) Style: No. as shown on drawings (b) Construction: Extruded aluminum clad with polished chrome US3. 2. Glass: Monolithic'/" clear tempered as specified in Section 08800. 3. Finish Hardware: (a) Concealed overhead closers: Rixson - Firemark Number 0708 or accepted substitute, automatic 90 degree hold -open, with Number 147 bottom pivot. (b) Manual Locking: Adams -Rite deadlock mounted in bottom rail, key operated one side, thumb turn other side, both leaves at pair of doors, refer to Section 08710 for cylinders. (c) Push and Pull: Per Section 08710 and Hardware Schedule. 4. Thresholds: None 2.03 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221, 6063 -T5 alloy and temper extrusions. B. Steel: ASTM A36. Al Project No.: 950.2398.00 08450 - 2 CBU Tukwila Washington 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Zinc or cadmium plated steel in accordance with ASTM A164 or A165. B. Weatherstripping: Replaceable, non - porous, polymeric material. C. Zinc Chromate Primer: FS TT -P -645. 2.05 FABRICATION: A. General: 1. Fabricate doors with continuous top and bottom fittings. 2. Completely assemble doors at factory, with top and bottom rails bonded to glass and deadbolts installed. If size is excessive, assemble at factory, then disassemble for shipment. 3. Prepare fittings and glass to receive hardware scheduled. 4. Complete cutting, drilling and fitting prior to treatment and application of coatings. 5. Finished assemblies shall be straight, true and square, with smooth, weathertight hairline joints and surfaces free from waves, buckles or other defects. 6. Provide weatherstripping at head and sills of doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Use skilled mechanics under supervision of manufacturer's representative. B. Install in accordance with approved shop drawings, and manufacturer's instructions, with items plumb, level, with accurate alignment and proper clearances. C. Isolate dissimilar metal from contact with aluminum by use of bituminous paint or zinc - chromate primer. D. Vertical joints: ' /2" open. 3.02 ADJUSTING: A. Lubricate and adjust door to operate smoothly. B. Adjust weatherstripping to contact appropriate surfaces and form seal. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Clean exposed surfaces as directed by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Al Project No.: 950.2398.00 08450 - 3 CBU Tukwila Washington c SECTION 10400 - IDENTIFYING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Indicate complete fabrication and installation of each of the dimensional lettering. B. Samples: 1. Each selected paint and ink color and finish, size 6" x 6 ", on appropriate material. 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Coordinate installation of signs with other related work. B. Field verify measurements of building and existing sign components affecting sign fabrication or placement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR DIMENSIONAL LETTERING: A. Manufacturer: Karman Ltd. Architectural Signs or acceptable substitution. B. Type: 400 -D Series Dimensional Letters. C. Material: Polished Acrylic with Matte Painted Face. D. Fabrication: 'A" thick. E. Graphics: Refer to Drawings and Graphic Conventions. F. Finish: Refer to Graphic Conventions. G. Installation: Pin mount with 3/8" spacers, no exposed fasteners. 2.01 INTERIOR GRAPHIC CONVENTIONS: A. Signing must follow the templates in font, color and size. Template will be provided by architect. B. THE DOCUMENT COMPANY font is Walbaum; the XEROX logo is custom. C. The XEROX logo must be the same height as initial capital letters T, D and C in THE DOCUMENT COMPANY. D. The colors are Black for THE DOCUMENT COMPANY, Pantone 032 Red for XEROX, and the Digitized "X". Al Project No: 950.2398.00 10400 -1 CBU Tukwila Washington 2.03 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE: A. Manufacturer: Andco Industries Corporation. B. Type: Custom Fabricated Aluminum/Plastic Face /Interior Illumination C. Graphics: Refer to Drawings and Graphic Conventions. D. Transformer: In Letter E. Letter Depth: 8 Inch 2.04 EXTERIOR GRAPHIC CONVENTIONS: A. Signage must follow template in font, color and proportion. B. Xerox Logo is custom C. Acrylic and Aluminum Housing color is Pantone 032 Red for "Xerox" and Digitized "X" 2.05 FABRICATION: A. General: 1. Fabricate work true to shape and size, with straight lines and square comers. 2. No exposed fasteners are allowed. 3. Fabricate materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommended techniques. 2.06 FINISHES: A. General: Coatings, when cured, shall be visibly free of streaks, sags, blisters or other surface imperfections. Coatings shall match approved samples in gloss and color. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine substrates for conditions that would interfere with successful execution or performance of signage work. B. Report such conditions to Architect. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install signs plumb, level and secure in accordance with Drawing details and manufacturer's instructions, and in true alignment with related and adjoining work. Al Project No: 950.2398.00 10400 -2 CBU Tukwila Washington B. Where signs are not dimensionally or relatively located, Architect will provide installation locations in advance of installation. Do not install any signage elements without clear instructions. C. Clean signs and supports free of adhesives, dirt, debris, fingerprints or other matter. D. Replace signs damaged during installation with new signs, Unless otherwise directed, leave damaged signs in place until replacement signs are ready for installation. END OF SECTION Al Project No: 950.2398.00 10400 -3 CBU Tukwila Washington • THE DOCUMENT C JI IPANY THE LJ JCUMENT COMPANY XEROX XEROX THE DOCUMENT COMPANY THE DOCUMENT COMPANY XEROX XEROX THE DOCUMENT COMPANY THE DOCUMENT COMPANY XEROX XEROX THE DOCUMENT C0MPANY XEROX THE DOCUMENT C0MPANY XEROX THE DOGUMENT COMPANY XEROX THE DOCUMENT C0MPA"'iY XEROX THE DOCUMENT C0MPANY XEROX 4ir 0 LOWER LEVEL PLAN ,v6rE , 7ENAeVr it-7/45:f-D/14E./.17- ,eY • • mr / —D - 490 - REIT! • ■„, G IVf3 nN 44A tiGJ.5 . S%UGZS 5HAI:7 eX0V147E ; ;4X CC N5T2 =/ = s`-.7" /70 Gc) L ( • H rCh' /4' FUJN;,, amOiOfnollimI11Vai■~NN■iin� ( '1'1'1'!'1'1.. gSTZT (� testa 2¢6" ac4Z:r h6` e3 w>rE>� LINE atpi, • a ': Cr gra t•Ccl1C rra.,,�c A" .0. 4 r ACC ccr,(;Xws r C /L1t15 433,.-Tv7z .I ENtriSrE ent.°7LcT zo7a48 2A7+� S. th City of Tukwila Fire Department Far 0. Bach klypr Mort 11. C7,* ey Fin Oat, Fire Prevention Bureau March 9. 1979 Al Pieper Building Department City of Tukwila Re: Xerox Dear Al, In reviewing the above mentioned project plans, please note the following: Per UFC Sec. 10.104(b), "All doors in or leading to exits shall be maintained openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort at all times when the building or area served thereby is occupied." 2. Per UFC Sec. 10.113, "At every required exit doorway. and wherever otherwise required to clearly indicate the direction of egress, an exit sign with letters at least 6 inches high and readily distinguishable shall be maintained.' 3. Walls to be fire stopped per UBC Sec. 2517(f). Where attic spaces are fully sprinklered, attic spaces formed of combustible construction shall be divided into horizontal areas not exceeding 9000 square feet by partitions extending from the ceiling to the roof. 5. Maintain sprinkler protection for all enclosed areas. (Includes under stairs) Extend sprinkler coverage to include all canopies, entry -ways, foyers, etc. which are completely or partially constructed of combustible materials. 6. Hose stations are required per City Ordinance 1730. 7. Fire extinguishers shall be provided per HFPA 110. as a minimum requirement. Install six 21/2 gallon pressurized water units and six 2A -10 B:C "All- Purpose' dry - chemical units. I DONALD BOWMAN, A.I.A. a J RODERT L. RAM r Oty al llamas R• Derartrnwt. 444 Andover Park Fiat. Tukwaa. Wattikgkn get as (206) 575 -1401 Z 0 Z 8. Per NFPA requirements. extinguishers with a gross Z weight of 40 pounds or less shall be hung so that V the top of the extinguisher is not higher than 60 Q inches above the floor. Extinguishers weighing more than 40 pounds, shall be hung so that the ?� top of the unit is not higher than 42 inches above the floor. a Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in W plain view (if at all possible). If not in plain u4 view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, = > 'FIRE EXTINGUISHER' with an arrow pointing. 9 Fire hydrants are required as detailed in City Ordinance 1729. 10. Protective guard posts or curbs are required around all gas meters. electrical vaults, sprinkler valves and hydrants. e/ mentioned project. Please include these comments in your review of the above W Yours very truly. JH:vma James A. Hoel Z cc:TFD file Fire Marshal J W Z > N #Geri H. GarAey ;re Creel t Fire Prevention Bureau March 9, 1979 Re: Xerox bove mentioned project plans, please note ec. 10.104(b), "All doors in or o exits shall be maintained openable inside without the use of a key or al knowledge or effort at all times building or area served thereby is ec. 10.113, 'At every required exit and wherever otherwise required to ndicate the direction of egress, an with letters at least 6 inches high ly distinguishable shall be maintained." be fire stopped per UBC Sec. 2517(f). is spaces are fully sprinklered, attic rmed of combustible construction shall d into horizontal areas not exceeding re feet by partitions extending from ng to the roof. W 1— cc sprinkler protection for all enclosed Includes under stairs) rinkler coverage to include all canopies, s. foyers, etc. which are completely lly constructed of combustible materials. _ ions are required per City Ordinance 1730. )1 nguishers shall be provided per NFPA 110, mum requirement. ._ NT ix 2y_ gallon pressurized water units and +f O All-Purpose" dry-chemical units. B:C I OD CD R. Dpse rt, 441 Armor Park East TJaAa. Waeninpbn MN (206) 575 -104 Z Ili.. .._ .. 0 1— Z equirements, extinguishers with a gross 1 Z 40 pounds or less shall be hung so that !1/)� the extinguisher is not higher than 60 Q ve the floor. Extinguishers weighing n 40 pounds. shall be hung so that the �J unit 1s not higher than 42 inches above ers shall be located so as to be in jP W (if at all possible). If not in plain shall be identified with a sign stating, > HGUISHER' with an arrow pointing. w nts are required as detailed in City J 1729. J (/ I ?V I11 7Z _ guard posts or curbs are required gas meters, electrical vaults, sprinkler ,hydrants. e comments in your review of the above Yours very truly, Janes A. Hoel Fire Marshal N Q fi OrL d z X o. 0 '. Ca �e-�e.■4 12 MIN. 6" MIN., 4" MIN. TO BUILDING 12 MIN. PLAN VIEW ELBOW DOWN 36-48" 30' -45 BEND END VIEW SIDE VIEW 6" MIN. NOTES: 1. DESIGN FOR 4" THRU 10' DDCV. 2. SEE ATTACHED NOTES AND MATERIAL LISTING. City of Tukwila DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY AND VAULT _YQt t DATE: 11/26/96 WS-11 _b ATEEIAL LISTING; 1. 3/4" SHACKLE ROOS WITH STAR BOLTS ANO ASPHALT EMULSION COATING. 2. 4 MIN. D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE. 3. PRECAST CONCRETE VAULT WITH HINGED STEEL PLATE COVER, DIMENSION TO VARY WITH SIZE OF ASSEMBLY. 4. 0.S.H.A. APPROVED LADDER IF OVER 30" DEEP. 5. PIPE SUPPORT STAND UNDER EACH CHECK VALVE. 6. COPEER OR BRONZE BYPASS WITH AN APPROVED DCVA. 7, 3/4 WATER METER. 8. APPROVED DDCVA IN MAIN LINE WITH TWO RESILIENT SEATED SHUTOFF VALVES AND TEST COCKS. g. 10 ", 8 ", 6" OR 4" COUPLING ADAPTER, FL 10. 10 ", 8', 6' OR 4 "FLEPE 0.1. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH TO FIT. 11. GROUT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ALL AROUND PIPE USING NON- SHRINK GROUT. 12. 10 ", 8 ", 6" OR 4" GATE VALVE FL•MJ WITH POST INDICATOR VALVE. 13. FLANGE TEE ASSEMBLY SIZED ACCORDINGLY. 14. FLANGED 90" BEND. 15. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE FL-FL 16. 4" OR 6" 90" BEND, FL. 17. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE, FL "FL 18. 6' 90" BEND, FL 19. UL LISTED 5" STORTZ CONNECTION WITH 30 OR 45 DEGREE ELBOW. 20. 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH AS REQUIRED FL-FL 21. 6" 90" BEND FL. 22. SWING TYPE GRAVITY OPERATED CHECK VALVE WITH BALL GRIP VALVE TO BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY. 1 r I; se to i • I V SIC 1. BACKFLOW PREVENTORS SHALL BE FESCO /806 OR APPROVED EQUAL 2. SIZE VAULT BASED ON SIZE OF APPARATUS AND MEETNG MINIMUM CLEARANCES. 3. A SEPARATE DETAIL PLAN FOR VAULT INSTALATION AND SPRINKLER UNE MUST BE SUBMITTED ANO APPROVED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL PROIR TO INSTALLATION. 4. MINIMUM APPARATUS SIZE SHALL BE 4 ". 5. VAULT SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT WATER LEAKAGE. 6. LADDERS SHALL BE REQUIRED WHEN DEPTH FROM TOP OF UD TO FLOOR OF VAULT EXCEEDS 30 ". INSTALLATION OF ALL LAOOERS SHALL BE IN COMPUANCE TO 0.S.H.A. 7. LOCATE VAULT IN PLANTING AREA AND NOT IN PAVING AREA, UNLESS APP. 0VED. BY THE ENGINEER. 8. FITTINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI /AWWA C110/A21.10 AND CEMENT UNED (SEE APWA dt AWWA). 9. PIPE SHALL HE DUCTILE IRON MEETING ANSI A21.51, CL52 & CEMENT UNED. 10. TEMPORARY SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER VALVES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. AFTER COMPLETE INSTALLATION INSTALL PERMANENT PIPE SUPPORT STAND. 11. PROVIDE BALL DRIP VALVES ON F.D.C. CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY OR AT BOTTOM OF F.D.C. RISER. 12. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH ONE (1) 5" STORTZ CONNECTIONS AND TWO 30 DEGREE ELBOW. 13. ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING TO BE INSPECTED, FLUSHED. PRESSURE TESTED IN THE PRESENCE OF AN INSPECTOR PRIOR TO COVER ANO CONNECTION TO THE OVERHEAD SYSTEM. 14. UPON INSTALLATION, BACKFL.OW PREVENTION ASSEMBUES ARE TO BE TESTED BY A CERTIFIED TESTER AND ALL TEST -COCKS ARE TO BE PLUGED AFTER , THE TEST. THEREAFTER, ANNUAL TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED AT OWNER'S EXPENSE. AND COPIES OF TESTS RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. 15. CONCRETE VAULT • SHAL HAVE ONE 4' "4' OR TWO 3' "3. STEEL HINGED DOORS. 16. SACKFLOW P12OI,NT1Ory VPt -5 AND POST OR. WALL I•p,CA-T"INL YF}LVE5 SHALL 5E PR.oVIbED WITH UL CENTRAL STATIoN TAM PER 5UPERV15IoN 1908 City of Tukwila MATERIAL LISTING & DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK & VAULT ASSEMBLY NOTFESa DATE: 11/22/96 WS -1 1 NOTE ` 6" MIN.' 2" MIN. " IN 50' OF HYDRANT 12- MIN. 2 1,41N. TO BUILDING • • . 12- MIN. PLAN VIEW ELBOW DOWN 30*-45. BEND WAV END VIEW SIDE VIEW 6" MIN. NOTES: 1. DESIGN FOR 4" THRU 10' ODCV. 2. SEE ATTACHED NOTES AND MATERIAL LISTING. City of Tukwila DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY AND VAULT vot nATF. 11/26/96 Ws-1 1 MATERIAL LISTING; 1. 3`4" SHACKLE ROOS WITH STAR BOLTS ANO ASPHALT EMULSION COATING. 2. 4 MIN. 0.1. CLASS 52 PIPE. 3. PRECAST CONCRETE VAULT WITH HINGED STEEL PLATE COVER, DIMENSION TO VARY WITH SIZE OF ASSEMBLY. 4. 0.S.H.A. APPROVED LADDER IF OVER 30" DEEP. 5. PIPE SUPPORT STAND UNOER EACH CHECK VALVE. 6. COPEER OR BRONZE BYPASS WITH AN APPROVED OCVA. 7, 3/4 WATER METER. 8. APPROVED DDCVA IN MAIN LINE WITH TWO RESIUENT SEATED SHUTOFF VALVES AND TEST COCKS. g, 10 ", 8 ", 6" OR 4" COUPUNG ADAPTER, FL 10. 10 ", 8 ", 6" OR 4 "FL "PE 0.1. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH TO FIT. 11. GROUT INTERIOR ANO EXTERIOR ALL AROUND PIPE USING NON- SHRINK GROUT. 12. 10 ", 8 ", 6" OR 4" GATE VALVE FL'MJ WITH POST INDICATOR VALVE. 13. FLANGE TEE ASSEMBLY SIZED ACCORDINGLY. 14. FLANGED 90' BEND. 15. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE FL`FL 16. 4" OR 6" 90' BENO, FL 17. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE, FL•F]... 18. 6" 90' BEND. FL 19. UL LISTED 5" STORTZ CONNECTION WITH 30 OR 45. DEGREE ELBOW. 20. 6" 0.1. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH AS REQUIRED FL "Ft 21. 6" 90' BEND FL. 22. SWING TYPE GRAVITY OPERATED CHECK VALVE WITH BALL GRIP VALVE TO BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY. 1. BACKFLOW PREVENTORS SHALL BE FEBCO 1/806 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. SIZE VAULT BASED ON SIZE OF APPARATUS ANO MEETING MINIMUM CLEARANCES. 3. A SEPARATE DETAIL PLAN FOR VAULT INSTALATION ANO SPRINKLER UNE MUST BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED 8Y THE FIRE MARSHALL PROIR TO INSTALLATION. 4. MINIMUM APPARATUS SIZE SHALL BE 4 ". 5. VAULT SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT WATER LEAKAGE. 6. LADDERS SHALL BE REQUIRED WHEN DEPTH FROM TOP OF UD TO FLOOR OF VAULT EXCEEDS 30 ", INSTALLATION OF ALL LADDERS SHALL BE IN COMPUANCE TO 0.S.H.A. 7. LOCATE VAULT IN PLANTING AREA AND NOT IN. PAVING AREA, UNLESS APP „OVED BY THE ENGINEER. 8. FITTINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI /AWWA C110/A21.10 ANO CEMENT UNED (SEE APWA do AWWA). 9. PIPE SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON MEETING ANSI A21.51, CL52 & CEMENT UNED. 10. TEMPORARY SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER VALVES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. AFTER COMPLETE INSTALLATION INSTALL PERMANENT PIPE SUPPORT STAND. 1 1. PROVIDE BALL DRIP VALVES ON F.Q.C. CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY OR AT BOTTOM OF F.D.C. RISER. 12. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH ONE (1) 5 STORTZ CONNECTIONS AND TWO 30 DEGREE ELBOW. 13. ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING TO BE INSPECTED, FLUSHED. PRESSURE TESTED IN THE PRESENCE OF AN INSPECTOR PRIOR TO COVER AND CONNECTION TO THE. OVERHEAD SYSTEM. 14. UPON INSTALLATION, BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBUES ARE TO BE TESTED BY A CERTIFIED TESTER AND ALL TEST -COCKS ARE TO BE PLUGED AFTER THE TEST, THEREAFTER, ANNUAL TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED AT OWNER'S EXPENSE, AND COPIES OF TESTS RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. 15. . CONCRETE VAULT • SHALL HAVE ONE 4.'4. OR TWO 3'3' STEEL HINGED DOORS. 16. BACKFLOW PR..eO NT!ON V4WES AND POST OR WALL INpIC.4-71 N6, Y{}LVES 5HFILL BE PR.vVIbeo WITH UL C61ZRAL STATION TA'M PER 5UPERV151 ON City of Tukwila MATERIAL LISTING & DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK & VAULT ASSEMBLY NOTF. S, •,,,. DATE: 11/22/96 WS -1 1 NOTE TO: FROM: DATE: c City of Tukwila John W Rants, Mayor Department of Public Works James R Morrow, RE., Director Brenda Holt, Permit Coordinator Joanna J. Spencer, Public Works Development Engineer June 18, 1999 SUBJECT: Xerox Bldg Revision No. 1 Permit Number: D98 -0291 Review Approval The above revision involves removal of the existing single check valve and installation of a new State Department of Health approved detector double check valve inside the existing fire vault. Revision has been reviewed and approved on approved on June 18, 1999. This approval has been entered into Sierra Permit System. JJS /j j s cc : Applicant (with copy of revised plans) Development File (with copy of revised plans) PW Utilities Inspector (with copy of revised plans) 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 433 -0179 • Fax: (206) 431 -3665 MEMO FOR RECORD From: Duane Griffin Date: 5/19/99 Subject: Xerox remodel (Draft Stop Issue) - D98 -0291 & J. Stewart's Ltr, dtd 5/7/99 After researching this subject in response to Stewart's letter it appears there is a problem related to draft stop requirements in the floor ceiling assembly on the first floor of the building: 1. There are now no draft stops that are required by UBC Sec. 708.3.1.1.3. 2. The first "specific issue" in Mr. Stewart's letter is not accurate. Building Inspector Cockerham wrote this discrepancy up on ceiling cover inspection reports on 4/15/99 and 4/16/99, not on a final inspection. The issue was discussed with the job superintendent on 4/15/99 and a copy of the inspection reports were left on site. This was prior to any office furniture or occupants being moved back into the area. 3. The second "specific issue" is not accurate. Paragraph #5 of the Fire Dept Review letter, dated 9/2/98, specifically calls out the provisions of the Building Code and Fire Code for draft stops on this project. In addition, in response to the statement that the requirement had not been noted in previous inspections, there is no reason why it should have been noted before that inspection. 4. Mr. Stewart's statement that draft stops were never constructed during the original construction is questionable. We don't know that draft stops were not installed at the time the building was originally constructed. There was a requirement for draft stops in the 1976 code and there is a note on the original plans that says "Provide draft stops in suspended ceiling below floor in accordance with Section 2517(02 UBC. I contacted Mr. Stewart by phone on 5/19/99, after I had received a couple calls from him and after I researched the subject, and told them that they were going to have to install draft stops in the floor /ceiling area of the first floor. He said he would pass that information on to his client. May 7, 1999 Mr. Dwayne Griffin Building Official City of Tukwila 6300 South Center Boulevard Tukwila, Washington 98188 Fax Number: 206 - 431 -3665 RE: Xerox Tenant Finish Out Project 6400 South Center Boulevard City of Tukwila Permit No: D98 -0291 Existing Condition of Non - Compliance Dear Mr. Griffin: RECEIVED MAY 17 '1999 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT On behalf of our client, Xerox Corporation, we respectfully request your consideration in the acceptance of a specific field condition which bas been identified by the City of Tukwila Building Inspector as Non Compliant with the governing building code. Brief Project History: • Original building built in 1979 • Current renovation is for Interior finish out of 2 floors • Project is phased in iwo phases, Phase i — First Floor complete, Phase II — Second Floor just started • Building has been continually occupied during renovation. Specific Issue: • During Final Inspection of Phase I, City Inspector noted a requirement for Draft Stops in the ceiling /floor cavity per Section 708 of the Uniform Building Code. • Requirement had not been noted in previous inspections or during a plan review. • We have verified with Mr. Bob Benedicto in the Plans Review Department that the governing code at the time of construction of the original building was the 1976 UBC. Archlteriors 9696 Sld!!mc,n Sutte #255 Architecture 8c In ten- Ior Design Dallas Teocas 75243 214- 349 -3032 FAX 214 - 349 -3035 Mr. Dwayne Griffin City of Tukwila RE: Permit No: D98 -0291 5/7/99 Page 2 • Draft Stops were required under this edition of the UBC. • Draft Stops were never constructed during the original construction creating as existing condition of non - compliance. Current Request: • As per Section 3403.2, the current governing UBC allows for modifications to an existing building "when such addition or alteration will result in the existing building or structure being no more hazardous." • The ceiling /floor cavity is not used as a return air plenum. • The . building is fully sprinklered including sprinkler heads within the floor /ceiling cavity. • The current renovation has not resulted in the building being more hazardous. And, the current design has potentially created a Tess hazardous environment by improving the direct routes of egress and adding a new double check valve to the sprinkler system. • Request is to allow the building to remain non - compliant, with respect to the existence of the draft stops as per the provisions of Section 3403.2 of the UBC. We appreciate your consideration of this request and are available at your convenience to answer any questions you may have. Respectfully submitted, Archlterio s ey A. Stewart, AIA, IIDA incipal cc: Ray Walter, Xerox Jack Beaudoin, Turner Construction Larry Hutchinson, Turner Construction Lee Whaley, Archlteriors Peter Petruzzi, Archlteriors City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Public Works NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY PERMIT ACTION TO: Permit Center FROM: " Public Works Engineering DATE: \ February 5, 1999 SUBJECT: Xerox 6400 Southcenter Blvd. Permit No.: D98 -0291 Contact Person: Jeffrey Stewart Phone: (214) 349 -3032 Ross A. Eamst, P. E, Director THE FOLLOWING PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT ACTIVITY HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS APPROVED ON FEBRUARY 5, 1999: Permit Fee Storm Drainage (Modification to Existing MH) 25.00 Fire Loop (DDCVA replacement outside the building) 25.00 TOTAL $50.00 Two copies of the confirmed Utility Permit Application and plans are attached for inclusion in the permit file. JJS:ad cf: Development File (with copy of application and plans) PW Utilities Inspector (with copy of application and plans) Finance Dept. (with copy of application) (doc278) AgM Cnnthnontor Rnnlovard Cn #o .it 1 nn • T,,Ludla W,chlnotnn OR 1 RR • Dhnnn. I )A1 AQQ.n 170 • Lo,.. MfA) A? 1_1A/.0 Archlteriors Date: To: January 15, 1999 Kelcie Peterson City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 206 4313672 We are sending you: X Attached The following: X Drawings Copy of letter LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Project No.: Re: 950.2398.00 Xerox Tukwila Renovation Under separate cover Specifications Shop Drawings Other Samples Copies Date 4 11 Jan. 1999 Revised Plans Sheet P 1.0 Transmitted: For approval Remarks: For your use For review For information Signed: Lee Whaley Copy: File RECEIVED 011Y OF TUKWILA JAN 1 5 1599 51errcL 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 Dallas, TX 75243 214/349 -3032 Fax: 214/349 -3035 Archlteriors Date: January 13, 1999 To: Kelcie Peterson City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tuk ila, Washington 98188 206 4306-72 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Project No.: 950.2398.00 Re: Xerox Tukwila Renovation We are sending you: X Attached Under separate cover The following: X Drawings Specifications Samples Copy of letter Shop Drawings Other Copies Date 4 11 Jan. 1998 Revised Plans Sheet D2 Transmitted: Remarks: For approval For review For your use X For information Signed: Lee Whaley Copy: File RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AN 5 1999 PERMIT CENTER 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 Dallas, TX 75243 214/349 -3032 Fax: 214/349 -3035 City of Tukwila John W Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director 1908 December 28, 1998 Jeffrey Stewart, AIA Archinteriors, PLLC 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 Dallas, TX 75243 Dear Mr. Stewart: SUBJECT: CORRECTION LETTER #2 Development Permit Application Number D98 -0291 Xerox 6400 Southcenter BI This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your application for development permit can be approved. AM correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed review comments from the Public Works Department. At this time the Building Division, Fire Department and Planning Division have no comments regarding your application for permit. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your review does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation, please submit four (4) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a Revision Sheet must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions please contact me at the City of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431- 3671. Sincerely, Brenda Holt Permit Technician Enclosures File: D98 -0291 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431-3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 Archlteriors Date: 16 December, 1998 To: Kelcie Peterson City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98118 206 - 431 -3672 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Project No: 950.2398.00 Re: Xerox Tukwila We are sending you: X Attached Under separate cover The following: X Drawings Specifications Samples Diskettes Shop Drawings Other Copies Date Description 4 16 Dec. 1998 Sheet AO -A16 & D1 -D2 Prints for permit review. Transmitted: For approval X For information X For your use As requested Remarks: From: Lee Whaley Copy: File 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 Dallas, TX 75243 214/349 -3032 Fax: 214/349 -3035 City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director October 20, 1998 Jeffrey Stewart, AIA Architeriors, PLLC 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 Dallas, TX 75243 Dear Mr. Stewart: SUBJECT: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D98 -0291 Xerox 6400 Southcenter BI This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your application for development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed review comments from the Building Division and Public Works Department. At this time the Fire Department and Planning Division have no comments regarding your application for permit. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your review does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation, please submit four (4) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a Revision Sheet must accompany every resubmittal. 1 have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions please contact me at the City of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431- 3671. Sincerely, 2ida . ill-lt Brenda Holt Permit Technician Enclosures File: D98 -0291 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 4313670 • Fax (206) 4313665 DATE: PROJECT NAME: APPLICATION NO: PLAN REVIEWER: BUILDING DIVISION REVIEW Oct. 19, 1998 Xerox tenant improvement permit application D98 -0291 Ken Nelsen, Plans Examiner (206) 431 -3670 Please provide additional information and /or correction on revised plans for the following comments. 1. Identify how the exposed roof framing cavities above the upper floor area comply with Washington State Energy Code Section 1132.1, or show how framing cavities will be insulated to compliance with the referenced Code section. 2. Provide a plan verifiable lighting allowance schedule for new ceiling lighting or existing lighting alterations in compliance with W.S.E.C. Section 1132.3. 3. The combined occupant load for Closing Room 135, Demo Rooms 133 and 134 requires that door number 133A to the corridor swing in the opposite direction per U.B.C. Section 1003.3.1.5. The same requirement also will apply to door number 125C. 4. The combined use of the Learning Center Rooms number 130, 131, and 132 requires that exit access doorways be separated by 1/2 the diagonal in any configuration of the rooms served, see U.B.C. Section 1004.2.4. 5. The combined occupant load of Conference Rooms 103 and 104 also separately combined Rooms 106 and 107 are greater than 50 occupants each. U.B.C. Section 1004.2.3.3 will require two exits and again the exits must be separated by 1/2 the diagonal per Section 1004.2.4. No further comments at this time. Archlteriors Date: 9.22.98 To: Kelcie Peterson From: peter petruzzi Notes: Kelcie; This submittal is for the comments received on permit D98 -0291 MEMORANDUM Project No: 239800 Re: Permit review Page: 1 of End of Memorandum CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 2 4 1998 PERMIT CENTER A696 Skillman SI1ite 7.55 T1Al1AC TX 75741 214/349 -3037 FAY* 714/149 -1015 City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director September 10, 1998 Mr. Jeffrey Stewart Archlteriors, PLLC 9696 Skillman, Suite #255 Dallas, Texas 75251 Dear Mr. Stewart: SUBJECT: LETTER OF INCOMPLETE APPLICATION Development Permit Application Number D98 -0291 Xerox 6400 Southcenter Bl This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on August 27, 1998, was determined to be incomplete. Before your permit application can begin the plan review process the following requirements from the Building Division and the enclosed comments from the Public Works Department must be met. Building Division: Contact Ken Nelsen, Plans Examiner, at (206) 431 -3670 if you have questions regarding the following comments. 1. Verify compliance with W.S.E.C. on lighting. 2. Exposed roof frame must comply with W.S.E.C. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your revision does not required revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation please submit four (4) copies off each document. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431-3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 Mr. Jeffrey Stewart September 10, 1998 Page 2 In order to better expedite your resubmittal a Revision Sheet must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions please contact me at the City of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431 -3672. Sincerely, 'PLQ3biso-YL_ Kelcie J. Peterson Permit Coordinator Enclosures File: D98 -00291 City of Tukwila Department of Public Works John W Rants, Mayor PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT COMMENTS DATE: PROJECT NAME: PERMIT NUMBER: September 8, 1998 Xerox D98 -0291 Ross A. Earnst, P. E., Director PLAN REVIEWER: Contact Joanna Spencer at (206) 433 -0179 if you have any questions regarding the following comments. 1. The existing single check valve inside the fire vault shall be replaced with a State Dept. of Health approved detector double check valve assembly. The existing fire vault is located east of the driveway in the landscaped area. (Public Works detail enclosed). Please contact Chief Nick Olivas at (206) 433 -1859, Tukwila Fire Dept., regarding any other requirements or calculations for DDCVA replacement. The plan shall be prepared by a Washington State licensed Fire Prevention Designer. 2. Existing Type II Catch Basin located east of the driveway shall be upgraded to meet Public Works Standard plan DS -13. Frop tee shall be replaced, shear gate and steps shall be added. All remaining existing storm drainage catch basins shall be cleaned, vacuumed and re- grouted. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 433 -0179 • Fax (206) 4313665 Coara PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0291 DATE: 6 -7 -99 PROJECT NAME: XEROX Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter Response to Correction Letter # XX Revision # 1 After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works r,YS/ -f�q, Fire Prevention 1_7 ALOC,�OiG`�(l I Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) Complete Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 6-15-99 Not Applicable TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Routed by Staff No further Review Required (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 7 -13-99 Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR•ROUTE.DOC 6/98 Perryi C•oorot. Car Py PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0291 DATE: 6 -7 -99 PROJECT NAME: XEROX Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter XX Revision # 1 After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) Complete Incomplete DUE DATE: 6 -10 -99 Not Applicable Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Routed by Staff No further Review Required (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 7 -8-99 Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE: Approved Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR- ROUTE.DOC 6/98 PLAN RE� /ROUTII�G'SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0291 DATE: 1 -15 -99 PROJECT NAME: XEROX Original Plan Submittal XX Response to Correction Letter # 2 Response to Incomplete Letter Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Divi1 blic Works 5 G ist1-Goe 9-z S Structural rev iYl r Fire ntion Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) Complete , Incomplete n Comments: DUE DATE: 1 -26 -99 Not Applicable n TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route No further Review Required n Routed by Staff n (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 2 -23 -99 APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE: Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR•ROUTE.DOC 6/98 PLAN REV1EWIROLJTI�'SLrP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0291 DATE: 1 -15 -99 PROJECT NAME: XEROX Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter XX Response to Correction Letter # 2 Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works l�l g12. gFire Prevention q Structural Plar nin Division jj Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) Complete DUE DATE: 1 -19 -99 Incomplete Not Applicable n Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route n No further Review Required Routed by Staff n (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE: 2 -16 -99 Approved Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE: Approved n Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR•ROUTE.DOC 6/98 Pe.qgn C&wJ Con PLAN REVIEWROUTINe SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0291 DATE: 12 -17 -98 PROJECT NAME: XEROX Original Plan Submittal XX Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division V] Fire reve tion Planning Division P blic Works Stru�c�a� Z�/� Permit Coordinator ,.1. .15 (Z -2.2-61q iVt.- DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) DUE DATE: 12- 22=98 Complete n Comments: (67 nta /2-2P12 Incomplete la O Not Applicable TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route n No further Review Required Routed by Staff n (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE: 1 -19 -99 Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE: Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR•ROUTE.DOC 6/98 coopal PLAN REVIEW /ROUTINenIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0291 DATE: 9 -24 -98 PROJECT NAME: XEROX Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # XX Response to Incomplete Letter Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: uiring Division ce(ozo'_ Pi.j.blig ,W��orks (,CWI(.1O cP 1012--313. 5j ?- Fire revention q-Z-61v Structural fi4 Planning j Division fir 111.17 Permit Coordinator • DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) DUE DATE: 9 -29 -98 Complete n Incomplete n Not Applicable ❑ Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route No further Review Required Routed by Staff (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) REVIEWERS INITIALS: n DATE: OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved _ Approved with Conditions n �bIV eC{1 Ui REVIEWERS INITIALS: 1 Oil (O9-o1s DUE DATE: 10 -27 -98 Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved Approved with Conditions n DUE DATE: Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR•ROUTE.DOC 6/98 f?€p)1,jk Coovti. Copy PLAN REVIEW /ROUTIN' G SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0291 DATE: 8 -27 -98 PROJECT NAME: XEROX _EL_ Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator a DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) \dtel DUE DATE: 9 -1 -98 Complete Incomplete Not Applicable � -r C 4 in (Q(Y 1 2 0 I I ca .Of) Comments: : ---� -- m1 l -1 I. Ian TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route No further Review Required Routed by Staff n (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE: 9-29-98 Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved n Approved with Conditions El Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR- ROUTE.DOC 6/98 PROJECT NAME: Ye, ox _ PER,YrIT NO:. OgE3-D2C11 Site Address: &oyDO Jel1/43-k\rxex er B\ d. Original Issue Date: D -11-ci 9 REVISION LOG Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials Staff Initials Summary of Revision: Summary of Revision: Summary of Revision: Received By: Summary of Revision: QGJ' se, pto r, 0 e -'arc. proicctiorm vcw ins -hat 1 new PI7cA per G+ j o-F -Tv Kw; Ic . Received By: R A q 3.-b, , s ,e, (please print) Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials Summary of Revision: Summary of Revision: Summary of Revision: Received By: Received By: (please print) Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials Summary of Revision: Summary of Revision: Received By: Received By: (please print) Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials Summary of Revision: Received By: (please print) Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials Summary of Revision: Received By: (please print) Date: �� " O 1st CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Response to Incomplete Letter Response to Correction Letter Revision after Permit Issued Project Name: Project Address: Contact Person: Plan Check/Permit Number: r3 " ( C t- pc» Summary of Revision: R l? I e p i rl l Phone Number: Li Z S' 4 S 47,11 e c CITY OF T UKWII a 1 JUN n7;pyq REVIS1ONNOt Sheet Number(s) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions, Submitted to City of Tukwila Permit Center — ntered in Siena on (-1 -LH U60,6c. 3/4/99 twr CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development Building Division - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 DATE: 2/c/ 9 PROJECT NAME: X E LC) ?( C.13. (- PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER: D?8 - 02.. C 1 PROJECT ADDRESS: CONTACT PERSON: you R 1,00. 32.5 S r- -•-) ^ A-T- PHONE: Z l dl - 7 Y g - 3o I a REVISION SUMMARY: S: "4 Q4-.c ;di 1--•gtoi,-.. 2v60 • GI - 794 frt d t„ t=-Lc. Lo C4,(1-0;"1, S•6 2 e a• d.esta,'Poi�•an! aF �• S S1•C) e p t 4.A.44 1-EH 0 5'1999 PtJBL !c WA KS VED orry OFEIu ILA SHEET NUMBER(S) FEB -51999 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: PERMIT CENTER � ` \\\ 3/19/96 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development Building Division - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 DATE: 1- 15- PROJECT NAME: PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER: , CtrOZ9/ PROJECT ADDRESS: 6) W i 5OLt/kfl * 13/ CONTACT PERSON: Zoe Whaley PHONE: REVISION SUMMARY: correC +,O) Cetier- 12 dubfe Cflck k(ve deka° SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: CITY :.USE;ONLY. art OF VOILA i\ t6 r PERMIT cE TC t/1 Veriti Public ;.:Works 3/19/96 ( r CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development Building Division - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 DATE: PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER: 1715 -DZ;1 I PROJECT NAME: X PROJECT ADDRESS: Q H 4 WM r°.PfQ/' CONTACT PERSON: PHONE: REVISION SUMMARY: le ptn15,cC, -4o eb(iveC--f OK M(/ +z_ ikteA (z —zb -9t3 SHEET NUMBER(S) 171 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: Orri OF TUKVII A PERMIT CENTEF� . �..�1 GfA 3/19/96 9. CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development Building Division - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 DATE: 1 1" jleJf' PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER: pqs-ozoll PROJECT NAME: Ken* PROJECT ADDRESS: �!® CONTACT PERSON: PHONE: REVISION SUMMARY: ife5 pow 4o c&wec4fmi Iev 1 SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 1 7 1998 3/19/96 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development Building Division - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 DATE: q -29-8 PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT ADDRESS: 6 ®O *kith • CONTACT PERSON: A4(4=4 PHONE: REVISION SUMMARY: SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 2 1998 PERMIT CENTER SUBMITTED TO: I/:uGi (h "dLefR2./ 3/19/96 City of Tukwila la John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief June 16, 1999 Fire Department Review Control #D98 -0291 (512) Re: Xerox - 6400 Southcenter Blvd. Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised. (City Ordinance #1742) All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1742) (UFC 1001.3) Call the Tukwila Fire Department at 575 -4407 for approval of any system shut down. Have job site address, name and the Tukwila Fire Department Job Number available to confirm shut down approval. (City Ordinance #1742) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) 2. This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575 -4404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Page number 2 Yours truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575 -4404 • Fax (206) 57.5-4439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Fire Department Review Control #D98 -0291 (512) John W. Rants, Mayor Re: Xerox - 6400 Southcenter Blvd. Dear Sir: Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief September 2, 1998 The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall . be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) 2. Obstructions, including storage, shall not be placed in the required width of an exit, except projections as permitted by the Building Code. Exits shall not be obstructed in any manner and shall remain free of any material or matter where its presence would obstruct or Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) .57.5-4404 • Fax (206) .575-4439 • City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 2 John W Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief render the exit hazardous. (UFC 1203) Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of buildings. Aisles located within an accessible route of travel shall also comply with the Building Code requirements for accessibility. (UFC 1204.1) Combustible material shall not be stored in exits or exit enclosures. (UFC 1103.3.2.3) 3. Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1742) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) 4. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) aD Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, fsrp o pax ;t; Lions ` and roof coverings shall be mainta ned as Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 • City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 3 John W Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed,p imprpp 1 installed. (UFC 701) ////,/ %1c= �pz11�� This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending,on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Yours truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575 -4404 • Fax (206) 5754439 FEB -11 -99 THU 02:05 PM TURNER INANCE Dcparunenc of labor & Industrie.% Contactor Registration Soction PO Box 44450 Olympia WA 98504 -44S0 °r___._ -.. FAX :2065056655 PAGE 1 „_ _ REGISTRATION VERIFICATION TEMPORAR Y Rcgisurcd name ) , ..Larner .t'f�r..l �c11�' ( CA l.. LPL'• Ragi silo %mbar Regiiivrtiun expircit Contractor: Your Certificate of Registration will be sent from the Olympia office and should be received within 2 to 3 weeks. Please keep this record until you receive your Certificate of Registration. Casks aspires 4— lb Thal* you F67.5-036-000 rcgiseation v rif atom 12.911 (36)) 90-5226 FAX (360) 902-5228 aoLc2 • 43i • 'j35o ��� caC-F -tc..E. ALUMINUM FRAME —' 01 DOOR HEAD DETAIL _ 06 REVEAL DETAIL P, 3 . -T - 0 . 11 SITE PLAN SIDE ENTRANCE (ALTERNATE NO. 1) SCaI F !3z• - r-o• 02 DOOR JAMB DETAIL SCALE 9' -r -0' 5/9 "6, BD - FINISH AS 5LHEDIILED RE DRYWALL CORNER REVEAL -BLACK (TYP) O PAVEMENT TO MATCH EXISTING 5/5• 6YP BD - FINISH AS SCHEDULED ULED ALUMINUM FRAME GLASS AS SPECIFIED 03 DETAIL * WALL + GLASS WALL 04 DETAIL 0 WALL + GLASS WALL 05 DETAIL A GLASS WALL + COLUMN SCALE 3' - T-0• SCALE 3• -T -0' ALTERNATE CONTRACT WORK NOTED BY "0 ": O IN ALTERNATES OF BOTH PAVING OPTONS GENERAL CONTRACTORS CONTRACTORS TO INCLUDE CIVIL ENGINE GRADING, DRAINAGE AND PAVEMENT DESIGN 1/2' GAP WS" 6, BD - FINISH AS SCHEDULED 12 SITE PLAN SIDE ENTRANCE (ALTERNATE NO. 2) SCALE 3!32' -1' -0• NOTE: PROVIDE SEPARATION BETNEEN DISSIMILAR METAL.YP) 07 REVEAL DETAIL ' OUTSIDE CORNER 03 REVEAL DETAIL INSIDE CORNER 09 DETAIL WINDOW MULLION SCALE 3' - 1' -0• SCALE 3' - T -17 SCALE 3' - T -0' EXTENT OF BLINDS GAP GLASS AS SPECIFIED 1 /5• COMPRESSIBLE NC-OFRELE FILLER SLIP 1OINT DO NOT ATTACH 6DW TO STUD SCHEDULED PARTITION IS 6A. 6,V. METAL CHANNEL. PAINT BLACK I "X 3 -B /e "X3!32" ALUM. CHANNEL PAINT TO MATCH MJLLION COLOR PROVIDE SEALANL TO MATLN MULLION ®CHANNE'J SILL INTERSECTION 071 1 GLASS WALL AS SPECIFIED SCHEDULED 4" RESILIENT BASE SCALE 3• - T-0• 5/8 GYP. BD. PAINTED AS SCHED. 10 SECTION ® SHELVES Pl0 a`AI F NOTE: THE EXISTING TYPE II CATCH BASIN LOCATED EAST OF THE DRNEWAY SHALL BE UPGRADEC TO MEET PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD PLAN DS -13. FROP TEE SHALL BE REPLACED, SHEAR GATE AND STEPS SHALL BE ADDED. ALL REMAINING EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE CATCH BASINS SHALL BE CLEANED, VACUUMED AND RE- GROUTED NO SCALE EXISTING COLUMN SEE ELEVATION FOR # OF SHELVES 3/4" PREFIN. BOARD SHELF W/ MATCHING EDGE BAND ADJ. SHELF STD. & BRACKET 2' -0" 0.C. MAX. PROVIDE b • W 18GA. SHT. MTL. BACKING 0 2 -0" O.C. HORIZ. FOR SHELF STD. ATTACHMENT(MIN. SPAN OF 3 STUDS See Access Detail D -6. (I': , ,um pale .elded C vxedM�macMne i pna. TYPICAL FLOW RESTRICTOR INSTALLATION r Brno FeuMary a AAA. open AGUIRRE EINEMBEEMENEIZE PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: GITY TUKWILA SHEET,p! 1 51C.,"9 PERMIT CENTER D2 F 19 SHEETS, 4 • EXISTIIU&' THIS SITE PLAN IS FOR ENGINEERING ONLY INSTALLATION IS BY OTHER CONTRACTOR wsTiN G z EYJS ?1X16 J NOTES I. (6" DoCVALvE PER CITY OF TAKW\LR RE4. 2. ALL OS L Y VALVES MID PosT INDICRTOR TO HE MDNITCQteD 3. MUST ILE "STAMPED" BY 11\ISTAU.11J0. CoNITRck.TOR DIT6 Mf`001 A SPECIAL REDUPENEEN1S - LOW 5”C ire ❑ oAVANNED DrE IJ S:NFDAE 40 n GALVANIZED IDTRIGS SGCCOLE 00 ❑ GALVANIZED MANC.ALS tJ F. M MATERDL ❑ SPECIAL FIN lIrIGS ANY DESIGN CHANGES OR ADDITIONA, TERIAL REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT MUST HE CLEARED AND - :ORDERED THAD THE ENGINEERING 'DEPT CONTACT: PHONE: . FOREMAN NO 3 TV, Go, �• A +qe . D.tsTtiJ(r VAULT TD)3F R>:11stil if RED iFRip FCR 1JEW DD - VALVE. Caftte4C1. CAN BE MA1MTe4Nreo V L= i._ v NEV,/ STOW?... Co1J10 . At3D TAMPA 5tATCH EACKFLCN.J PReverstroo VAt,I\Es AND Posr oft tYALL f NOIcArINC, VALVES SHALL BE ?feoVlf,ED W ITYI 4L CSMTR L s1ATEor•1 TAMPER.. SLAP£RvistoN REVISION NO,3— Dq8 o Zcq GRI NELLL FIRE SYSTEMS SYE EMS rness sr Wm Om mime b M Fda. warca DSpats111101erdttsot���m "", a,,-Lards. A b sENW.anas and mMS- :Mich do not Wheats *Wow or aom' =d Ards or of s.11 my Da,�yn- .oueayde de �E ESt!s toady win nCrBtlof Ef, ditilaha or rations b thew &a wes after Ws Edo EA veld di acceptance and will require MOON el EOYHSi dominos for mbar questegpOSL Fool acomplitue tr f. VN sspteden tr aIs Putio orals a-ts take of - r ETF17o : VALE J vv 1H 1 PA S5 s / &" METER EYig11.3 r CdIEGK VALVES MD CONTROL Vl9\1ES TD 'lb 13E REt1OUCD MD REPLACED ■1TH NEVI/ B" DDC VALUE PER 0T1 DF TuE 1(A (SEE DETAIL SAW Pf}iJr Fix 4 INS srogz P/1.1Nr PIN MA EX1srft36F V+41-1 4A-TEL T16,Ftr 42 A.Db ' -Da4tN ottTLer. PERMIT CENTER s. 6ADD uTHCENTER BLVD DRA r 1itKWILAWA 4SISS ROD LEE 5Y oEUR�v,�oN todDEKGRouND D «E g SYSTEM DESIGN DATA .. ENS,,. c ., ._ -..- - - KE•hIT ov 12 RECE T CIN OF7UECNRf` tU• -1 1999 THE TUKWILA CBU RE OVATIOu )OCU'EN? Co XEROX TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ANY 6400 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 :Ar CHIrEC i chlteriors 9696 Skillman, Suite 255 Dallas, Tx 75243 ISSUED: 21 AUGUST 1998 INDEX OF SHEETS AO COVER SHEET A01 GENERAL NOTES AGUIRR Al LOWER FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION A2 UPPER FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION A3 LOWER FLOOR PLAN - CONSTRUCTION A4 UPPER FLOOR PLAN - CONSTRUCTION A5 LOWER FLOOR PLAN - TELE /DATA LAYOUT A6 UPPER FLOOR PLAN - TELE /DATA LAYOUT A7 LOWER FLOOR PLAN - REFLECTED CEILING A8 UPPER FLOOR PLAN - REFLECTED CEILING A9 LOWER FLOOR PLAN - FINISHES I l 1 1-/'ll v FINISHES vIV1 11-V A10 UPPER FLOOR PLAN - FINISHES All LOWER FLOOR PLAN - FURNITURE LAYOUT Al2 UPPER FLOOR PLAN - FURNITURE LAYOUT A13 ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS / PARTITION TYPES / DETAILS A14 ELEVATION / DETAILS A15 ELEVATION / SCHEDULES D1 DETAILS D2 DETAILS M1.00 SYMBOLS -F ABBREVIATIONS M2.1 LOWER HIGH PRESSURE DUCT PLAN By- M2.2 UPPER HIGH PRESSURE DUCT PLAN M3.1 LOWER MECHANICAL PLAN M3.2 UPPER MECHANICAL PLAN M4.1 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M5.1 DETAILS MECHANICAL E1.0 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES E2.1 LOWER LIGHTING PLAN E2.2 UPPER LIGHTING PLAN E3.1 LOWER POWER /TELE /DATA PLAN E32 UPPER POWER /TELE /DATA PLAN E4.1 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN E51 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENGINEER AGUIRRE 12700 Park Central Dr., Suite 1508 Dallas, Tx 75251 -t rr• -• S FILE COPY :a FLn C`x __ _. .. c- end emissions end ad of mak.* tls videtio . a aan.on amipt .': cf approved pie de diseoYdwd REVISIONS NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE SCOPE OF WORK WITHOUT PRIOR A "P.OV.AL OF TUKWILA BUILDING 01 ,'6':'N. SEPARATE FERM RED "' ED FOR: / MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ❑ PLUMBING ❑ GAS PIPING CITY OP TU:;':'TILA CITYOFTUKWILA PERMIT CENTER REVISIONS: 00 PROJECT N0: 950.2398 DRAWN BY BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 1998 CHECKED BY: SHEET AO OF 19 SHEETS 0 O O 0 0 o 0 1 II 1� I J II II I II I il I � I 7 - 71 - 11 - 1 - II II' III II I - 1 1 17 - - -4 -- _JL _ 11 II J li 1 TEL HONE � 0 I 11 II 1 II L 1 I I u T MME MMEI ELECTRICAL Is I LI - H.G. R. R. 117 I II I II I II II I II I I IL SPRINKL R ROOM 121 = = == MEN WOMEN STS. II$ 119 20 REST RO M REST ROOM 22 123 \'J 0 I �4 II I II II II r�,- SCALE VS' -P-0' 0 7 0 o 0 01 LOWER FLOOR PLAN DEMOLITION DEMOLITION LEGEND WALLS TO REMAIN - EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED DEMOLITION NOTES: (ALL NOTES APPLY; SPECIFIC LOCATIONS FOR NOTES ARE REFERENCED ON THE PLAN INDICATED BY " �� ".1 1. THE DEMOLITION DRAWINGS INDICATE BUILDING CONDITIONS PER EXISTING DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REQUIRED DEMOLITION TO COMPLETE THE WORK., WHETHER SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR NOT_ 2. PROVIDE COVERINGS FOR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DESIGNATED TO REMAIN TO PREVENT DAMMAGE. 3. ENSURE THAT UTILITIES REQUIRING MODIFICATION ARE TEMPORARILY OR PERMANENTLY DISCONNECTED AS APPLICABLE. 4. PROVIDE NECESSARY TEMPORARY SHORING, BRACING. SUPPORTS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 5. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO EXTENT INDICATED AND AS NECESSARY TO JOIN NEW WORK TO EXISTING. 6. EXERCISE CAUTION NOT TO DAMAGE WORK DESIGNATED TO REMAIN_ 7. DO NOT REMOVE MORE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION THAN IS NECESSARY TO ALOW FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 8. CONDUCT WORK TO MINIMIZE NOISE AND SPREAD OF DIRT AND DUST_ 9. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND CAPPED OFF AT THE NEAREST JUNCTION BOX WHEN EXISTING WALLS ARE DEMOLISHED, AND SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE WALL PATCHED WHEN EXISTING WALLS ARE TO REMAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED_ 10. DEMO ALL EXISTING WALLS EXCEPT CORE WALLS AS INDICATED. 11. REMOVE AND STORE EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES. 12. ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DOORS, FRAMES, DOOR HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL COMPONENTS AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS TO BE RE —USED WHERE POSSIBLE IN NEW CONSTRUCTION AREAS. 13. ALL RE —USED MATERIALS TO BE REFURBISHED, TOUCHED —UP OR REPAIRED FOR CONSISTENCY OF APPEARANCE WITH NEW PRODUCTS. 14. ALL EXISTING DOORS WHICH ARE TO BE RE —USED ARE TO BE REVIEWED BY T71E GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM THAT ONLY CHIPS, NICKS OF SUPERFICIAL SCRATCHES SECURE ONLY AT CORNERS AND TOP OR BOTTOM EDGES. SIMILAR IRREGULARITIES WHICH MAR ONLY THE FINISH WILL REQUIRE REFINISHING AFFECTED FACE OF DOOR. SCRAPES. SCRATCHES OR DELAMINATIONS OF VENEER DISQUALIFY MATERIAL FOR RE —USE. ALL APPARENT IMPERFECTIONS ARE TO BE TOUCH —UP AND REFURBISHED FOR CONSISTENCY OF STAIN AND FINISH. 15. DOOR FRAMES TO BE RE —USED ARE ALSO TO BE SURVEYED BY GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND ANY VISIBLE DAMAGE OR IRREGULARITIES WILL NECESSITATE THE REPAINTING OF THE ENTIRE FRAME OR THE PROVISION OF A NEW FRAME. 16. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE DEMOLITION TO CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL, LIGHTING, FINISH AND MEP PLANS TO VERIFY INTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN. 17. AT ALL LOCATIONS OF DAMAGED OR REMOVAL OF FIRE PROOFING MATERIALS ON STRUCTUAL ELEMENTS, CONTRACTOR MUST RESTORE SUCH FIRE — PROOFING AFTER REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED. 18. DEMOLISH ALL CEILING TILE, GRID, FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO ABATEMENT. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR SCHEDULING. 19. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL ABANDONED TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING AND ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING FROM CEILING SPACES AND WALL CAVITIES THROUGHOUT SPACE. ALL ABANDONED DUCT WORK ALSO TO BE REMOVED AS REOUIRED. 20. REMOVE AND RELOCATE DUMBWAITER LOCATION. REF. A3 & A4 PLANS COORDINATE ALL U0LTIES TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION— PROTECT EQUIPMENT DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION `fig 0291 I.iY UI T.. AAia RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA 1998 PERMIT CENTER REVISIONS: PROJECT N0: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: SHEET Al OF 19 SHEETS 0 \ \/ \//. \/- O:. 1 _ � IBy - - - -ll - I I 1.1 • I I I I II ------- -T� = =- - - -- MI= MEN MM. MI MEM MAN u r� — 17 I LL 9 h1q F M == 9 J JUL I I Lam ll LL I1 r ®1 __ JL - - - -; . IL=... - .�.�__ __,.., � IT-- I -- - -irl F=== - Li_ 7 1 L L J p I 1 4 11= 1 ' / ' r I r E . .� it ' \ \ Z1 � ---11 / 2 N R. R. 220 i I 1 222 1 WOMEN 223 1 1 - • - - 1 II 1 H 1 1 J L I i I IImo�' .�11.. L ei = == = - - J 'Ir-- 11r -- �r _ - - - -- I r J - 1 ---- -L ter - - - - - I r II 16 \ II 11 II II 1 1 1 11 I II II 1I 11 'jj 11 II II 11 11 11 r 1 11 11 II 'I lIIIr \ ;1 � - /� �' � - fi � - T - 11 /„.44-..„. ' 1 L - -,I - -JL - - � �J -_L� t= -- ' -� LI IG = =-.J L 1 �. —. - 11 1 h1q F I I I r L rF / 9 1 I I II II \ \ /}+ i \/ V Vb 9 Q 1 `W 01 UPPER FLOOR PLAN DEMOLITION SCALE VW - c \I DEMOLITION LEGEND WALLS TO REMAIN - - EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED DEMOLITION NOTES: (ALL NOTES APPLY; SPECIFIC LOCATIONS FOR NOTES ARE REFERENCED ON THE PLAN INDICATED BY I. THE DEMOLITION DRAWINGS INDICATE BUILDING CONDITIONS PER EXISTING DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REQUIRED DEMOLITION TO COMPLETE THE WORK, WHETHER SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR NOT. 2. PROVIDE COVERINGS FOR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DESIGNATED TO REMAIN TO PREVENT DAMMAGE. 3. ENSURE THAT UTILITIES REQUIRING MODIFICATION ARE TEMPORARILY OR PERMANENTLY DISCONNECTED AS APPLICABLE. 4. PROVIDE NECESSARY TEMPORARY SHORING, BRACING, SUPPORTS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 5. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO EXTENT INDICATED AND AS NECESSARY TO JOIN NEW WORK TO EXISTING. 6. EXERCISE CAUTION NOT TO DAMAGE WORK DESIGNATED TO REMAIN. 7 DO NOT REMOVE MORE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION THAN IS NECESSARY TO ALOW FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 8- CONDUCT WORK TO MINIMIZE NOISE AND SPREAD OF DIRT AND DUST. 9. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND CAPPED OFF AT THE NEAREST JUNCTION BOX WHEN EXISTING WALLS ARE DEMOLISHED, AND SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE WALL PATCHED WHEN EXISTING WALLS ARE TO REMAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. DEMO ALL EXISTING WALLS EXCEPT CORE WALLS AS INDICATED. 11. REMOVE AND STORE EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES. 12. ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DOORS, FRAMES, DOOR HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL COMPONENTS AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS TO BE RE -USED WHERE POSSIBLE IN NEW CONSTRUCTION AREAS. 13. ALL RE -USED MATERIALS TO BE REFURBISHED, TOUCHED -UP OR REPAIRED FOR CONSISTENCY OF APPEARANCE WITH NEW PRODUCTS. 14. ALL EXISTING DOORS WHICH ARE TO BE RE -USED ARE TO BE REVIEWED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM THAT ONLY CHIPS, NICKS OF SUPERFICIAL SCRATCHES OCCURS ONLY AT CORNERS AND TCP OR BOTTOM EDGES. SIMILAR IRREGULARITIES WHICH MAR ONLR THE FINISH WILL REQUIRE REFINISHING AFFECTED FACE OF DOOR. SCRAPES, SCRATCHES OR DELAMINATIONS OF VENEER DISQUALIFY MATERAL FOR RE -USE. ALL APPARENT IMPERFECTIONS ARE TO BE TOUCH -UP AND REFURBISHED FOR CONSISTENCY OF STAIN AND FINISH. 15. DOOR FRAMES TO BE RE -USED ARE ALSO TO BE SURVEYED BY GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND ANY VISIBLE DAMAGE OR IRREGULARITIES WILL NECESSITATE THE REPAINTING OF THE ENTIRE FRAME OR THE PROVISION OF A NEW FRAME. 16. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE DEMOLITION TO CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL, LIGHTING, FINISH AND MEP PLANS TO VERIFY INTENT OF DEMOI LTION SHOWN, 17. AT ALL LOCATIONS OF DAMAGED OR REMOVAL OF FIRE PROOFING MATERIALS ON STRUCTUAL ELEMENTS, CONTRACTOR MUST RESTORE SUCH FIRE - PROOFING AFTER REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED 18. DEMOLISH ALL CEILING TILE, GRID, FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO ABATEMENT. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR SCHEDULING. 19. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL ABANDONED TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING AND ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING FROM CEILING SPACES AND WALL CAVNIES THROUGHOUT SPACE. ALL ABANDONED DUCT WORK ALSO TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED, 20. REMOVE AND RELOCATE DUMBWAITER LOCATION. REF. A3 &A4 PLANS COORDINATE ALL UTILTIES TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION- PROTECT EQUIPMENT DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION GP'i OF T ... FE 3 REVISIONS PROJECT N0: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: SHEET A2 OF 19 SHEETS ,,rrr''''''��� 0 0- O 23' -0" STORAGE STUDY ROOM 121 STUDY ROOM 125 12/414 04/D2 RESTRO 122 I REST ROOM 123 m' - 10" LEARNING CENTER 124 CLOSING ROOM 4' -9" . -8 18' -10" 01/414 12 -9" LEARNING CENTE 150 30' -0" FY LEARNING CENTER A 152 VERIFY W TRACK LINE 21' -5" II MAIL 05/414 IOQ MAIL ROOM 104 CONFERE1 106 PLOOR BI.?POR OPERABLE PARR, ? ,, - -1 - T _ 1 1 ® % / IIOA IIOA IIOA ' We' L IIOD 1IOE J_ 1106 + IIOH OPEN OFFICE 110 I r' — T II — • -T- T . Ha IIIOJ 1 IIOK I IIOL CONFERENCE F,f, 103 CONFERENCE �S 104 18' - 0" TELEPHONE 136 P5 TRAINING 102 09 D2 COFFEE BAR 11 112 PDS ROOM 5 O 114 09/414 8 -5 11 /414 9' 0' 1197 91/92, WOMEN 114 1 o9 /DZ TYP T r 09/D2 TYP 01 LOWER FLOOR PLAN CONSTRUCTION SCALE VW- T-0' 0 o LEGEND IIIEMBEI NEW CONSTRUCTION WALLS TO REMAIN - - EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOUSHED 00 - • - - - • - - FURNITURE SYSTEM LOCATIONS 2X4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 -BULB SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 11 0 II I ®I ROOM NUMBER ELEVATION REFERENCE KEY EMERGENCY 2X4 FLUORESCENT FIITTURE EMERGENCY 2 -BULB INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 4- PENDANT LAMP INCANDESCENT DOWN LIGHT INCANDESCENT TRACK UGHT ELECTRICAL PROJECTION SCREEN EXISTING 2X4 TO BE RELOCATED BASE CONTRACT WORK NOTED BY "Q.._ ® INSTALL NEW CARPET AND BASE THROUGHOUT AS SCHEDULED /1 INSTAL NEW N BRACKET R E: SPECiFCATI0N5-PROV �J BLOCKING AS REpUIRED -PATCH A REPAIR WAIL AS REQU PROVIDE NEW ELECTRIC JECTN SCREE RE: SPECIFICATIONS PATCH AND REPAIR CEIUNG PRO GRID IO AS REQUIRE D ® PAINT ALL WALLS THROUGHOUT AS INDICATED ON FINISH PLAN O PROVIDE 3/4 4' X 8' PLYWOOD PAINTED P1 AS REQUIRED FOR TELE /DATA COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ® PROVIDE NEW FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET AS SPECIFIED O CLEAN EXISTING WATER CLOS AND LAVATORIES - INSTALL NEW OR REN REPAIR ACCESSORIES ET TO INSURE ADA COMPLIANCE PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR, WALLS AND CEILING AS REQUIRED ® INSTALL NEW VCT AS SCHEDULED ® INSTALL NEW u- _ -._..5 INDICATED 10 CONSTRUCT NEW RECEPTION DESK AS INDICATED REF: SHEET A13 11 REMOVE HE D O4 R, OS/A1ELOCAT 4 DUMBWAITER TO THIS LOCATION REF: S Q CONSTRUCT NEW GYP -BRD FURR DOWN REF: DETAIL 10 /D1 PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW PRELAMINATE 16" DEEP S HE L VES AS HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS AND STANDARDS PROVID BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 13 PAINT STEEL HANDRAILS AT STAIR - P4 ALTERNATES REFERENCE SECTION 01030 SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES WITHIN SPECIFICATIONS g - ( RECEIVED CITYCF TUKWILA 1995 PERMIT CENTER SHEET PROJECT NO 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: 8LW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY SHEETS OPEN OFFICE • OPEN OFFICE 204 205 �_� _� F 1 i --,- • ,-5T0 R. 204A 1 1 04H 1 e i 205A 1 205B I 201A 2 O 204 // =T_ — Z L - • • I 2o5 I . 1 ® 04B" O4 G L . 2041' 204J Ir r / 2045 2dk1 H H [1 1 I I 2 040204E 04K 204 ht I 1 205E I 205F 1 1 12°5N2050 II2205'U I(� � � 1 ;20 .Idtz f � I �� ��. I I � L04 045 ' 2041 204 L _ 2 05P2050 r -o5°5 i �� OPEN OFFICE 11 1 I 2055 205H 1 -I I 207 I- . � . * - H I — r512°51- 0510 (=> 1-2-0-.1 r �} qq • OPEN OF �.. T L 401� I I 1 209 T 2051 r r 20YF �� 1 1 H• H ttG� I T 1 1 1 2 0 115 2 0 0 . +1, �I 205J I 26 .. � 09A 209 I I 209 207H 271 • ® • — i 2 1 1 \\I OPEN OFFI GEO7/02 sIM. 207J 207 �� I 209H I 209E 209E I0 2'IL '1 D - I I 20 11 I 208A O a I a t6® I L 1 07 20-1N 2 bs/D2 S 09 iM B' AK 1 21 I 209J I I I 205B 1.7/1;050 os /01 07/02 SIM. \\ " 09 K T-7- 09 L ppEN C�F I I 2080 I 208E ( 1! 20 m I \\ I 22T FIG I 1 -- I ; : 1 T 0M I • 07/02 SILL I 208F I 2086 1 205L 1 O 15 221A I 09/02 SIM. % I I I 208H I 11 208M 1 JAN D III \\ 22'iG 1- 22117 .I `\ ,— ± —I R R 220 r I 2081 I 208J MEN WOMEN 5T0. 0 27E I 221E 1 11 20 55 1 222 1 223 2I ` " 1 1— . _J II— . �> ®� �� 00 5T0. j I I . H fries 2151 STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE iT 12 1 1 - 1212 p 213 Ip 214 '�1III'"' 276 227H i T 1 T07-4 1—TT �1. ,,, I 1 I ' I y21I I 221J I I 2 JiM 1 I 1 216A I 21681 216E 216F 1' • • H- 1 'H I I J II I —I 1 .i • 1 2b5 I . _I 2150 I 216D� _ — I. 2155 1 216H1 1 227K I 2-1L- 1 L= _ — — / / i OPEN 1 ✓_ 2170 2170 II 217E 01 UPPER FLOOR PLAN CONSTRUCTION SCALE V8' - T-D' LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION WALLS TO REMAIN C =- EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED 00 ROOM NUMBER ' ELEVATION REFERENCE KEY FURNITURE SYSTEM LOCATIONS 2 %4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 -BULB SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY 2 %4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 101 EMERGENCY 2 -BULB INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT FIXTURE - PENDANT LAMP INCANDESCENT DOWN LIGHT INCANDESCENT TRACK LIGHT ELECTRICAL PROJECTION SCREEN EXISTING 2 %4 TO BE RELOCATED I ®1 BASE CONTRACT WORK NOTED BY "0•°. O INSTALL NEW CARPET AND BASE THROUGHOUT AS SCHEDULED O INSTALL NEW N /VCR BRACKET RE: SPECIFIC ' BLOCKING AS REQUIRED -PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED g px.,T A ND REPAIRTCEILING GRIDOAS S REOU REDS: SPECIFICATIONS ® PAINT ALL WALLS THROUGHOUT AS INDICATED ON FINISH PLAN ® 2,717 D,41 Os A T PI AS REQUIRED FOR ® PROVIDE NEW FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET AS SPECIFIED CLEAN EXISTING WATER CLOSET AHD LAVATORIES - INSTALL NEW OR REMOUNT ACCESSORIES TO INSURE ADA COMPLIANCE PATCH AND REPAIR BOOR, WALLS AND CEILING AS REQUIRED ® INSTALL NEW VCT AS SCHEDULED V INSTALL NEW MILLWORK AS INDICATED 10 CONSTRUCT NEW RECEPTION DESK AS INDICATED REF: SHEET A,3 REMOVE AN 04OS D RELOCATE DUMDWAITER TO THIS LOCATION REF: SHEET . /At4 12 CONSTPUCT NEW GYP -BRD NRR DOWN REF: DETAIL IO /D1 PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW PREIAMINATE 16 DEEP SHELVES 73 AS HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS AND STANDARDS PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 13 PAINT STEEL HANDRAILS AT STAIR - P4 ALTERNATES REFERENCE SECTION 01030 SECTION 01030 — ALTERNATES WITHIN SPECIFICATIONS my-oZq RECEIVED GITroFTUKw1u ' 199" PERMIT CENTER PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAWN B`': BLW DATE: 2 AUGUST 98 I CHECKED BY: REVISIONS: 02 OCTOBER 1998 SHEET A4 OF 19 SHEETS 0 U 0 0 0 0 MAIL ROOM 108 TELEPHONE 136 ELECTRICAL 131 STUDY ROOM 121 o �i• STUDY ROOM 128 COFFEE BAR 112 REST 2T) 122 SPRINKLER ROOM 121 LEARNING GE TER 'c. e' LEARNING CENTER G MO ROOM 133 18 LEARNING CENTER B 131 LEARNING CENTER A 132 V CONFERENCE G 106 FLOOR SUPPORTED OPERABLE PARTITION CONFERENCE D 101 11 p 8 ABOVE CLG. 9 r CONFERENCE B 103 104 ABDVE cN1 GOORIDOR G 138 / I LOA e I LOA • I • or , Q Q lb p o o . • d6E� 110D 100 • IIOG IIOH L._.L.�_.l._.1_ _.J 1100 I OPEN OFFICE 110 I I 1101 I 1110) I IIOK I IIOL I IIOR R . Qp dD • A .p. I IIOM I IIION I 1100 I 110P S L._._L.— _L_�.. —. . . . �� 7 ABOVE CLG. 0=0 C►14 ABOVE CLG. r - r oo 1 • CMS c►p IBA I IF..F'A.. _ III III LID • L. .] L. 0 ABOVE ac. PS TRAINING 102 PS DEMO CONFERENCE A 101 COORIDOR 115 o Q Q T 7 - 0 I � I 1 7 -0 - E -4 6 01 LOWER FLOOR TELE /DATA LAYOUT SCALE S8• • T -0• SYMBOL LEGEND 0 SPECIAL ELECTRICAL OUTLET FOR EQUIPMENT RE: EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET R DUPLEX OUTLET O COMPUTEP, CIP,CU N IDENTIFIED IT ♦ QUADRUPLED OUTLET a TELEPHONE OUTLET d WALL PHONE • DATA OUTLET 4t,,,G FAULT INTERCEPT DUPLEX OUTLET — Q CARD READER k FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET • FLOOR MOUNTED DATA OUTLET E EXISTING TELEPHONE OUTLET EXISTING DATA OUTLET S WORKSTATION POWER E_E /DATA O CEILING FEED .OR POWER PO'_ES FOR FIRST FLOOR ONLY —0 WORKSTATN P POSE LE /DATA -0 WALL F EED IO FOR O POWER E POLES of FLOOR TA E DN PO R/TELE/DATA O FLOOR FEED FOR POWER POLES FOR SECONB FLOOR ONLY CL BELL 8 EUZZER COMBINATION ® XEN IXERO% EDUCATIONAL NETWORK) OUTLET FOR EQUIPMENT RE. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: TAG NO. 9 12 14 15 20 21 22 23 25 26 DESCRIPTION: XEROX 5100 XEROX DC 40 XEROX DC 265 PC XEROX DWC 657 XEROX 5800 XEROX 5830 XEROX 5892 XEROX DC 2305. XEROX 5365 XEROX 5855 XEROX 2145 DOCUPRESS ULTRA XEROX 5799 XEROX 5750 DOWN SPLASH SPLASH PCI 6.0 XEROX DOCUTECH NP 135 XEROX 5895 XEROX C55 XEROX D255 XEROX 5385 XEROX DFC 745 XEROX 5665 XEROX DC 230 XEROX 5820 RECENc'D CITY OF TUKWILA • 1995 PERIITCENTER AGUIRRE REVISIONS= �'- 02 OCTOBER 1998 PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: -I SHEET A5 OF 19 SHEETS ALES LIBRARY 201 04B // I/ f — � — H l�l TI� . I . r' • „HI I 205E R205, L2O' 4�I 1 �Z� F 0 5 II I I 2050 205H I r 1 I F IL.s .H�o.ossH.�.— 20SG 22 ..2051-1 p s�� I 2081 g,20SJ J . ®I J II 2oaLP II 208N a BREAK ROOM 210 WOMEN 223 STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE 212 213 214 2 1 k 1 6 . . 2 2 / 1 - 1 L 1 !Hi. — �olo� P• o o OPEN — d r I �► FFIO I I I 2'll ` 221.1 I I 2JTM I ^ "_ 2168 216 216E @, 216E I -H — �I 1 I I. j j I 22'1N 2161:dt _ I. 2166 2161-11 _ / 22 p022'1L I - 1 J �I L — . —I BI0F . // / . OPEN i ABOVE I I I 01 UPPER FLOOR TELE /DATA LAYOUT SCALE Va' - rHP SYMBOL LEGEND SPECIAL ELECTRICAL OUTLET FOR EQUIPMENT RE: EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS g DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET DUPLEX OUTLET ON IDENTIFIED COMPUTER CIRCUIT W QUADRUPLED OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET C WALL PHONE • DATA OUTLET . GP,OUND FAULT INTERCEPT FI DUPLEX OUTLET — 0 CARD READER { FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX. CONVENIENCE OUTLET AFF FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET AV FLOOR MOUNTED DATA OUTLET E EXISTING TELEPHONE OUTLET EXISTING DATA OUTLET CE1LF STATION POWER, /TE/DATA O CEILING FEED FO.R POWER. LE POLES FOR FIRST FLOOR ONLY —0 WOP.KSTED F PO POWE ELE/DATA —0 WALL FEED FOR POWER. POLES •F- WORKSTATION POW EP. /TELE /DATA Q FLOOR FEED FCR POWER POLES FOR SECOND FLOOR. ONLY DB DOORBELL EL BELL B BUZZER. COMBINATION 0 XEN (XEROX EDUCATIONAL NETWORK) OUTLET FOR EQUIPMENT RE: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: TAG NO. DESCRIPTION: XEROX 5100 XEROX DC 40 10 12 XEROX DC 265 PC XEROX DWG 657 XEROX 5800 XEROX 5930 XEROX 5892 XEROX DC 2305LX XEROX 5365 XEROX 5855 XEROX 2145 DOCUPRESS ULTRA DOWN SP'.ASH 14 XEROX 5799 15 XEROX 5750 17 SPLASH PCI 6.0 18 XEROX DOCUTECH NP 135 19 20 21 22 23 XEROX DFC 745 24 25 26 XEROX 5895 XEROX C55 XEROX 0255 XEROX 5385 XEROX 5665 XEROX OC 230 XEROX 5820 RECEIVED CITY OP TUKWILA 1998 PERMITCENTER PROJECT N0: 950.2398.00 DRAWN FAY: BLW REVISIONS 02 OCTOBER 1998 DATE 1 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY SHEET A6 OF 19 SHE ETS T in 411W11 ►�, 4iiiii NI 4MEE ii Il - 11 %1111111011101 1'10 w. 1 11b - y illiii 1S 1Mi ii0i11111I !111 1 11111 - II ' 1°.I r, 11011��1011"�101110111111HIII 111IHI X111111111 p ia a o11rr ';•!• ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ V D "anew so '!011111111I �:��IIII :_ : �■■■�si�l�■■■■ ■■ mum= 10! ICI1011N ��-��-- 1 ■■L i■■ MINN I11 III01�i1011_110 Illliii101III 11■111■11111■1 g kom mommentrrnammessmilmmr••, oi ♦ O. ♦�♦! ♦ � ♦• ! 1111111�o ::��;% !:� % Il iii4, lsll it obi', ,� -♦. In111111nIn iabl - . x . 1111111 1111 mill 1•1 111111111111111111111 tk, ♦ � �1ncni11e11f 11 .11■1111i1111111:11111111 E II t NII.nInhuu.p.. 1 1 i1 111 .. ��1n1111n1111111111111n1 ,,�9 I1 /1 1111n11111111111111I TELEPHONE P* iuiiiiiiIii H hik . u 136 ■ 41111nuIf1 IIn11111111111111111nn1 4!!III iiii �11'n1111n1111�111111111111 ELEGTRIGAL ,♦A♦4P AMIREME111 O \, I 197 .♦ �., ' ' UIIIIn1111111111111 1111, �.*b * 1IL _ —. — .; 11 f111111111i11 11111,• ♦,• _,•o���,,11 IR0 1111 EAT 11111111 IIf .� �i■��■�11P111mir 111111 AINI1111111 111 ' ►!! o ♦ ♦' ► ! • `= ♦ i ♦ o • i ��,�� ♦ ♦ �,, - . - . - . goo ♦i• �� 111111 I��IIICIn11 11111111111111111151•o♦ ..•: ►�.�0♦♦ --49m 1■11111�1ini Azimunompr O111111n 1 4 •,o i111I11r111 11111 lll!!! .il11 Lit !11C■■�0111 Illlln 1111.. ■..DU — - _ IPM 1:E= E �N:w rod ■■ i■iliiiMii°►_ -� ■. w� 111111 IIvuuu INI N II ■ 111 y111111li11 %11 i■I■orommiuuiIu!IIII � mmuum IIIIII11:11! ! i �IIHui I mini um _ — �11 1 0 ICI 01 LOWER FLOOR PLAN REFLECTED CEILING SCALE v8• - T-0• i111C: iiiiui; ;iu il T.l11i i111L, : 11 I III�III VIII Il• 1 �niui ii %11 IIIIIIdIIIuI IiI III II ■n1� A . , _ . ' _. % .I� o o A nim u mi o III 1101" 1� C�'ll X11 �1 �� � Iili�lYlfill IIi1I111i�1111f�iilllnlillWl�iilfi111 E! 1!J1%111°l11%111%111%IIifdIii.1 .i.U%111'%11 'l1II 0� r it NIT lIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIuu ■ ■IIIn11I111In11 I : %r.!JJ�1 gick �I�l_IIIIh111 11�111'llll "I�In'111�11 �Il�nl_ ■■ ■■■!Y \ ! �■■ ■ ■■■■r� ��i■■r•■� �■■■■■ ■■�� 11111111111111111111 �1�:. IOO :�:- CIO1� 7111�IIOIIIIIIIIII�i' :IO 0 0 0 LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION WALLS TO REMAIN - EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED 00 11 ROOM NUMBER Jo' ELEVATION REFERENCE KEY FURNITURE SYSTEM LOCATIONS 2X4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 2 -BULB SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY 2X4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY 2 -BULB INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT FIXTURE PENDANT LAMP INCANDESCENT DOWN LIGHT INCANDESCENT TRACK LIGHT ELECTRICAL PROJECTION SCREEN GENERAL REFLECTED CEILING NOTES: ;NSTALL NEW 2X4 AND 2X2 CEILING GRID AND TILES AS INDICATED AT EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT THROUGHOUT- REFERENCE ELECTRICAL FOR SPECIFICATIONS REPLACE ALL CEILING TILES THROUGHOUT. 2. GENERAL CONTPACTOR SHALL FURNISH LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY TO PROV :DE FOR RELOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS TO MAINTAIN COVERAGE OF LEASE SPACE PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. NO SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN ONE FOOT OF A PARTITION AND NO SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON SHALL TOUCH THE CEILING GRID. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SCREW -ON SPRINKLER HEAD ESCUTCHEONS. 3 PROVIDE AND INiTALL AUTOMATIC PROJECTION SCREENS AS AS SPECIFIED. 4. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL MOUNTED TV/VCR BRACKET PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. ENSURE ADECUATE SUPPORT. 5. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, IF CONFLICT CUS BETWEEN LIGH, GRLL, DIFFUSER AND OTHER EQUIPMENT OC SUCH R AS PROJECTION STSCRI EENS. ES VERIFY WITH S ARCHITECT- DA RECENED CITYOF TW(WILA PERMIT CENTER • SHEET A7 PROJECT N0: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: REVISIONS . 15 DECEMBER 1998 F 1g SHEETS Irm �.« _ IB C � AI®13mi ■I � 1�`�I _� ■1 ° ; • r I■ 1111m 11 ■: ■ ° /111M1111 1 AMIIIIMTMak II 1 1111111 ■1�11/�eieo►e1111 ■111 ■I !1111111 IIIHhI�IIA 111111111 .u11r.:s:oll11111111L' "!: N �.:.1�' iii ■Iflllllllll ■1� %►�o�evo�,lllll ■1 ■11111111 Milhammoinimour im 111111111mo1�► ��� .�G11�11:111L111m: ie�.11111111�111111111111 H m; 1111111 1111` r ►1�0i11111111n1111111111_1 1111111 111 ■w 1■1111111�.� T 11.11111111111u111u�o�►e ;•• u;:■..._11_111111111111 - 1111fl11L1 ■11e -•o l 1 1ammi��mamo►.,_. = - 1 -- \ IIfl1111L11 111!•,°eee ;e;11111uI 1111111111111� iEni!i111►► X1111■ ■I►eeeeoeieoe/IIHlr 1111!! IA1111111111(i1111 1 "Alp III1111111111 iu� uui� 1111 •11 ■1. _ . • ♦ ■■■■ ■ �i11J111111111.I uu• i .►ee�z eee��ii.'..I1111111I111 ■111110 t.>x+:4 1 111 1 /11 1 1 ■ 111111111 ; N �e��eeeeeeee�eeee` 1111111111111111111P0616. � 111111 •Illllllh\ 111u1111r111■ 1111111.. -e " !° 1111 ■1 lm m-l inN1111111EM1111 N e e e 111 ■1111111fl1■I■\ i liiiifliflhliiilii I ;�� 1111111_i11 ;Q 7 .e: X1111111 11■ 1111 it., e id ► � e il 1111111 II1i111 ♦ • ♦.. e to t , 11u ■u 1 1■■ti ■1�1m11 ■11111 .. e e� , ,. _ _ :MEI 11111 - i 11111 11111111111 1 +ei!e !�eieie `i %' . 1 LIMP A k At-! !evian mire � /Ilmllllllllll ■1 * R _,►_ _. 1 ■� HIuuuuuuIHhIIIu.ruL) . i - ci� 1 uli ■III [ nuuuIuuuInuuIuuuIIul__:.: _ W:: vim 1 ■L ■11111 .-- . ,g.__�1.___I 4# Au 11 1 ■CIJU1111 ■1 � a � '! ■Irll \ _ X11111111 ■1 hi�1� '„ Qu 1,,,, 1 Yn Tc� era nu �'. eee �I 1 I_ 1 _ 1111111■:i11 � ��11■■1191!ee•i 1 1' 1 ,eeeoe�i 11111■11111ui 311■1111:� ��4M 1�■ � 1111[1111C1111 ■1111 °C 1 i 11111 ■111111 111■1►o minim ■111►, s■ _ 1 9 T 01 UPPER FLOOR PLAN REFLECTED CEILING SCALE v8• - LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION WALLS TO REMAIN - - EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED 00 11 ROOM NUMBER ELEVATION REFERENCE KEY - - • - - -- FURNITURE SYSTEM LOCATIONS II iI 2 -BULB SURFACE MOONT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 101 EMERGENCY 2X4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EMERGENCY 2 -BULB INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT FIXTURE PENDANT LAMP INCANDESCENT DOWN LIGHT INCANDESCENT TRACK LIGHT ELECTRICAL PROJECTION SC 2X4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 1. INSTALL NEW 2X4 AND 2X2 CEILING GRID AND TILES AS INDICATED AT EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT THROUGHOUT - REFERENCE ELECTRICAL FOR SPECIFICATIONS REPLACE ALL CEILING TILES THROUGHOUT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FOR RELOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS TO MAINTAIN COVERAGE OF LEASE SPACE PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. NO SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN ONE FOOT OF A PARTITION AND NO SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON SHALL TOUCH THE CEILING GRID. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SCREW ON SPRINKLER HEAD ESCUTCHEONS. 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL AUTOMATIC PROJECTION SCREENS AS AS SPECIFIED. 4. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL MOUNTED 1N/A. BRACKET PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. ENSURE ADEQUATE SUPPORT. 5. REFERENCE ARCHITECNRAL SHEETS FOR ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHT FIKURES. IF CONFLICT OCCURS BETWEEN LIGHTS, GRILLE. DIFFUSERS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT SUCH AS PROJECTION SCREENS. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. P.ECEIV =D CI1' C F l "U:(VdIL4 V `7 PERMIT CENTER SHEET . A TrEWANT V:F,d. MGM PROJECT NO 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY BLW TE : 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY A8 OF 19 SHEETS SCALE for - r -0' 01 LOWER FLOOR FINISH PLAN c „ FINISH LEGEND FINISH TAG 111111 SATIN FINISH, TWO COATS. P7 1641 WHITE ORGANDY P2 — 2390 GREEK ISLE P3 — 1009 SPACIOUS GRAY P4 — 0048 BUGLEHOUSE BLUE NOTE: ALL WALLS P1 U.N.O. ALL COLUMNS P4 ALL STEEL STAIR RAILS P4 ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACTT — USG INTERIORS INC. 2X4 Auratone— Natural Fissured II ( 1YPICAL) ACT2 —USG IMERIORS INC. 2 %2 Millennia (TYPICAL) P.F RUBER FLOORING — Gyp. Bd. ceiling ® 8' -6" A.F.F. PAINT P3 RF -1 — ROPPE SL 150 DARK GRAY SLATE DESIGN RF -2 — ROPPE SL 186 RED SLATE DESIGN CARPET 1 Bentley Polar P0268 ' 8378 Porollel C2 Bentley Equator E026B 8218 Parallel t l C3 — Interface Border Crossings II 2878 Tijuana C4 — Interface Border Crossings 11 41 i6 DEL RIO Note: Contact Cathi Cunningham with Re: Source Texas for pricing and dealer information 972 -392- -9999 Carpet to be installed by a Re: Source dealer VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE ❑ VCTI — Armstrong Premium Excelon Tile Stonetex 52142 Slate Green VCT2 — Armstr�-y Premium Excelon Tile Stonetex 52740 Chaulk White Note: Where VCTI and VCT2 occur together; install VCTI ® 807 coverage and VCT2 ® 20% coverage in random pattern RB RUBBER BASE. Roppe 4" #00 Black Note: use straight base at carpet. cove base at VCT PL PLASTIC LAMINATE PL1 — Nevarmar MR-5—IT Green Matrix Textured P. — Nevamar 5 -6 -53T Jet Black Textured PL3 — Chemetal No. 230 Moonscape Note: Contact Freda Grass of Nevamar 800 - 264 -0778 ext. 7602 for pricing and availability GL GLASS GL1 — Equal to Cesar Color Inc. Chroma Fusion CF3231 Crinkle GL2 — Grass 1/4" tempered frosted alternate No. 2 CT CERAMIC TILE n CT1 — CT2 — WC CUSTOM WALL COVERING — BY TENANT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR WC1 — Xerox Mural Image Revolution — Ref: specifications WC2 — Digi X" Graphic — Ref: specifications WC3 — Xerox Mural Community Service — Ref: specifications WC4 — Xerox Mural Employee Benefits — Ref: specifications WC5 — Xerox Mural Document Revolution — Ref: specifications BL WINDOW BLINDS BLI — LEVOLOR RIVIERA I" DUSTGUARD — FINISH CLEAR ANODIZED BECEIVc'D cl; r O F TUI6NIL4 D 29 / :E:M::E: B PROJECT NO 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY. BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY SHEET A9 REVISIONS �3 02 OCTOBER 1998 F 19 SHEETS 0-- _ b 4 Q 4 Q _ -0 , i I I I I I I I I I I O A LIGN W/ CURVE IN C EILING ( I I 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I - F - I I 1 \ 1 s s4 ® II , r II / \. I 4 4, b b 01 UPPER FLOOR PLAN FINISH PLAN SCALE 1/8 r NP. FINISH LEGEND FINISH TAG SATIN FINISH, TWO COATS. P1 1641 WHITE ORGANDY P2 — 2390 GREEK ISLE P3 — 1009 SPACIOUS GRAY P4 — 0048 BUGLEHOUSE BLUE NOTE: ALL WALLS P1 U.N.O. ALL COLUMNS ALL STEEL STAIR RAILS P4 ACT ACOCSTICAL CEILING TILE C CARPET Va ACT1 — USG INTERIORS INC. 2X4 Auratone— Natural Fissured II (TYPICAL) ACT2 — USG IMEP.C. 2X2 Millennia IORS (T P.F RUBER FLOORING — Gyp. Bd. ceiling @ 8' -6" A.F.F. PAINT P3 RF -1 — ROPPE SL 150 DARK GRAY SLATE DESIGN RE-2 — ROPPE SL 186 RED SLATE DESIGN C1 — e B Polar P0266 ..318 Parallel C2 — Bentle Equator E0268 8218 Parallel U C3 — Interface Border Crossings II 2878 Tijuana IME C4 — Interface Border Crossings II 4116 DEL RIO Note: Contort Cathi Cunningham with Re: Source Texas for pricing and dealer information 972 - 392 -9999 Carpet to be instclled by a Re: Source dealer VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE ❑ "Ti — Armstrong Premium Excelen Tile Stonetex 52142 Slate Green VCT2 — Armstrong Premium Excelon Tile Stonetex 52140 Chaulk White Note: Where VC71 and VCT2 occur together; install VCT1 0 80% coverage and VCT2 ® 20% coverage in random pattern RB RUBBER BASE: Roppe 4" #00 Black Note: use straight base at carpet, cove base at VCT PL PLASTIC LAMINATE PL1 — Nevarmar MR-5—IT Green Matrix Textured PL2 — Nevamar 5 -6 -537 Jet Black Textured PL3 — Chemetal No. 230 Moonscape Note: Contact Freda Grosz at Nevamar 900 - 264 -0778 ext. 7602 for pricing and availability GL GLASS GL1 — Equal to Cesar Color Inc. Chroma Fusion CF3231 Crinkle GL2 — Glass 1/4" tempered frosted alternate No. 2 CT CERAMIC TILE CTt — CT2 — WC CUSTOM WALL COVERING — BY TENANT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR WCt — Xerox Mural Image Revolution — Ref: specifications WC2 — Digi X" Graphic — Ref: specifications WC3 — Xerox Mural Community Service — Ref: specifications WC4 — Xerox Mural Employee Benefits — Ref: specifications WC5 — Xerox Mural Document Revolution — Ref: specifications BL WINDOW BLINDS BL1 — LEVOLOR RIVIERA 1" DUSTGUARD — FINISH CLEAR ANODIZED :::: ED g o2 7 NTE PROJECT N0: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: REVISIONS � 02 OCTOBER 1998 SHEET A10 OF 19 SHEETS 0 0 GONFERENC 106 OPERABLE PARTITION NFERENGE 103 1 GOORIDOR 133 STORAGE 115 ELECTRICAL 131 STORAGE 116 .FF' BAR 112 GOORIDOR 5TO. II✓ 115 120 RNING 15 LEARNING CENTER A 152 SCALE Ve' -T-0' 01 LOWER FLOOR PLAN FURNITURE „ RECEIVED arvoFTU,cwiu 'SS PERM?CEMcR NOTE: FOR REFERENCE ONLY REVISIONS PRCJ ECT NC: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST • O �� 3 I I 98 HECKED BY SHEET All OF 19 SHEETS ®1 UPPER FLOOR PLAN FURNITURE -D29 RECEIVED Cr, OF TUKWILA ERMIT CENTER NOTE: FOR REFERENCE ONLY t99<. S E AFT, iF CFWAjENGION REVISIONS 02 OCTOBER 7998 SHEET PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: Al2 OF 19 SHEETS PLASTIC LAM FRONT PANELS PANEL PL -2 ( TYP ) SCALE 1/2• -T -0' PLAS. LAM. TRANSAC ' n COUNTER (PL -1)- VERTICAL SUPPORT "FINS" (PL -3) WALE. 1/2 -0° 01 ENLARGED PLAN RECEPTION DESK LAS. LAM. "BEAM" (PL -3) (6) 3/4 "0 HOLES IN PLAS. LAM. ° BEAM" GLASS PANELS (CL -1) MOUNTED ON 3/8' STAINLESS STEEL ALL - THREAD 07 ELEVATION) RECEPTION DESK PLASTIC LAM. FRONT PANELS PANEL PL -2 (TYP) DECORATIVE GLASS PANEL R VETAL SUPPORT FIN (PL -3) - 6 1/2 c \% z I /4' 91P I PLASTIC LAM. FRONT PANELS PANEL PL -2 TYP) VERTICAL SUPPORT "FINS" (PL -3) 1--1 1/2 PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK MIMI SURFACE (PL -1) 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL ALL - THREAD W/ S.S. NUTS & RUBBER WASHERS PASTIC LAM. FRONT PANELS PANEL PL -2 (TYP) PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK SURFACE ( PL -1 1/ _ PLAS. LAM. TRANSACTION COUNTER (PL 1) GLASS PANELS (GL -1 ) MOUNTED ON 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL ALL- THREAD 08 ELEVATION@ RECEPTION DESK 2 1/2" :: 26 GAUGE DWGONAL BRACE AS REQUIRED ALTERNATE (2 SELF TAP SCREWS EA END) 2 -1/2" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS PROVIDE 2' -0' EACH SIDE 0 PARTITION ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE AB SCHED. ®8' 6" A.F.F. 5/8" GYP. BD. PAINTED AS SCHED. 2 -1/2" BUILDING STD. METAL STUDS 2 2'-0" O.C. MA%. V 2-1/2" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS 4' RESILIENT B48E AS SCHED. USE X8 SELF -TAP SCREWS.ttP. 02 WALL TYPE A PLAS. LAM. BEAM" (PL -3) (6) 3/40 HOLES IN PIAS LAM. BEAM" to PLAST C LAM. FRONT PANELS PANEL PL-2 (TYP) 09 SECTION A RECEPTION DESK SCALE: NONE 03WALL TYPE B- TYP. U.N.O. U I/2' % 25 GAUGE DIAGCN BRACE AT 4'-0" O.C. CONTINUOUS (ttP) 13 /D1 WALL BEYOND 05 WALL TYPE D USE Q8 SEL SCREWS.ttP. ND SCALE TAP I" :( 2" METAL CHANNEL ANCHOR i0 CEILING GRID W/ BB SELF TAP SCREWS ttP. LAMINATED GV58 GRIND PND POLISH - EDGES BLACK VINYL WEDGE GASKET CONTINUOUS 1"x2" METAL CHANNEL ANCHOR i0 METAL SR1DS 5 /8" GYP BD. ON 2 -1/2" METAL STUDS -TAPE. BED. TEXTURE AND IZ AS SCHEDULED [ REBI ar BASE AS SCHEDULED ( 6 ) 3/4 "0 HOLES IN PLAS. LAM. "BEAM" PSTIC LAMINATE WOLARK SURFACE MODULAR BASE CABINETS BY OTHERS SCALE NONE NO SCALE 06 WALL TYPE E 2' -1U" 2 1/2" 10 SECTION a RECEPTION DESK CLR. (VARIES S CURVE) PLAS. LAM. TRANSACTION COUNTER (PL -1 ) PLAS. LAM. "BEAM" GLASS PANELS - (GL -1) MOUNTED ON 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL ALL - THREAD VERTICAL SUPPORT 2x4 WOOD STUD FRAMING PROJECT N 950.239 DRAWN BLW DATE: 121 CH (SHEET A13 5 O: 8.00 BY: AUGUST)998 ECKED BY_ F 19 SHEETS \ ,1 7/1 \ \ 'Lim Down*? Compevtr XEROX \ \ X \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ 06 ELEVATION • DEMO ROOM 133 Ce -T -0' 07/D2 SIM. 01 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 wet F 3/8• _ r -0' WC -2 • DIG( X" GRAPHICS REF.. SPECIFICATIONS WC -2 CON'T DIGI "X" GRAPHICS REF. SPECIFICATIONS 07/D2 SIM. - 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SW ELEVATION CORRIDOR 113 09� I FS /B -T-0 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 3/8' - Y-0' WC -2 ` DIGI X" 'GRAPHICS REF.. SPECIFICATIONS 13 ELEVATION • OPEN OFFICE 209 WC -4 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS REF.; SPECIFICATION$ 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SIM 18 ELEVATION ' OPEN OFFICE 208 02 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 03 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 04 ELEVATION A DUMB WAITER SCALE 3 /B' • TQ SCALE 3/8' _ T -0' SCALE 3/8' • WC -2 DIGI 'X"GRAPHICS REF. SPECIFICATIONS WC .2 -CON'T DIGI "X" GRAPHICS REF SPECIFICATIONS 10 ELEVATION * CORRIDOR 113 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' 07/D2 SIM ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 19 WC -5 DOCUMENT EVOLUTIO _ REF. - :SPECIFICATIONSN . DO 5 RE F. PET CAI.IU SN - RE.SPECIFICAYIONS -.' 07/02 SIM 14 ELEVATION 0 BREAK ROOM 210 15 ELEVATION BREAK ROOM 210 ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 318' • T-0' 8 -3 1/4" 06/D2 SIM. WC -1 XEROX. WC , IMAGE: REVOLUTION REF: SPECIFICATIONS 06/D2 SIM. 07 ELEVATION ' CORRIDOR 113 2 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD. END SUPPORT WITH NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH ALL SIDES 1 %4 PLYWD. BRACING TYPICAL EACH GUSSET W /NEVAMAR S -6 -1T -DOOR PULLS TO BE VOLA VP 102 -12 -SF STAINLESS STEEL SATIN FINISH (TOP.) BASE AS SCHEDULED DISH WASHER 2 LAYERS 3/ 3/4" x 4" PLYWD PLYWD WITH SPLASH WITH NEVAMAR MR -5 -17 NEVAMAR MR -5 - 1T PL. LAM. FINISH PL. LAM. FINISH 11 ELEVATION * CO FEE BAR 112 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD. END SUPPORT WITH NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH ALL SIDES 07/D2 SIM. 1X4 PLYWD. BRACING TYPICAL EACH GUSSET W /NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T 20 ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 SCALE 3I8' -Y -0' 0 —t 2 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD WITH NEVAMAR MR -5 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH —3/4'• x 4" PLYWD 12 SCALES /8' - T-0' SPLASH WT IH -5 -1T NEVAMAR MR 06 ELEVATION * DUMB WAITER SCALE 3/8' - T -0' 0 EL EVATION * COFFEE BAR 112 ELEVATION A RECEPTION 100 WC -SWC 4 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS F. SPECIFICATIONS 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SI)) PL. LAM. FINISH SCALE 318' - T -0' 17 ELEVATION OPEN OFFICE 208 SCALE 3/8' • T -0' 4 ME ME VY MAI OTHE SLORS TS MEE � �� VERIFY OPENING Ea W /FURN. VENDOR ��� - it ∎ =11 21 ELEVATION • MAIL ROOM 109 RECEIVED CIT.'OFTUKIVILA PERMITCENTER SHEET °o rcZ REVISIONS= 15 DECEMBER 1998 PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 1 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: A14 OF 1g SHEETS WASHINGTON THE DOCUMENT COMPANY 12/14/98 100 PM ,1 7/1 \ \ 'Lim Down*? Compevtr XEROX \ \ X \ ..9 -.f 1 NJ 06 ELEVATION • DEMO ROOM 133 Ce -T -0' 07/D2 SIM. 01 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 wet F 3/8• _ r -0' WC -2 • DIG( X" GRAPHICS REF.. SPECIFICATIONS WC -2 CON'T DIGI "X" GRAPHICS REF. SPECIFICATIONS 07/D2 SIM. - 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SW ELEVATION CORRIDOR 113 09� I FS /B -T-0 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 3/8' - Y-0' WC -2 ` DIGI X" 'GRAPHICS REF.. SPECIFICATIONS 13 ELEVATION • OPEN OFFICE 209 WC -4 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS REF.; SPECIFICATION$ 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SIM 18 ELEVATION ' OPEN OFFICE 208 02 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 03 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 04 ELEVATION A DUMB WAITER SCALE 3 /B' • TQ SCALE 3/8' _ T -0' SCALE 3/8' • WC -2 DIGI 'X"GRAPHICS REF. SPECIFICATIONS WC .2 -CON'T DIGI "X" GRAPHICS REF SPECIFICATIONS 10 ELEVATION * CORRIDOR 113 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' 07/D2 SIM ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 19 WC -5 DOCUMENT EVOLUTIO _ REF. - :SPECIFICATIONSN . DO 5 RE F. PET CAI.IU SN - RE.SPECIFICAYIONS -.' 07/02 SIM 14 ELEVATION 0 BREAK ROOM 210 15 ELEVATION BREAK ROOM 210 ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 318' • T-0' 8 -3 1/4" 06/D2 SIM. WC -1 XEROX. WC , IMAGE: REVOLUTION REF: SPECIFICATIONS 06/D2 SIM. 07 ELEVATION ' CORRIDOR 113 2 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD. END SUPPORT WITH NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH ALL SIDES 1 %4 PLYWD. BRACING TYPICAL EACH GUSSET W /NEVAMAR S -6 -1T -DOOR PULLS TO BE VOLA VP 102 -12 -SF STAINLESS STEEL SATIN FINISH (TOP.) BASE AS SCHEDULED DISH WASHER 2 LAYERS 3/ 3/4" x 4" PLYWD PLYWD WITH SPLASH WITH NEVAMAR MR -5 -17 NEVAMAR MR -5 - 1T PL. LAM. FINISH PL. LAM. FINISH 11 ELEVATION * CO FEE BAR 112 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD. END SUPPORT WITH NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH ALL SIDES 07/D2 SIM. 1X4 PLYWD. BRACING TYPICAL EACH GUSSET W /NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T 20 ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 SCALE 3I8' -Y -0' 0 —t 2 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD WITH NEVAMAR MR -5 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH —3/4'• x 4" PLYWD 12 SCALES /8' - T-0' SPLASH WT IH -5 -1T NEVAMAR MR 06 ELEVATION * DUMB WAITER SCALE 3/8' - T -0' 0 EL EVATION * COFFEE BAR 112 ELEVATION A RECEPTION 100 WC -SWC 4 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS F. SPECIFICATIONS 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SI)) PL. LAM. FINISH SCALE 318' - T -0' 17 ELEVATION OPEN OFFICE 208 SCALE 3/8' • T -0' 4 ME ME VY MAI OTHE SLORS TS MEE � �� VERIFY OPENING Ea W /FURN. VENDOR ��� - it ∎ =11 21 ELEVATION • MAIL ROOM 109 RECEIVED CIT.'OFTUKIVILA PERMITCENTER SHEET °o rcZ REVISIONS= 15 DECEMBER 1998 PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 1 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: A14 OF 1g SHEETS WASHINGTON THE DOCUMENT COMPANY 12/14/98 100 PM \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I\ \ . \ \ 06 ELEVATION • DEMO ROOM 133 Ce -T -0' 07/D2 SIM. 01 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 wet F 3/8• _ r -0' WC -2 • DIG( X" GRAPHICS REF.. SPECIFICATIONS WC -2 CON'T DIGI "X" GRAPHICS REF. SPECIFICATIONS 07/D2 SIM. - 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SW ELEVATION CORRIDOR 113 09� I FS /B -T-0 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 3/8' - Y-0' WC -2 ` DIGI X" 'GRAPHICS REF.. SPECIFICATIONS 13 ELEVATION • OPEN OFFICE 209 WC -4 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS REF.; SPECIFICATION$ 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SIM 18 ELEVATION ' OPEN OFFICE 208 02 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 03 ELEVATION A CLASSIC DEMO ROOM 134 04 ELEVATION A DUMB WAITER SCALE 3 /B' • TQ SCALE 3/8' _ T -0' SCALE 3/8' • WC -2 DIGI 'X"GRAPHICS REF. SPECIFICATIONS WC .2 -CON'T DIGI "X" GRAPHICS REF SPECIFICATIONS 10 ELEVATION * CORRIDOR 113 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' 07/D2 SIM ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 19 WC -5 DOCUMENT EVOLUTIO _ REF. - :SPECIFICATIONSN . DO 5 RE F. PET CAI.IU SN - RE.SPECIFICAYIONS -.' 07/02 SIM 14 ELEVATION 0 BREAK ROOM 210 15 ELEVATION BREAK ROOM 210 ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 3/8' - T -0' SCALE 318' • T-0' 8 -3 1/4" 06/D2 SIM. WC -1 XEROX. WC , IMAGE: REVOLUTION REF: SPECIFICATIONS 06/D2 SIM. 07 ELEVATION ' CORRIDOR 113 2 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD. END SUPPORT WITH NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH ALL SIDES 1 %4 PLYWD. BRACING TYPICAL EACH GUSSET W /NEVAMAR S -6 -1T -DOOR PULLS TO BE VOLA VP 102 -12 -SF STAINLESS STEEL SATIN FINISH (TOP.) BASE AS SCHEDULED DISH WASHER 2 LAYERS 3/ 3/4" x 4" PLYWD PLYWD WITH SPLASH WITH NEVAMAR MR -5 -17 NEVAMAR MR -5 - 1T PL. LAM. FINISH PL. LAM. FINISH 11 ELEVATION * CO FEE BAR 112 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD. END SUPPORT WITH NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH ALL SIDES 07/D2 SIM. 1X4 PLYWD. BRACING TYPICAL EACH GUSSET W /NEVAMAR 5 -6 -1T 20 ELEVATION * BREAK ROOM 210 SCALE 3I8' -Y -0' 0 —t 2 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWD WITH NEVAMAR MR -5 -1T PL. LAM. FINISH —3/4'• x 4" PLYWD 12 SCALES /8' - T-0' SPLASH WT IH -5 -1T NEVAMAR MR 06 ELEVATION * DUMB WAITER SCALE 3/8' - T -0' 0 EL EVATION * COFFEE BAR 112 ELEVATION A RECEPTION 100 WC -SWC 4 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS F. SPECIFICATIONS 07/D2 SIM. 07/D2 SI)) PL. LAM. FINISH SCALE 318' - T -0' 17 ELEVATION OPEN OFFICE 208 SCALE 3/8' • T -0' 4 ME ME VY MAI OTHE SLORS TS MEE � �� VERIFY OPENING Ea W /FURN. VENDOR ��� - it ∎ =11 21 ELEVATION • MAIL ROOM 109 RECEIVED CIT.'OFTUKIVILA PERMITCENTER SHEET °o rcZ REVISIONS= 15 DECEMBER 1998 PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 1 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: A14 OF 1g SHEETS WASHINGTON THE DOCUMENT COMPANY 12/14/98 100 PM DOOR SCHEDULE -LOWER FLOOR CON'T DOOR TYPE DOOR / FRAME HARDWARE 1 NOTES 8000 SSV1D SS3131 „9 ,SX „0 - ,S 3'- 0 "X8' -6" NEW SOLID CORE MAPLE VARNISHED DOOR 6' -0” X 8' -6" NEW SOLID CORE MAPLE VARNISHED DOOR NEW CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM ERA, EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN 3' -0" STORE FRONT DOOR MATCH EXISTING. HARDWARE MATCH EXISTING CARD READER 3' -0" STORE FRONT DOOR MATCH EXISTING. HARDWARE MATCH EXISTING CARD READER MAGNETIC LOCK LOCKSET LATCHSET CLOSURE SILENCERS DOOR STOP COAT HOOK III 129 A • e NOT USED 100A B • • • • • 1,3 130 A 1,3 • B • • I • • • • 1,3 131 A ■MiiiI s e 1.3 1,.3 N tl I A s • • • 1,3 132 A • A • • 111 • • • • 1,3 133A A • • 1,3 1048 105A D A • • • • 7,3 1338 NOT USED • A • • • ,3 135 0 • l i ii 105B • • • • 1,3 136 • 1.2.3 137 08C • • • • • • • s 1,2.3 138 09A C • • o • • 1,3 1098 A j • 1,2,3 107C A • • 1,3 e A • e • • • i,3 DOOR SCHEDULE -UPPER FLOOR 115 A • • 201 A • 1,3 • A • • • • • 1,3 201A A • • - • • • 1,3 202 • • • 1,2,3 9 • • • 1.3 203 2,3 • • • • • • 1,3 206 A • • 2,3 22 • • • 1,3 207 2,3 23 • • 1.3 212 A A • • • • • • • • • 1,3 213 A • • 1.3 1258 e e • .3 214 A 3 . A • • • • • • 1,3 215A A e • • • • • 1,3 27 • • • 1,3 215B A • • 1,3 • A • • • • • 1,3 216 216 • • 1,3 218 A s • • • • 1,3 219 A • • • • • 1,2,3 220 • 1,2,3 221 • 1,2,3 222 • 1,2,3 223 • 1,2,3 224 A • • 1,3 225 A • • • • • 1,3 226 • I ,2,3 I If s 1 NOTES: 1. A L HARDWARE TO MATCH EXISTNG Fm9SH AND MANUFACTURER. 2. REFINISH ALL DOORS, FILL ALL DINGS AND SCRATCHES. CESSIBILTY REGGULATIIO 3. ALL HARDWARE TO MEET ALL LOCAL AND FEDERAL HANDICAP AC RE DOOR SCHEDULE -LOWER FLOOR DOOR TYPE it DOOR / FRAME HARDWARE NOTES 3'- 0 "X8' -6" FRAMELESS GLASS DOOR 3'- 0 "X8' -6" NEW SOLID CORE MAPLE VARNISHED DOOR 8000 03HSIN8VA 31,01 13800 0110S M3N „9 - ,8 X „0 - ,9 NIVW38 01 8000 ONIUSIX3 31W83 WDNIWDIV 03ZIOONV 8`.310 M3N 3' -0" STORE FRONT DOOR MATCH EXISTING. HARDWARE MATCH EXISTING CARD READER LATCHSET CLOSURE SILENCERS DOOR STOP 00 III NOT USED 100A B • • • • 1,3 1008 B • 0 0 1018 8 • A i ■■■ • • ■MiiiI • e1 1.3 1,.3 02 A . • 103 A • • 111 104A A s • 1,3 1048 105A D A NOT USED A 06 l i ii 105B 08C A • • • • • • s ,3 1.3 09A C • • o • • 1,3 1098 A j • • • • • 1,3 14 A • e • • • • • ,3 115 A • • • • • 1,3 116 A • • • • • 7,3 117 • 2,3 118 • 1,2,3 9 • 2,3 20 • 2,3 21 • 2,3 22 • 2,3 23 • 1,2,3 124 A • • • • • 1,3 125A • 1.3 1258 • • 3 125C A • • • • o • 1,3 126 A • e • • • 1,3 27 A e • • • • 1,3 28. A • • • e • 1,3 NOTES: 1. A L HARDWARE TO MATCH EXISTNG FINISH AND MANUFACTURER. 2. REFINISH ALL DOORS, FILL ALL DINGS AND SCRATCHES. 3. ALL HARDWARE TO MEET ALL LOCAL AND FEDERAL HANDICAP ACCESSIBILTY REGULATIONS. WC-3 COMMUNITY SERVICE REF. SPECIFICATIONS WC -3 -CON'T REMMSNITY SERVICE REF. SPECIFICATIONS. 09/02 09/D2 ELEVATION L COORIDOR 113 X 313 -T-0 05 ELEVATION * OPEN OFFICE 208 SCALE 3/1? - T-0' TYPE A TYPE B TYPE C 07 DOOR TYPES SCALE3/3' -T-0' VARIES I 3 - 0 VARIES 09/02 09/02 - 1/2' 1/2" 1/2 COMMUNITY: SERVICE REF. SPECIFICATIONS ELEVATION * COORIDOR 113 02 - SECTION ® STORAGE 124 06 03 ELEVATION • STORAGE 124 SCALE3WF -TO r ELEVATION • COORIDOR 113 04 9CPLE3/3' -1 W AGUIRRE PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: I 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: REVISIONS: 15 DECEMBER 1998 SHEET A15 OF 19 SHEETS THE DOCUMENT COMPANY 12/14/98 3:00 PM 2398.00 CT -1 - _.� -TILE 6572 TEAL C C. -_ - Ow -TILE 6540 MT SUEDE GRAY WC -6 ?RI -KES VALUE EXPRESS VE -0 - ALL RESTROOM WALLS TO BE WC -6 W/ ROPPE 4" #00 BLACK RUBBER BASE 5' CONCRETE EASE - RE: SPECIFICATIONS SCALP v4' - T-0' 09 ELEVATIONS * MONUMENT SIGN SCAR yr - T-0' IMERNAL LIGHT REEF. MANUFACTURE SPECIFICATIONS STIRRUPS ®16 O.G. (6) .33 (3 EA. SIDE) 1 -2" 11 SECTION 1 MONUMENT SIGN scALP yr -Ta METAL HOUSING W/ BACK LIT ACRYLIC FAGS BOTH SIDES CONCRETE BASE EASE EDGES CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SUPPLY FOR INTERIOR LIGHTS 05 TILE PLAN a R. R. MEN 118 + 222; WOMEN 119 +223 ALUMINIUM HOUSING WITH BACK LIT ACRYLIC FACE BOTH SIDES - RE SPECIFICATIONS 02 ELEVATION ' SOUTH WEST CORNER (OPT A) SCALE Ar - T-0' rr. VERIFY 2' -10" E0 ir XEROX 10 ELEVATIONS • MONUMENT SIGN CAI E yr E0. I THE D OCUMENT COMPANY CONCRETE BASE RE: SPECIFICATIONS ii ■I f tiri ri ELEVATION a SOUTH WEST CORNER (OPT B) 03 ECNi UB' _ TILE PLAN H. C. REST ROOM 117 + 220 TILE PLAN REST ROOM 122 08 ill E PI ANA REST ROOM 123 06 SCJLLEy4._ 07 SCALE y4' -T-0 SCALE y4' - 12 SIGN LOCATION a MONUMENT SIGN NoLP 04 ELEVA11ON A SOUTH WEST CORNER (OPT C) SdLLE MAIN ENTRANCE REOEIVED Cl i ?' OF TUI:�NILA PERMIT CENTER REVISIONS 08 SEPTEMBER 1998 PROJECT NO 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: ro J/7 BJ.CK WIRE PJ115 (IYPj BASE UL PS spxEOULEo NEVAMAR PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -1 ON 3 " d' PAM. GRADE AND TOR EDGE AND SPLASH NLVA UTR PLASM LAMINATE o_ PAIIJS GRADE PLYWp 01 SECTION A KITCHEN CABINETS SCALEr - T-O' STING GAP BD FURRDOAN 1x2 HARDWOOD EDGE 1x3 Ser STOCK THIN' DCWN AT DMDERS PAINT GRADE PLYND TOP NE WAY. PL -2 PUSTIC I -VNTE CN 3/d" PAINT GF.ACE PLYWp ppORS (4.; PAINT GRA P 000 omoEt RE CESS ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS PAMT GRADE i. PLYWOO SHEAVES ANO BOTTOM - PROVIDE HARDWOOD EDGE 1 /2" SOUD RACK 8 SID HARD / Wp BOTTOM W D BACK 3/4" PLTWD DIVIDERS 3/d" PLO. BOTTOM 06 OPERABLE PARTITION TRACK DETAIL 07 OPERABLE PARTITION TRACK DETAIL 08 LEVER CLOSURE ct`AI F T U2' - T0' SCALE 11/2' -1' -0' SCALE 11/2' - T -0' WALFINISH GRADE .) PIATIC LAMINATE PL -2 �9LDCKING PAINT TO `LATCH BOTH / SIDE6 L (T/P.) ADJACEIR L (TYP 3/d" X I6" DEEP P FINI HED HEAVY DUTY SHELVES STANDARDS ANp BRACKET- 5 SH LVES � 1/2' STAIN GRADE PLY/WD BACK Ix NON - COMB ��'�^ BLOCKING 1x4 HARDWOOD EDGE Ixd BLOCKING SHIM AS RE. 3 d" PN GRDE PLYWD ON AIT RECESSED ADJUSTABLE STAN 2x NON COMBUSTIBLE WOOD BLOCKING E %ISTING CEILING 11 DETAIL STORAGE IN DEMO ROOM 12 SILL DETAIL SCALE 1'- T -0• SCALE 3' -1' -0' 02 SECTION WORK COUNTER ALEr-T -0• a L\ ELECTRICAL OR DATA / POWER OUTLET d X3 d PLYWOOD WITH P"LASTIC LAMINAIE BACK AND SIDE SPLASH - NEVAMAR PL -2 2 LAYE 3/d" PLYWOOD WORK SURFACE RS WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE P -1 CAMFER AND LAMINATE TOHP IRONY EDGE AS INDICATED. 3/d" PLYWOOD GUSSET WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -2 IXd WOOD LEDGER PAINTED TO MATCH PL. LAM. -- BASE AS SCHEDULED 13 HEAD DETAIL SCALE 3•- T -0 03 SECTION MAIL SLOTS SCALE r -Y-0' PROVIDE LATERIL SUPPORT BRACIrvG a' - D" 0 C. ALTERNATING SIDES TO DECK ABOVE ( ttP. ) Id ✓ 1111111111[111111111111 1 1 1 PAINT AS SCHEDULED PLAST. LAM. PL 2 ON 3/4" PLYWD. REMOVABLE PANEL 00 DETAIL SCALE HALF SINK RE: MECHANICAL 1 x WOOD BLOCKING - TYP. PLAST. LAM. PL -1 ON 3/4" PLYWD. COUNTERTOP & SPLASH PLAST. LAM. PL -2 ON 3/4" PLYWD. 3 -1/2" TOP RNL AS SPECIFIED 1/2" TEMPERED' GV55 SPECIFIED 14 HEAD DETAIL SCALE 3•- T -0' 0 ' S ECTION ®KITCHEN SINK 2 -1/2" METAL STUDS EXTEND TO DECK ABOVE (TYP) 5/8" GYP. BD. - TAPE, BED AND PAINT AS SCHEDULED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AT 8' -6" A.F.F. - AS SCHEDULED EXISTING FLOOR 1/2" TEMPERED GLA55 SPECIFIED WOOD BLOCKING - TYP. SCHED. BASE 1c SILL DETAIL E v SCALE 3• -1' -0' O. G TD PROVIDE 1D' DIA. S S. TRASH CHUTE X 3' N REFER TO TYPICAL LINER CABINET FOR ADDITIONN. NOTES REF. SPECIAL ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE RECEPTACLE BY SC. PAINT INSIDE OF CABINET FIAT BLACK 05 SECTION MILLWORK CABINETS SCALE r -Ta 10 FURR DOWN DETAIL 3 -1/2 TOP RAIL AS SPECIFlED PROVIDE SUPPORT BRACING TO DECK ABOVE (TYP) PAINT P2 ALL SIDES AND ABOVE CEILING RECEVED clrvc- ru,cwlLA REVISIONS. PROJECT N0: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE' 21 AUGUST 98 CHECKED BY: SHEET Di F 19 SHEETS m ALUM IN!M FRAME —� n i DOOR HEAD DETAIL REVEAL DETAIL O 6 5/5" bYP BD - FINISH AS SCHEDULED 1/2" DRYWALL CORNER REVEAL - BLACK (TYP) 11 SITE PLAN SIDE ENTRANCE (ALTERNATE NO. 1) , E0_ SCALE /32' 7' -0' SCALE 3' -1' -0• 02 DOOR JAMB DETAIL SCALE 3• -1'-0' 1 1/2" ALUMINUM FRAME GLASS AS SPECIFIED "1/— ' - FINISH ED I/2' DRYWALL CORNER REVEAL -BLACK 5/5'6, BD - FINISH A5 SCHEDULED 07 REVEAL DETAIL • OUTSIDE CORNER ® PAVEMENT TO MATCH EXISTING I/2" DR,LALL CORNER REVEAL - BLACK (TY, 5/5" GYP BD - FINISH A5 SCHEDULED 1/2" DRYWALL GORIER REVEAL - BLACK 0,) SCALE ALTERNATE CONTRACT WORK NOTED BY "0 "; O1 IN ALTERNATES OF BOTH PAVING OPTIONS GENERAL CONTRACTORS CONTRACTORS TO INCLUDE CIVIL ENGINEERING, GRADING, DRAINAGE AND PAVEMENT DESIGN -0• 1/2' GAP 03 DETAIL L WALL + GLASS WALL 04 DETAIL • WALL + GLASS WALL SCALE 3• -1' -0' 08 REVEAL DETAIL * INSIDE CORNER 5/8" bYP BD - FINISH A5 eLHED 12 SITE PLAN SIDE ENTRANCE (ALTERNATE NO.2) SCALE 3132• -1' -0• T-0 SCALE lIOTE: FFOVIDE SEPARATION BETNEEN DISBIMILAR METALS(TYP) SCALE 3' -T -0' GAP EXTENT OF BLINDS 1 /5" COMPRESSIBLE NEOPRENE FILLER SLIP JOINT DO NOT ATT ACH GDW TO STUD SCHEDULED PARTITION GLASS AS SPECIFIED 18 GA. GAL, METAL CHANNEL. PAINT BLACK I"X 2-3/9 X3!32" ALUM. CHANNEL PAINT T" O MATCH MULLION COLOR 09 DETAIL G WINDOW MULLION PROVIDE SEALANT TO MATCH MIALION ®CHPNNEI/ SILL INTERSECTION GLASS WALL AS SPECIFIED 05 DETAIL * GLASS WALL + COLUMN SCALE,-T-0' 5/8" GYP. BD. PAINTED AS SCHED. SCHEDULED 4" RESILIENT BASE it SECTION * SHELVES I 1 NO SCALE EXISTING COLUMN —SEE ELEVATION FOR # OF SHELVES 3/4" PREFIN. BOARD SHELF W/ MATCHING EDGE BAND ADJ. SHELF STD. & BRACKET 2' -0" O.C. MAX. PROVIDE 6 "W 18GA. SHT. MTL. BACKING © 2' -0" O.C. HORIZ. FOR SHELF STD. ATTACHMENT(MIN. SPAN OF 3 STUDS NOTE THE EXISTING TYPE II CATCH BASIN LOCATED EAST OF THE DkNE{YAY F!ALL BE UPG T O MEET PUBLIC WORKS >TA. SHEAR PLAN D ANDsT STEPS PROP TEE SHALL BE REPLACED. SHEAR GATE AND SHALL BE ADDED. ALL REMAINING EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE CATCH BASINS SHALL BE CLEANED. VACUUMED AND RE— GROUTED See Detail D -6 See Access Detail D -6. Pivot TYPE SFa Wte (aeltlM lwltetl) 1 . TYPICAL FLOW RESTRICTOR INSTALLATION All Stainless Steel Straps, Bolts. (shop fabricated) Mortar Eatv_aM sm+ - oMePK r�,eon e. appro.. A b 1-- C.N.P.- H.3004 AMMe Nom. PROJECT N0: 950.2398.00 DRAWN BY: BLW DATE: 21 AUGUST 98. CHECKED BY REVISIONS 11 JANUARY 1999 SHEET 1 PERMIT CENTER D2 OF 19 SHEETS MATERIAL LISTING; 1. 3/4" SHACKLE PODS WITH STAR BOLTS AND ASPHALT EMULSION COATING. 2. 4 MIN. D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE. 3. PRECAST CONCRETE VAULT WITH HINGED STEEL PLATE COVER, DIMENSION TO VARY WITH SIZE OF ASSEMBLY. 4. O.S.HA APPROVED LADDER IF OVER 30' DEEP. 5. PjPE SUPPORT STAND UNDER EACH CHECK VALVE. 6. COPIER OR BRONZE BYPASS WITH AN APPROVED DCVA. 7 3/4 WATER METER. 8. APPROVED DDCVA IN MAIN LINE WITH TWO RESILIENT SEATED SHUTOFF VALVES AND TEST COCKS. 9. 10 ", 8 ", 6" OR 4" COUPLING ADAPTER, FL 10. 10", 8 ", 6" OR 4 "FL °PE D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH TO FIT. 1 1. GROUT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ALL AROUND PIPE USING NON - SHRINK GROUT. 12. 10 ", 8 ", 6" OR 4" GATE VALVE FL *MJ WITH POST INDICATOR VALVE. 13. FLANGE TEE ASSEMBLY SIZED ACCO,2DINGLY. 14. FLANGED 90" BEND. 15. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE FL *FL 16. OR 6" 90" BEND, FL 17. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE, FL *FL 18. 6" 90" BEND. FL 19. UL LISTED 5" STORTZ CONNECTION WITH 30 OR 45 DEGREE ELBOW. 20. 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH AS REQUIRED FL"FL 21. 6" 90" BEND FL. 22. SWING TYPE GRAVITY OPERAIEU CHECK VALVE WITH BALL DRIP VALVE TO BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY. DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK AND VAULT ASSEMBLY NOTES; 1. BACKFLOW PREVENTORS SHALL BE FEBCO #806 OR APPROVED EQUAL 2. SIZE VAULT BASED ON SIZE OF APPARATUS AND MEETING MINIMUM CLEARANCES. 3 • A SEPARATE DETAIL PLAN FOR VAULT INSTALATION AND SPRINKLER UNE MUST BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL PROIR TO INSTALLATION. 4. MINIMUM APPARATUS SIZE SHALL BE 4`. 5. VAUL SHALL BE SEA( ED TO PREVENT WATER LEAKAGE. 6. LADDERS SHALL BE REQUIRED WHEN DEPTH FROM TOP OF UD TO FLOOR OF VAULT EXCEEDS 30 ". INSTALLATION OF ALL LADDERS SHALL BE IN COMPUANCE TO O.S.H.A 7. LOCATE VAULT IN PLANTING AREA AND NOT Ii1 PAVING AREA, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 8. FITTINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI /AWWA C110/A21.10 AND CEMENT LINED (SEE APWA & AWWA). 9. PIPE SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON MEETING ANSI A21.51, CL52 & CEMENT UNED. 10. TEMPORARY SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER VALVES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. AFTER COMPLETE INSTALLATION INSTALL PERMANENT PIPE SUPPORT STAND. 11. PROVIDE BALL DRIP VALVES ON F.D.C. CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY OR AT BOTTOM OF F.D.C. RISER. 12. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH ONE (1) 5 STORTZ CONNECTIONS AND TWO 30 DEGREE ELBOW. 13. ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING TO BE INSPECTED, FLUSHED, PRESSURE TESTED IN THE PRESENCE OF AN INSPECTOR PRIOR TO COVER AND CONNECTION TO THE OVERHEAD SYSTEM. 14. UPON INSTALLATION, BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES ARE TO BE TESTED BY A CERTIFIED TESTER AND ALL TEST -COCKS ARE TO BE PLUGED AFTER THE TEST. THEREAFTER, ANNUAL TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED AT OWNER'S EXPENSE. AND COPIES OF TESTS RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. 15. CONCRETE VAULT SHALL HAVE ONE 4' *4' OR TWO 3' *3' STEEL HINGED DOORS. 1 6. BACKPLOW PREOaNTiON VAWES pi-ND -POST OR WALL INpICA -Yi Y{}LVES 5H/ LL BE PR.oVIbPD WITH UL Cet4TRAL STATION TA'M PER 5LUPE2V151 ON C`2, t MATERIAL LISTING & DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK & VAULT ASSEMBLY NOTES to , WS -1 1 NOTE) ------- 6 MIN. f 2' MIN. . . t 0 12 MIN. 1 4 MIN. .7- 1 c q v h 1 ii : 1-0-imosik ' 0 0 1 0 7 VVV" ‘44% ow • at ■ • N 4444 z • / ELBOW DOWN 30'-45 BEND • ..• -.• DETECTOR DOUBLE, CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY AND VAULT WS-1 1 12 MIN. STORTZ PLAN VIEW COMPACTED FOUNDATION 2. SEE ATTACHED NOTES AND MATERIAL LISTING. GRAVEL UNDER VAULT 18 6 MIN. 36 (../Lty TukwiLl la r - IN 50' OF HYDRANT 12 MIN. I 12 MIN. NOTES: DATE: 11/26/96 14 TO BUILDING END VIEW SIDE VIEW 1. DESIGN FOR 4" THRU 10' DDCV. J CASTING TIRE HYDRANT onntic 6' LIF f cosmic SINE TWO GATE VALVES €XNSTING YAtA.T-- 41616 DEEP SINGLE CHECK VALVE WITH LOCATION OF NEW VAULT -- TO CONTAIN NEW DOME CHECK VALVE WITH TAMPER SWITCHES. MONITORED BY A CITY APPROVED uLCENTRAL STATION. \ EXISTiNO FAiE DEPT. CONNECRON 4' INE DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY AND VAULT TO MEET CITY OF TUKWILA REQUIREMENTS AS POSTED ON DOCUMENT WS11 AND WS11NOTE DATED 11.22.96 These o!ans have been reviewed by the Pubti:: Works G: - went for conform, a.- , ru •ent City s.. Acceptenc:: v.. ch denctr_' ac: . a or orcilne, fc: :Cy of the d: the Additions, dr!, the n.gs after :hie _c_ i_: and will reo:. Flr =_ is " ubject to fic::i tha . C..:tlties inspector petF 1. By: t ai ENEDD Dc18-07,c11 r>f I t !t7 3 1 .Ills Icf by [k RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB - 5 1999 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT NO 950.6298.00 DRAWN BY p DATE: 2.4.99 CHECKED BY REVISIONS: PLUMBING NOTES LEGEND sc. sr..... ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN UPPER LEVEL ,,...,•_.- 2 ENLARGED PL UMBINGPLAN LOWER LEVEL ,,.-,.,,,I i • - ORE CDANINCIENNT OF WORN NE CONTRACIOR SHAA VER NE EA. LOCATE.: FLEW:DONS AND CHARACTERISTICS DA At, UTILIKS ...,-, 0 IPPIG AN, SHAU IMMD•t tI TE AN.IM Et . NO EIAE , Th ANN DISCREPANCIES EXACT :. ANC AtcuN TING HEIGHT OF PLLPLING IIATURES SH, BE OBTAIN:, CROP ARCHITECTURAL DR,ANNGS, 3 ALL PLOP,. SHALL E NSTALLW SO AS TO AVOID NAT.-ER:NE N ELECT . ME RIC AND CHANICAL EQUPUIENT AND STRUCTAAL ITRAAANCTS. A. ALL *$ SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE LOCAL STATE., .0 .FORNI FILIAIIBING CODES IN CASE OF CONFLICTS OF C.ES AND -TRAM .1 Sa NE AADS STRINGENT EIALL PREvAIL, , Qtwas TI-Pu ROOF SHALL BE INST.:. TO FROM/OR TERMINATED $ -o • AEOLE ANY FRE. AR INTAKES. E. THE ENTRACTE SHALL COORDINATE ALL CEILING ACCES.S P ANELS WIL., ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CCU. PLAN AND ELECTRICAL 1G1 LIGHTING IPLAN. , 'ME CONTRACTOR S'IALL MAKE Ali ARRANGEMENTS PTH VDU COMPANIES FOR SERVICE AND ICONNECTION AND SHALL MAKE TIPPLICATICAI T. SIERRa AND P ERMITS IN THE NAME OF NE OWNER AND SHALL P. AAL FEES AND DIPARGES ANCtLIDING COSI OF V AULTS AND METERS 6 THE DUTIF OF ENSAING PAPM, AALAS AND/OR FLOORS SHALL E N.M. SAW E,TTIING. MOLES FOR PRES N CONCRETE RNA CR FLOOR SHALL BE DONE FOR CORE DRILLING EQUIPMENT AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. "HE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESIDE ALL DAMAGES TO THE PLANED ARE. :LANG THE OPERATION TID DICK ORIGINAL CONDITIONS a CONNECTCNS BETWEEN NOCIPATIBLE MATERIALS ABOVE CROuND AND INS. BUILDINGS SH. E E MAX AIN TWO DIELECTIAC UNIONS MPIPATED BY A Ir CG OF RED BRASS PPE •1 NE PLUEER SHALL COORDINATE ALL TRENCHING AND EACAVATION TOR NSTALLATIEN OF GAS, APTER, AND SEER AND CLEARLY IDENTIFY EACH LINE FOR FOSSE, 11.11.,AcE vo POLE TRENCHING AND NEPAR. A ..umeER la TEST' AND BALANCE ALL PPM AS REOLISRED BY LOCAL A. STATE CODES MM. PULAPPRING COCCS ( 12 ALL NATURALS AND EQUIRIENT LIEID SNALL BE W AND UNUSED. THE CONTRACTOR EAIL ONLY U QUALIFIED LABOR FOR THE PR ORER INSTALLATION OF ST. AAA AND EQUIPAID, la ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING L. TA MENDED APC CONNECTED TO EOUIPAPENT .ALL EK AT THE M.., POSSIBLE aEVATIONS MID NOT LESS TH. V -.....-1. 7, r-, Ir, .---....,, - .. -- hrz irc.. CEPA.. AT PALL CR ccrama LOCA.. PIPING ROUGH-IN SHALL SI NI WALL BE MBED INIENELER POSSIBLE. 14.. ALL CLEANDUIS SHALL BE INSTALIED vAERE READAY ACCESSIBLE THE ..........._ 0 \-.....-.) 1 ', , „---, • SYMBOL. DESCRIPTION HMI-- HOT WATER RETURN _ ,. _ NOT WATER __,., C ) 1 - . - •T• CA JAE uP ,-- / / ro uPPER LELEL , SEP/ICE srp I CW - COLD wATER 1/2" Cw LAIE ,L. me,,, LOA. I.E. L r ENT A 1 vr WASTE up TROIA LOPER LEAEL 9w PUMP • EP. • N 2. E 2-_, - I , ..7; , 13% 0 - 1 IEI '. - td:111 lief /2 a omm■.s wpm... SEWER, WASTE, STORM ORAN - SOIL VENT Sw -- SOET WATER i tfr WAS r ANT - , up BP .1 l't -- - - --- --- rul %...... . ,,2. I ... -MR-OR --A-- COMPRESSED AR A He m OSt BIBB KHB KEYED HOSE BIBB ,A--, NEI L ..--- • W RHP RECESSED POE ME BALL VALVE SO V SHut OM/GATE vALVE WAT--t RuN Cw LINE NEA. I GDLING ERNE SEE DETAIL p5-.--A I - GAS COCK (VALVE) KI (NECK vALVE II . ____ WALL CLEAN OUT 1 I 1 t.: 1 \ (1)••••■ FC0 FLOOR CLEAN OUT - CO.... COTG CLEAN-OUT TO GROUND 1 00 ,....... LENGTH/ONE-FT DROP L POPE. OR CAPPED PPE fv7 -- ' ' , 0 ' ,.._, AA I / 7 , ' I 1 I G-- GAS UNE (.5 . POC POINT OF CONNECT ■I.i • • , NV P.O.C. i ,, U VA 2=21I KS VER ROOF DRAW W OFLOW • FLOOR DRAIN ,---- . .4. la FLOOR SINK ASES ROOF DRAiN w/ OVERFLOw THRU WALL L c E X1 oNNECT 2' LIN NT TO LI= > -S M E N E=I •E• - CD __ CONDENSATE DRMN PIPE LI STE =3 I ITur - '- E CrA3 itATEP LAE .EP, E LOCA70. 1 : [ , CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL CLEANQJT EOLPITENT, CABINETS, ETC_ AND THE ARCHITECTURAL TO INSTAILATADILL 15_ ALL PEPAG DIEHARD. MITO FLOOR SINKS OR A 1/04043A1 A1R-CAP AS REDLINED BY WC LOCAL 16. NI EQAPMENTS SHALL BE LATERALLY SUPPORTED T RESI A ADITION. 20% OF THE OPERATING O ST N D UY.P.AZATS 12 WC PLUMBER SHALL VER. WY AIL PEETRATIONS STRUCRIRES WITH ARCHITECT. NE PENNER TO PIANO PENTERATIONS METH FOAM SEALANTS OF LL TB. A V.,ES (NPRO. %UM OR APPRoa) w EQUAL) IN PRO,* AND ACCESSIBLE SPACES 1B. T4... VALVING ASSOCIATED AIW, BALANCING ARE APPEL WATTS, CR APR..) EOLIAL- za THE PLIALUER ES TC FECI-PIA T.: WATER HEATERS LOCATIONS IN THE ENJILDIN3 STRUCTURES PRORTECIS AND/CR STRUCIORAL ENGINEERS). 21_ ALL CONDENSATE PPINGS SHALL BE COPPER .0 AIR vaITED P-TRAP. 22. .UIABER SHALL WAKE REASDNABLE AUMAANC, PIPING, AI. SUPPORTS NOT SPEW AITH ,UAIBING 23. PLUMBING DRAWINGS APE OF SCHEMATIC FORM NECESSARY TOR CON•ENENCE. OBSTRUCTICNS, PLUMBER SHALL BE REQUITED TO PROD E vAUD CHANGES. 24_ PUNIER TO VERIFY FIELD/EMT. CONDITIONS I ENGINEER IN ANTING FOR ANY FROBLENIS MID I I ..m. ' tt !/- TE P !, , 1.1 . OE t i, e 51-1 LOCATIONS NTH DRAWIN PRIOR GS FLOOR DRAINS TO HALE CODES. IN ALL DRECTIONS LAEIQ AT O F TH E TROUGH THE ENDING SEAL AU_ FRE RATED EQUAL fl RE RATING. ARE TO BE LOCATED . BE BALL vALvES. TO HE PROPER (VERIFY YATH THE VATH 1/4 SLOPE/FOOT FOR vALVES. FITPNGS, ELATURES AND CHANCES MAY BE OR EFFICIENCY. ThE REASONS FOR Amy SSUES BEFORE eiram AND BEFORE BIDDING. , , , ,_ ' ( , - _ A No. 5 I. ExISIING wASIE u. vERiFy EXACT LOCATION STORK( ggi r MATERIAL SCHEDULE PEST POGM 1 r i 1 �� ` FEST RON . A.,.e e e 68 "O 0 ' f ...„k „....... j i. , .,. Fl ARKS/ y i , ,AP . 4r 4 Ate _ STORAGE UR STORAGE ENAGE ELT( - r L o o o Jr .. *A- NUDE * En MI OUTDDE SANITARY EMMIIIII .01111011=110 DRMNAGE SANITARY oumix 121=1111=MIIIIIIICIMIIIIIMIIIII 1111111M11111.1..1111.1 ' 0 0 0 VENT ' J.. 1111111.1ffi_NIMIINIMIN IND ... 0 111111111111=11111111M1111111111 w" IMICD=M=11.1.11INIMEMIEMIN =N. ..0Q.101111.111.1=11111.1 GE000111111110111.10111011111111011 C:111111111111.111.1.11.11111=0. OUTSE RRE plpf. r=1.111111=1111.111 Foe- ouysm 111 • Ow' v • 0 . e m • 0 • " .1 . - e 1 0_, 0 0 0 . e o x a - %.1 -- -( • 1.- - o R 0 .L - 0 ,LL • e a e- o ,-- AL TIT • 0 0 0 0 0 KEYPLAN UPPER LEVEL 0 0 0 . KEYPLAN LOWER LEVEL sc. ,...._0_ SCALE. ,- 40 . -0 - DETAILS , „ - • ,. , - Kcir _ma BOLA me APPALS - — - ... DAMON OATINA I I — AL AAA SI mv. --- ., MOM MAT VIA NAINe NUL run PAWL WOMAN • VAlf11001301e 0/ AMAX AI - UMW, NMI WIMP. t= tE -- , - SECURE .SOLAToR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 7 1 M Awmoll 114 - ...111 i l SUPERSEAL PLUG HUB IVA(fIUTSEPiLt" WALL COvE R SPIGOT VYALL WA TE/SQL PPE A S 0 VAN ON DRAWINGS FLOOR SIZE FED 10 ',SA t . um o---. /2 r , R nEx PIPE (TYP 1 , ROL \ =IEL:7 :APTER oR SINK 0 Zang* 0 Ng r el',. ifC' MEI H 111111 It'. ? L.,./ 0 0 ..-.1 • WOW. . IT 2WW LAW ANN TAO Nomporr SEATED wow rit smdtrr4r,t2DarASZmirrrc sA WAWA 1:°' r' '-- A L e0M10:1100 mom so ow SS KM 0J. it. r ALTAmpoin 120141. SWIM= NM. . ...,,,,_.....,_,_ Ne, Wz OPIWATIO am. Wag INN Wu NW PAD 115 * ROUGH-IN CONNECTION (MIN.) FuRNIsHEr BY NsTALLED BY , FIXTURE DE SCR /P TI ON ELECTRIC WATER HEATER - - • 1/2 • 1/2 - r^r4;P:P±ZOTY''TEL70gLATIg S 30 277 vac 11 AMPS C.C. C.C. ,..,.-_ -,,,,,,,,,.....^:_,-,-,..,,,,,,,,,,,,, • Flow O. ill•Vrf mOuNT G -. Mil RANGE P-TRAP ,ili 1/2' SERVICE SINK 2' 1 1/2' - /2 - SERVICE SINK AND FAUCET VERIFY WITH AR. FOR SPECIFICATIoNs G.G. GC. d .....' ...,.........,..,,,,..,„.,..„x„. • Art/StAirargear2Z g1.801. M. A rem AwfouLt. mo swamp we ASV 3P-AP,OEMO --. ..-5- - ,. . A .r TOP le SO FMK 0, 2.1 ' ' -'1'1 '' • I OAP - kin. COCK iALVE WISONAY 0 R AT AITIOM C /KIEV W. ' - '' . ',PP RFITOIRK (,) r .0.2 ■ ,. Dori, TOR P TIM 'T.• SUMP PUMP 1 1/2" 2' FuLLY AuTomAnc.1/4 HP ERNERSIER PUMP WITH SEIE CONTAINED TANK, 115V. BY: STA-RITE MODEL STOS1BOOLTS C.C. Gc. HANGER ROD n (TYP.) '- • ' A L. . ABRANON ISOLATOR OBREX. TYPE HS WALL aAN r CC E - - - - - WADE AW-13453-R6, WITFI BRASS PLUG & Rgr STAINLESS STEEL SECURED ACCESS C R. (ALTERNATE JOSAM NO. 58713) Gc G L A E T C ER HEATEF... DUAL OU I N I w3 we TYP. INSULATION SHIELD UN1STRuT TYP. PIPE W/ INSULATION TIP RPE STRAP ANGEL STOP ACCESS COvER L___E ---------------- SURPLy NOTES. 2. ' St E2ET1ELTEITTPZgil'tLE-.'UTfItECTr'" (BY ELEC.) DITMTUIOVILA I Lama cc.TDR bci .0aq i . - fe-\ -uti .,. . BEE *WADI. AMES . _ „... , ...._•mormew sp.m. mm......T ,•-t. , Ai DOUBLE CHECK VALVE DETAIL & NOTES Z. 7 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPICAL PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL 5 WALL CLEAN OUT DETAIL 4 I NSTANT-FLOW ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3 REVISIONS: P.C. GORR 1-11-99 I PROJECT NO: 950.2398.00 DRAwN B. G.D. I DATE 1998 15 SEPT. CHECKED BY: I A FEASON 0-15-E